OUTLINES OF THE GLOBE.
VOL. IV.
THE VIEW OF THE MALAYAN ISLES, NEW HOLLAND, AND THE SPICY ISLANDS.
BY THOMAS PENNANT, ESQ.
VOL. IV.
LONDON:
Printed by Luke Hansard, Great Turnstile, Lincoln's-Inn Fields,
AND SOLD BY JOHN WHITE, HORACE'S HEAD, FLEET-STREET.
M.DCCC.
ITINERARY.
MALAYAN ISLES.
SUMATRA
Page 2
Mount Ophir
Page 3
Bencoolen
Page 18
Natal
ibid.
Acheen
Page 19
Empire of Menangecabou
ibid.
Enganho Island
Page 22
Java
Page 23
Prince's Island
ibid.
Island of Cracatoa
Page 24
Bantam
ibid.
Batavia
Page 26
Jacatra
Page 27
Balimbuan
Page 32
Matara
ibid.
Borneo
Page 52
Sambaar Point
Page 58
Island of Salt and Banca
ibid.
Succadana and Sambas
ibid.
City of Borneo
ibid.
Island of Banguey
Page 59
Island of Balambangan
ibid.
MANILLA ISLANDS.
Zebu
Page 60
Island of Luconia
ibid.
City of Manilla
Page 62
Bashee Islands
Page 68
Singular Villages
ibid.
Calamianes Isles
Page 71
Panay
ibid.
Mactan
Page 73
Isle of Mindanao
ibid.
Lano Lake
Page 75
Soolo Isles
Page 82
Celebes or Macassar
Page 85
City of Macassar
Page 89
Island of Boutan
Page 91
Island of Balli
Page 92
Timorian Chain
Page 93
Timor Island
ibid.
NEW HOLLAND.
Dampier's Bay
Page 98
De Witts Land
Page 99
Endracht's Land
Page 100
Sharks Bay
ibid.
Edels Land
Page 102
Van de Leuwins
ibid.
Adventure Bay
Page 105
Cape Hicks
ibid.
Botany Bay
Page 106
Port Jackson
Page 110
Sydney Cove
ibid.
Norfolk Islands
Page 112
Lord Howe Island
Page 117
Broken Bay
Page 139
Hawkesbury River
Page 140
Nepean River
ibid.
Indian Head
Page 141
Bustard Bay
ibid.
Keppel's Bay
ibid.
Endeavour River
Page 143
Cape Bedford and Cape Flattery
Page 144
Providential Inlet
Page 145
Coral Reefs
ibid.
Endeavour Streights
Page 146
Carpentaria
Page 147
SPICY ISLANDS.
Arrou Islands
Page 148
Banda Islands
Page 154
Goenong-api
Page 159
Lontoir
Page 160
Pulo aya
Page 161
Poloroon
ibid.
Amboina
Page 166
Victoria Castle
Page 169
Ceram
Page 172
Manipa and Keylan
Page 173
Buero
Page 174
Upper part of the Spicy Sea
Page 176
Ouby
ibid.
Lyong, Pulo Pisang, &c.
ibid.
Mixaol
Page 177
Ef-be Harbour
ibid.
Village of Linty
ibid.
Kanari Islands
ibid.
Bo and Popo
ibid.
MOLUCCA ISLANDS.
Isle of Selang
Page 178
Batchian
ibid.
Isle of Bally
Page 180
Bissory Harbour
Page 181
Island of Tappa
ibid.
Lalaletta
ibid.
Harbour of Malaleo
ibid.
Giaritchas
ibid.
Island of Matchian
ibid.
Motir
Page 182
Tidor
ibid.
Ternate
Page 183
Myo and Tyfory
Page 184
Island of Gilolo
Page 193
Patany Hook
ibid.
Morty
Page 197
PAPUAN ISLANDS.
Gibby
Page 198
Gag
Page 199
Syang
ibid.
Ruib
ibid.
Waglol
ibid.
Tomoguy
ibid.
Salwatty
Page 200
Patanta
Page 203
Isle of King William
Page 204
Cockle Isle
ibid.
Waygiou
Page 205
Offack
Page 206
Isles of Yowl
ibid.
Abdon
ibid.
LAND OF PAPUAS OR NEW GUINEA.
Cape of Good Hope
Page 207
Isle of Yowry
ibid.
Mountains of Arfak
ibid.
Manaswary
Page 221
Port Mansingham
Page 222
Long Island
ibid.
Schouten's
ibid.
Sir George Rook's
Page 223
NEW BRITAIN.
Port Montagu
Page 223
Cape Orford
Page 224
Cape St. George
ibid.
Wallis's Isle
Page 225
NEW IRELAND.
Cape Stephens
Page 225
St. George's Channel
Page 226
St. John's Island
Page 228
Gerard Dennis's
Page 229
Wishart's
ibid.
Slinger's Bay
ibid.
NEW GUINEA AGAIN.
Prince of Wales's Isles
Page 232
Torres's Streights
ibid.
Cape Waelche
Page 233
Mackerel Bay
ibid.
Pulo Sabuda
ibid.
ERRATA.
Page 15. line 14. for
cocoa
read
coco.
Page 25. line 17. for
independenc.
read
independency.
Page 33. line 25. for
million
read
million of florins.
Page 38. line 1. for
rostralus
read
rostratus.
Page 61. line 17. for
manufactories
read
manufactures.
Page 67. line 26. for
one
read
islands.
Page 70. line 20. for
Antique Shrike, tab.
114. read
Antiguan Shrike, p.
114.
t.
70.
Page 97. line 13, 14. transpose
length
and
breadth.
Page 113. line 1. for
somale
read
female.
Page 130. line 15. for
Hawksberry
read
Hawksbury.
Page 135. line 19. for
large stoaks
read
largest oaks.
Page 191. line 20. for
manucodiatae
read
manucodiata.
Page 199. line 20. after
Synagee
dele the stop.
MAP FOR MR . PENNANTS OUTLINE OF THE GLOBE. VOL. IV 1800
MALAYAN ISLES.
THOSE who consult the map of this portion of the globe, will instantly perceive the effect of the rapid discharge of the waters after the destruction of the old world by the deluge, aided by volcanic fury. Volcanoes, or vestiges of volcanoes, are to be seen in most parts to this day; amazing caverns, mountains piled upon mountains, with all the testimonies of the mighty confusion; we know not the antecedent form, but it was evidently shattered by that great event. From the top of the bay of
Bengal
to the very pole, it swept every thing before it, and left a vast expanse of ocean, uninterrupted by any land, except the diminutive spots of
Kerguelin
islands, or the lesser speck of
Amsterdam
and
St. Paulo.
FROM Cape
Negrais,
the southern point of
Pegu,
the waters seem to have been impelled towards the vast
Pacific Ocean.
The isles of
Andaman
and
Nicobar
first shew that tendency in a slight degree; all the peninsula of
Malacca
was affected in a higher. The island of
Sumatra
follows the curvature of that part of the continent. At
Java
it begins to shew the sury of the attracted course of the waters towards the east.
Java, Cumbava, Timor,
the
Molucca
islands, and
New Guinea
were formed by their influence. At
New Guinea
the torrent took a southerly direction, and rent into fragments all that part of the primitive world, even to the remotest of the
Society
islands, which, like the train of a comet, shew the innumerable remnants of land, most evident witnesses of its course. The amazing island of
New Holland
resisted the force, and continues, more worthy of the name of a continent.
New Zealand
remains divided from all the rest; to the east is sea as far as
America,
and remote as the pole itself on the south. The north part of the vast
Pacific
is contracted by the approximation of
Asia
and
America.
The crescent of islands from
Alaschka
to
Kamtschatka
mark the antient union of the present continents. The flood formed from the south of
Kamtschatka
the
Kuril
isles,
Matmay,
and
Japan, Liqueo
and
Formosa,
the
Philippine
islands, the great
Borneo,
and all the groups scattered over the ocean to the north-east, such as the
Pelew,
the
Ladrones,
and the
Carolinas,
and the range named after Lord
Mulgrave.
Such is the hypothetical view of this face of the globe.
Sumatra,
SUMATRA.
the first island which strikes our eye, bounds the west side of the streights of
Malacca.
The equator crosses it in the middle, and divides it into almost two equal parts.
Acheen
head lies in Lat. 5° 33′ north, and
Hogs
point in 5° 5′ south. The length is about eight hundred miles, and the greatest breadth a hundred and thirty. All the western side is very low, and intersected with swamps, insulating certain patches slightly elevated. A range of mountains runs through the whole island, much nearer to the western than the eastern coast. In some places they are double and treble, with beautiful vallies between each chain; but, excepting where cleared, both valley and mountain are clothed with shady forests. These chains approximate to the coast on the whole of the western side. At their foot is low, and often swampy land.
SOME of the mountains are of a vast height;
Ophir,
MOUNT OPHIR.
situated immediately under the line, is 13,842 feet high, or two miles one thousand and ninety-four yards. No snow is ever seen on it, yet the inhabitants of all the chains are, like those of other alpine regions, subject to monstrous wens or
goitres:
this malady owes its origin to the water, or the thick, cold, and foggy vapors which universally arise from the vallies. These people are not infested with any particular disease, the result of the tumors; they enjoy the same health as others;
BAD CLIMATE.
but the climate of
Sumatra
near to the sea, or amidst the swamps, is dreadful. "Near
Indrapour,
" says
Lind
Essay on Diseases, p. 79.
,
is a place where no
European
can venture to sleep one night on shore during the rainy season without running the hazard of his life, or at least of a dangerous fit of sickness; and at
Podang,
a
Dutch
settlement on the same island, the air has been found so bad, that it is commonly called the
Plague Coast.
Here a thick pestilential vapor or fog arises after the rains, from the marshes, which destroys all the white inhabitants.
IN all these chains are numbers of volcanoes,
VOLCANOES.
which are called by the
Malayes, Goonong Appee;
they generally smoke, but seldom emit flames or
lava
Marsden
's
Sumatra,
p. 22.
. I believe no accurate observations have been yet made on their nature, being at a considerable distance inland, and the approach impeded by deep and almost impenetrable forests. Sulphur may be collected in any quantity about their sides.
THE island abounds with minerals.
MINERALS.
It has been long famous for its gold;
GOLD.
some is dug out of the earth; but by reason of the unwholesomeness of the climate, no
Europeans
dare attempt to work, and the natives are too lazy to go to any depth. The greatest part is taken out of the rivers, and washed from the sand and gravel. The amount brought annually to the western parts of
Sumatra,
does not exceed ten thousand ounces.
Menangacabow,
a central and principal kingdom, has the greatest quantity, the richest mines lying within its territory. The
Malayes
are most skilful artists in works of fillagree, in both gold and silver. Mr.
Marsden
Sumatra,
p. 141.
gives an ample account of the manufacture, which, with the coarsest of instruments, is carried on to the most amazing degree of elegance and perfection. On mention of that gentleman, let me own my obligation to his admirable history of
Sumatra,
for most of the articles on the subject of that island.
I FIND no mention of any silver being found here;
COPPER.
but it produces abundance of copper, of the richest kind.
TIN is met with in vast plenty,
TIN.
chiefly near
Palambang,
on the east coast, and on the isle of
Banka;
it is a considerable article of trade, and, smelted into small pieces, is exported in great quantities to
China.
IRON is found in
Menangacabow,
IRON.
where it is fused for use.
COAL is a production of
Sumatra.
COAL.
Naptha,
or earth oil, is another, and is principally used to resist the ravages of the
termes,
or white ants.
SALTPETRE is procured in abundance out of the vast caverns with which the island is hollowed, and is extracted out of the dung of the swallows called
Layang Layang,
which build by thousands in the roofs. These seem to be the kind which make the esculent nests. The dung extends often twenty feet in breadth, and is from four to six feet in depth.
Napal,
or the Steatites earth, forms the basis of the cliffs, and often the beds of the rivers.
I SHALL now pursue the other parts of the natural history, begin with the zoology, and treat of it on the authority of Mr.
Marsden,
flinging it into a systematic form.
THE Horses are small and hardy;
HORSES, COWS, SHEEP.
the cows and sheep are also small; the last supposed to be of the
Bengal
breed.
THE
buffalo,
BUFFALO.
or
carbow,
the most useful animal of the island, is the beast of draught, and supplies the inhabitants with milk and butter. There are none at present in a state of nature.
DOMESTIC
goats
are common, and are called
Cambing.
GOATS.
As to the
Cambing Ootan,
or goat of the woods, of Mr.
Marsden,
his description is not sufficient for me to ascertain the
species:
"One," says he
Sumatra,
p. 93.
,
which I saw, was three feet in height, and four feet in the length of the body. It had something of the
gazelle
in its appearance; and, excepting the horns, which were about six inches long, and turned back with an arch, it did not much resemble the common goat. The hinder parts were shaped like those of a bear, the rump sloping round off from the back. The tail was very small, and ended in a point. The legs clumsy. The hair along the ridge of the back rising coarse and strong, almost like bristles. No beard. Over the shoulder was a large spreading tuft of greyish hair; the rest of the hair black throughout. The
Scrotum
globular. Its disposition seemed wild and fierce, and it is said by the natives to be remarkably swift.
THE
deer
seem to be the different sort of
axis,
DEER.
Hist. Quad. i. p. 117. Mr.
Marsden
names it the
Hog-deer,
No 59, but certainly not the
Baby-rossa,
as he supposes it, which we shall hereafter shew to be a hog.
THE
wild boar
is frequent;
WILD BOAR.
the domestic is of the kind we call the
Chinese.
THE
one-horned Rhinoceros
is common.
RHINOCEROS.
Mr.
Charles Miller
informed me by a friend, that the
two-horned,
No 80, is sometimes seen here.
THE forests abound with
elephants:
ELEPHANTS.
few are applied to use; about ten are kept for state by the king of
Acheen;
and that faithful traveller, Mr.
Forrest
Voy. p. 58.
, adds, that the inhabitants of the capital make use of them as horses in their journies into the country. Much of the ivory is sent to
China
and to
Europe.
The wild elephants collect in great herds, and are very destructive in the plantations. The natives contrive to poison them, by inserting a fatal drug into the sugar-canes, split for that purpose.
OF the digitated quadrupeds are found variety of
apes:
APES.
the
Gibbon,
or long-armed, No 88, in vast multitudes, generally perched by hundreds on the tops of trees, and very seldom descending. The
Ourang Outang
is said to be found in
Sumatra,
which is probable, as it is met with in the adjacent islands. The
pig-tailed Baboon,
No 102, is an inhabitant of this country.
AMONG the
Battas
are numbers of small black dogs,
DOGS.
with erect ears, which are fattened for food. Wild dogs inhabit all parts of the island.
Tigers
are numerous, and very destructive;
TIGERS.
they annually kill in the pepper country a hundred people; there are even instances of their depopulating whole villages; yet the natives will not destroy them, for they hold the doctrine of transmigration, and fear that in the tiger they may hurt the soul of an ancestor.
HERE are two or three species of lesser kind, called tiger cats.
THE
Bear,
No 209, is small and black,
BEARS.
and devours the heart or pith of the coco-palms.
Otters
and
civets
finish the list given us of the rapacious animals of this island.
OTTER.
Mr.
Marsden
mentions an animal called a Stinkard, I suppose one of the
mephitic
weesels.
THE crested
Porcupine,
No 314, and I think the
long-tailed,
PORCUPINE.
No 316, are found in this country.
Squirrels
Marsden
's
Sumatra,
p. 94.
, small, and of a dark color,
SQUIRREL.
inhabit the woods.
Mr.
Marsden
mentions a
Sloth,
the
two-toed,
No 451,
SLOTH.
and the
Armadillo;
he names it the
Tanqueeling,
which is the short-tailed
Manis,
No 460. As to the
Armadillo,
the whole tribe is confined to
South America.
THE vast
Bats,
No 495, or No 496, swarm here,
BATS.
as they do in all the islands. They fly from island to island, and in their passage are often seen dipping into the sea, probably to snatch up the smaller fishes.
IT is very difficult to ascertain the birds;
RDS.
I can readily suppose them to be the same with those of
India,
or the neighboring islands. I shall mention only two; one, the scarce species the
Argus Pheasant,
spoken of before among the
Chinese
birds
Outlines of the Globe, vol. iii. p. 195.
; I here add, that it is very common in the woods of
Sumatra,
&c.
THE other bird is the
Cassowary, Latham,
iii. p. 10. tab. 72. This curious genus is related to the Ostrich, but is most local, being confined to the torrid zone, and only to that part which includes this island,
Java, Banda,
and a few others of this great
Archipelago.
It runs fast, is very fierce when in the wild state; grunts like a hog, and will kick violently like the Ostrich. Its food is vegetables, but will swallow iron, stones, or any thing that is offered.
I SHALL take notice of only one insect,
INSECTS.
which is the common bee, the
Apis Mellifica,
which in these hot countries is left to itself unhived. Vast quantities of the wax is exported to
China, Bengal,
and other parts of
India;
as to the honey it is far inferior to the
European
kind.
I MAY mention that among the lizards is the
Crocodile,
CROCODILE.
which makes dreadful havock among the bathers, who cannot be persuaded from the performance of that rite notwithstanding the danger; besides, they look upon these terrible reptiles with a degree of respect, probably for the same reason as they do the tiger.
Sumatra
still wants its florist. I must content myself with giving a list of such of the vegetable kingdom as contribute to commercial purposes, or to the general use of the natives.
Pepper
is the great staple of the island.
PEPPER.
It was for the sake of that spice that we defied the wretched climate. Mr.
Marsden
Sumatra, p. 105.
gives a long and curious account of its cultivation; he also informs us that the white is only black stripped of the outer coat.
THE
Piper Betel
is cultivated greatly,
BETEL.
and sent to the coast of
Coromandel,
and to
Telinga,
for the purpose of chewing, wrapped round the
Areca,
as we have already mentioned
Outlines of the Globe, vol. i. p. 139.
.
THE
Arundo Bambos
is very common,
BAMBOO.
and not only furnishes materials for building the houses, but as I imagine, produces the quantities of canes that are exported from the western side of the island.
THE
Calamus Rotang, Rumphius,
ROTANG.
vol. v. p. 97. tab. 51. and numbers of the following pages and plates, furnishes annually great cargoes, chiefly from the eastern side of the island, which the
Dutch
send to
Europe,
and the country traders to the western parts of
India.
The specific name
(Rotang)
signifies in the
Malayan
language a
staff
or
walking stick;
the common thick canes which serve for this purpose, and the small limber canes imported from
India,
are all varieties of the
Calamus Rotang
—The former is,
Palmi juncus Calapparius, Var.
A.
Linn.
and is accurately described by
Rumphius, Amb.
vol. v. p. 97. The texture of its wood, its leaves and flowering stems, bear a striking resemblance to some species of palm. Hence
Rumphius
has not unaptly named it
Palmi juncus,
or
Palm rush.
Its natural situation is in woody mountanous tracts; there it pervades the highest trees, and interlacing its branches from bough to bough, forms, by its innumerable ramifications and spinous stems, an impenetrable thicket.
IN order to fit this cane for the purpose of a walking stick, a single interstice of sufficient length between two joints is made choice of; this is loaded with a weight, or bound tight to a board, for the space of a month, and also exposed to smoak, to diminish somewhat of its natural pliability.
Rumphius
observes,
Herb. Amb.
vol. 5. p. 100, that no author he had seen described this cane, which he imputes to its growing only in the remote parts of
India,
and sequestered mountains, rarely visited by
Europeans,
till they acquired sovereign power over some of the regions.
Laurus Casia
Outlines of the Globe, vol. i. p. 142.
,
CASIA.
or bastard cinnamon, grows in abundance in the interior parts of the north of the island; it is sometimes fifty and sixty feet high, and two feet in diameter; much of the bark is exported as the true cinnamon; and from the root, a camphor may, as is said, be extracted.
A TREE
Linschotten, p. 81.
producing camphor,
CAMPHOR.
abounds here and in
Borneo;
it grows near to the sea, and is equal in bulk to our largest oaks, being sometimes fifteen feet in circumference, and a hundred feet high. The timber is excellent for the use of the carpenter, being light and durable, and resists the injury of insects. This valuable drug,
Camphor
Marsden's Sumatra, p. 129.
, is as much valued by the
Sumatrans
as by the
Europeans,
and serves for medical purposes. It has very long been in use among the
Arabs;
much is sent to
China
as well as
Europe.
THE
Styrax Benzoin
of Mr.
Jonas Dryander
Phil. Trans. lxxvii. p. 307. tab. xii.
,
BENZOIN.
grows chiefly in the
Battas
country, but not to a great size. The gum is procured by incision, and sent down to the ports in large cakes; a vast quantity is transmitted to
Europe,
where in
Roman Catholic
countries it is used as incense; the rest is a most valuable medicine as an expectorant and styptic, and forms the basis of
Turlington
's balsam. It is burnt in all the
Malaye
isles to perfume the rooms, to expel the insects, the unwholesome air, and noxious exhalations. I am doubtful whether this tree has been well ascertained, for
Linschotten
P. 76.
, who seems well acquainted with it, speaks of it as of vast height and size.
Coffee
is cultivated in
Sumatra,
but, for want of skill,
COFFEE.
the berries are not in any esteem.
BOTH the
Gossypium arboreum
and
herbaceum,
COTTON.
may be had here in any quantities, but for want of encouragement, no more is cultivated than serves for the uses of the country.
Bombax Ceiba
is planted near every village, and strikes the eye of strangers by its singular form, being in shape of the branches like a dumb waiter; so regularly do they spread one above the other.
EBONY,
Diospyros melanoxylon
Flor. Coroman. tab. xlvi.
,
EBONY.
that valued wood for furniture, so highly esteemed by our ancestors, is common here. It has been known since the days of
Virgil.
India
fert
ebenum,
molles sua thura
Sabaei.
Pliny
gives us a whole chapter on this wood
Lib. xii. c. 4.
; he says it was
Trunco enodi materie nigri splendoris, ac vel sine arte protinus jucundi.
Virgil
was mistaken by confining ebony to
India,
it was also produced in
Aethiopia. Hexodotus
(in
Thalia)
tells us that the
Aethiopians
paid their tribute every three years in that article to the
Persian
kings. It was esteemed the most valuable tribute after gold and ivory.
Pompey
had an ebony tree carried before him in his triumph over
Mithridates;
yet to this day we have not one to place in our celebrated garden at
Kew.
THE
Teek
Outlines of the Globe, vol. i. p. 81. tab. iv.
,
Tectona grandis,
TEEK.
Tectona grandis,
the pride of the eastern forests, grows in the north and east of
Sumatra.
THE pines which captain
Cook
found in the different parts of the south seas are common here,
PINES.
and are called
Arou;
they flourish in a light sandy soil, and are the first trees that grow on lands deserted by the sea. At page 70, tab. 51, of the first volume of Captain
Cook
's second voyage, is some account of this tree, which as yet has not been classically described.
Sandal
wood
Ibid. vol. i. p. 140.
,
SANDAL.
,
Pterocarpus Santolinus,
both the white and the red, are produced in
Sumatra.
THE poisonous
Manchineel
tree,
MANCHINEEL.
Hippomane Mancinilla
§,
Catesby, vol. i. p. 95.
, is common here, as well as in the
West Indies,
and furnishes a most useful timber, as it resists the attacks of the
Termes,
or white ants; it is also valuable in works of ornament, the wood being finely veined; but the juice is so noxious, that if any falls on the eyes it will occasion a blindness of many days, and the very droppings of the leaves after rain, raise blisters on the skin; standing under its shade for any length of time affects the senses.
ONE of the
Sideroxylons,
or iron woods, is common here,
IRON WOOD.
and of great use on account of its extraordinary hardness; it may be the
Sideroxylon inerme, Hort. Elth.
357. tab. 265.
Hort. Kew.
i. 260.
THE pitch called
Dammer,
DAMMER.
mentioned in the article
Pulo condor,
is extracted in abundance from certain resinous trees which go under the common
Malayan
name of
Canari;
they grow in vast plenty in the spice islands, but we find that some species have extended far more west.
Rumphius
describes all of them; but the species productive of this article are the
Dammara nigra,
vol. ii. p. 160. tab. 52, and the
Dammara nigra legitima,
162. tab. 53, quantities are sent to
Bengal
and other places, for the same uses as pitch and tar are in
Europe,
and particularly for the shipping.
AMONG the trees or vegetables productive of the necessary food for the natives,
ESCULENTS.
is the
Coco palm;
rice, the
Padda
or upland; the common
Mayz; Sesamum
in great quantities, for the oil it produces, which is used only in burning;
Ricinus palma Christi,
for the castor oil, grows wild;
Costus Arabicus, Amomum zerambet,
and several others are raised for medicinal purposes. A
Rumphius
is wanted to pervade the forests of this vast island, and bring to light the numberless hidden treasures it contains, important perhaps in mechanics, medicine, and the luxuries of life.
THE
Cycas circinalis,
or sago tree
Outlines of the Globe, vol. i. p. 245.
, begins to appear here, but is not in such general use as a food,
SAGO.
as we shall find it in the more eastern islands: the plenty of rice supersedes the necessity of it in
Sumatra.
I must not pass over the knowledge that our great traveller Sir
John Mandeville
Travels, p. 228.
had of this valuable tree, who found it in a great
Yle
he calls
Pathen.
"IN that lond," says that flower of chivalry,
growen trees that beren mele, whereof men maken gode bred and white, and of gode savour; and it semethe as it were of whete, but it is not allynges of suche savour. And zif zou like to here how the mele comethe out of the trees, I shalle seye zou. Men hewen the trees with an hachet, alle aboute the fote of the tree, tille that the bark be parted in many parties; and than comethe out therof a thikke lykour, the whiche thei resceyven in vesselles, and dryen it at the hete of the sonne; and than thei han it to a mylle to grynde; and it becomethe fair mele and white.
I SHALL conclude this subject with mentioning that on this coast,
STRANGE PLANT OF PURCHAS.
near
Tappanooly,
Mr.
Charles Miller
Phil. Trans. vol. lxviii. p. 178.
found the
strange plant,
as
Purchas
Vol. i. p. 152.
calls it, discovered by Sir
James Lancaster
on the island of
Sombrero,
who speaks of it as a tree which shrunk into the ground as soon as it was touched. Wonderful things were related of it by our old navigator. It is named, says Mr.
Miller,
by the
Malayes, Lalan-laut,
or sea grass.
It is found in sandy bays or in shallow water, where it appears like a slender strait stick, but, when you attempt to touch it, immediately withdraws itself into the sand. I could never observe any
tentacula;
a broken piece near a foot long, which after many unsuccessful attempts, I drew out, was perfectly strait and uniform, and resembled a worm drawn over a knitting needle; when dry it is a coral.
THAT
Sumatra
was known to the antients is most probable, but that only partially. This, and two others which
Ptolemy
unites, seem in the opinion of Mr.
Caverhill
to have been the
Sabaddibae
of the old geographer. The
Mahometan
travellers of the year 1173 called it
Ramni.
They speak of its gold mines, and excellent camphor, and of the inhabitants being cannibals.
Marco Polo
is very diffuse in his account of this island, which he calls the little
Java;
he actually travelled over six of its eight kingdoms, and gives various particulars, long since confirmed by the later travellers. He mentions the custom of eating human flesh; he describes the Rhinoceros under the name of
Licorne,
camphor, sago, the cocoa palms, and the tapping them for the acquisition of the liquor
Toddy,
so necessary a drink to the inhabitants.
AFTER a very long interval the
Portuguese
again discovered
Sumatra.
PORTUGUESE.
Lopez Sequeira,
in 1508, by the command of his great master, sailed on a voyage of discovery, and arrived at the port of
Pedeer,
to the east of
Acheen,
at the northern end of the island
Osorio, vol. p. 368.
; there he found ships from
Pegu, Bengal,
and several other countries. The king, a
Mahometan,
treated him with much civility. The great
Albuquerque
visited the island in person, and entered into a treaty with the king of
Pedeer.
The
Portuguese
afterwards engaged deeply in the wars between the petty monarchs of the country; but I do not find that they ever made any settlement.
THE
Dutch
followed them in 1595.
DUTCH.
An account of that voyage may be seen in
L'Histoire de la Navigation de L'Inde orientale,
printed at
Amsterdam
in 1609. In future I shall, in my references to those voyages, cite them by the name of
Nicolas
's collection, who was the publisher. At p. 18 is given an account of their first descent, and a plate of the dresses of the inhabitants. The
Dutch
formed several factories in
Sumatra,
which flourish to this day; the principal is at
Padang,
in the neighborhood of the gold country. Their next is at
Palanbang,
for the sake of the tin which is dug by the natives, and fused on the isle of
Banca,
on the east side of
Sumatra,
opposite to the discharge of the river of
Palambang.
The city stands some miles from the mouth: It once belonged to the king of
Bantam
in
Java,
and is even to this day peopled by
Javans;
but since the
Dutch
have rendered that monarchy in a manner dependant on themselves, they most probably may be styled its masters. Besides making it the magazine of the tin drawn from
Banca,
they collect vast quantities of pepper from the neighboring parts. In 1662 this city was attacked by a
Dutch
fleet sent from
Batavia
to revenge some most barbarous murders committed on their countrymen, it was strongly fortified with trunks of trees closely put together, and mounted with numbers of cannon. Notwithstanding this, the
Dutch
succeeded, and burnt the city to the ground.
THE
English
are at present in possession of the great trade of
Sumatra.
ENGLISH.
The reputation of its vast wealth gave rise to the first voyage ever made by our countrymen to the
East Indies. Elizabeth,
in the 43d year of her reign, issued her patent which constituted originally the
East India
company. It is given at length by
Purchas
Pilgrimage, vol. i. p. 139.
.
IN consequence of this, that able sailor
James Lancaster,
SIR JAMES LANCASTER.
afterwards Sir
James,
was sent there, and sailed from
Torbay
on April 2d, 1601. He commanded the
Dragon
of six hundred tons, and had with him the
Hector
of three hundred, the
Ascension
of two hundred and sixty, and one more. Her Highness furnished her general, as he was called, with letters to divers of the eastern potentates, among others, one to the king of
Acheen,
the chief and first object of the voyage. He did not arrive at
Sumatra
till May 2d, 1602. The fame of
Elizabeth
's victories over the
Spaniards
had reached the king's ears, and in consequence
Lancaster
was most favorably received; he presented gifts of great value on the part of his mistress, and received others in return. The
Portuguese
did all in their power to prevent a good understanding between the
English
and the king, but to no purpose.
Lancaster
even made a short cruise, and took a rich ship from
Saint Thome
on the
Coromandel
coast, belonging to the
Portuguese,
which was deemed a lawful prize, that kingdom being then in possession of our great enemy
Philip
II. Our general got in part of his lading of pepper in this island; the rest in
Malacca;
and after obtaining many valuable privileges from the king of
Acheen,
returned with a most friendly letter from the
Sumatran
prince. He met with a dreadful storm off
Madagascar;
in the midst of the confusion, he thought of the services he might render to his country by this remarkable notice:
The passage to the
East Indies
lies in 62 degrees 30 minutes, by the north-west on the
American
side.
After encountering many difficulties, he anchored safe in the
Downs
on September 11th 1603. Sir
James
acquired great wealth and reputation by this voyage, which he lived thirty years after to enjoy, as he well deserved.
WE followed the advantages of this enterprize. The
Dutch
who had settled themselves in the island, entertained the highest jealousy of our rising commerce, and gave all possible opposition; they even once expelled us from
Bantam,
where we had a factory. We then turned our thoughts towards
Acheen,
and met there some of the island chieftains in the year 1685, who invited us to settle on their lands; this, gave rise to our establishment at
Bencoolen,
BENCOOLEN.
which became the supreme factory. The fort called fort
Marlborough
was founded; we are now the principal traders in the island, and export from thence annually twelve hundred tons of pepper, the greatest part to
Europe,
the rest to
China.
This settlement is unwholesome, the air full of malignant vapors; the mountains continually cloathed with thick heavy clouds, which break out in lightning, thunder, rain, and short-lived storms; the fort is tolerably healthy during the sickly season, and to that place the merchants should make their retreat.
IN the year 1760, the
French
admiral
D'Estaign
destroyed this fort, and all our other settlements on the island, in order to drive us from the lucrative pepper trade; but they were soon re-established, and our possessions secured to us in 1763 by the treaty of
Paris.
ON the coast of the
Battas
country are two settlements,
NATAL.
one at
Natal,
and another on a small isle in the noble bay of
Tappanoly,
which penetrates deeply inland, and is capable of containing all the navies of
Europe,
so as to ride securely in any weather, with such a multitude of harbors that a large ship could remain concealed so as to elude all search. In this bay is found plenty of that enormous shell the
Keemo
or
Chama Gigas
Bonan i. 83, 84. Argenville, tab. 23. fig, E.
, it is often three foot broad, and of the weight of five hundred pounds; and is taken in deep water, by thrusting a long bamboo between the shells while they are gaping, which close, and then are drawn up; the shell is quite white, and worked by the natives like ivory. The fish weighs often thirty pounds, and is excellent when stewed.
Sumatra
is divided into numerous little kingdoms,
ACHEEN.
but that of
Acheen
is the most powerful. It once had a strong and numerous fleet, with which it contested the superiority of the sea with the adjacent princes.
Acheen
was the great
emporium
of the island, and the resort of the
Arabs
for the gold, camphor, benzoin, pepper, and all the commercial productions of the country. The government is entirely feudal, being founded on the
Malayan
plan. As to the genuine
Sumatrans
they are called
Orang Ooloo,
or countrymen, from their residence in villages. The
Sultan
of the empire of
Menangecabow,
EMPIRE OF MENANGECABOW.
for a long time reigned lord paramount over all the other princes, who owned their authority to be derived from him: at present his real power is not superior to that of a common Rajah; yet still a superstitious regard is paid to his person; he is sovereign pontiff; the opinion of his sanctity is supported by the
Mahometan
priests, and an air of mystery surrounds his court; he issues out dictatorial edicts, which are received with respect; but attended to no farther than is consistent with the interests or pleasure of them to whom they are addressed. All the
Sumatrans
are originally derived from the
Malayes,
or inhabitants of the peninsula of
Malacca;
when spoken of in this island, the word
Malaye
implies the
Mahometans,
who chiefly inhabit the coasts.
Mahometanism
is the religion of all the
Malaye
governments; all observe the feudal system,
FEUDAL CUSTOM.
and commute the punishment of crimes for money, which have their price as customary among the
Germans
and
Britons.
Murder, as well as other crimes, having its price; this custom is a dreadful encouragement, particularly since the
Daltoos
or magistrates receive the ransom. Our factory was desirous of putting a stop to the frequent assassinations, but was told by the
Daltoo
that he should be a loser, as he got twenty dollars a head when the families prosecuted. Some of these governments are very antient, being formed soon after the first population of the island.
Menangecabow
is one which received the
Mahometan
faith in later times from the
Malayes
of
Malacca,
who had made a conquest of their antecedent brethren.
IN p. 33 of the preceding volume, I have given the general description of the persons of the
Malayes.
I cannot help thinking that those of
Malacca
were a distinct people, who drove the antient inhabitants of the peninsula to take refuge in
Sumatra,
where they retain their language and alphabet, and that the
Malayes
in future times re-conquered the descendants of these refugees, and each still retain their peculiar language and writing.
I SHALL not attempt to give an account of the various nations into which this island is divided:
NATIVES OF THE BATTAS.
That of the
Battas
is too remarkable to be overlooked; they are of smaller stature than the rest of the
Sumatrans,
and their complexions fairer; their religion is paganism, yet from very antient custom they hold in respect the sultan of
Menangecabow,
in all probability from the period in which both were of the same religion. We have our settlement on their coast, which enabled two of our factory, Mr.
Charles Miller
and Mr.
Holloway,
to undertake a journey into the interior parts of the country. I refer my reader for the particular account to the lxviiith volume of the Philosophical Transactions. From this expedition is verified the circumstance of the natives being
anthropophagi,
and eat the flesh of prisoners of war, or of offenders condemned for capital crimes. As soon as the man is put to death, they rush on the body, cut pieces of the yet tremulous limbs, dip it in lemon juice and salt, and eat it with exquisite pleasure. Mr.
Miller
says, they spake in raptures of the soles of the feet, and palms of the hands, as peculiar dainties.
Marco Polo
Bergeron, p. 134.
tells us, that in the kingdom of
Dragoiam
they eat the bodies of their relations and best friends who chance to die, thinking it a peculiar respect to the deceased. They then bury the bones in the caverns of the mountains.
Polo
mentions this horrid custom in other islands, so that it certainly had spread far more extensively than is imagined. The opinion was generally exploded, till the voyages in our days furnished us with several examples; some most dreadful, in which many
Europeans
fell victims to the cannibal appetite: Even the illustrious
Cook
found in part a sepulchre in the maws of the inhabitants of the
Sandwich
islands.
ON the island of
Enganho,
ENGANHO ISLAND.
about ninety miles south of fort
Marlborough,
are inhabitants of most savage appearance, and of a language unintelligible to the few who have visited the place. It was scarcely known to have been inhabited, as it was long deemed inaccessible by reason of the rocks, and dreadful breakers. Commodore
Beaulieu
calls it
L'Isle Trompeuse,
and adds, that the natives murder all that come on shore. It appears from the
East India
pilot
Vol. ii. tab. 73.
to be of a triangular form. Mr.
Charles Miller
was hardy enough to visit it. He found the men from five feet eight to five feet ten inches high, of a red color, with black strait hair cut short; that of the women long, and rolled into a neat curl on the top of the head. The men went quite naked; the women had no more than a plantain leaf to hide their nakedness; the arms of the men were lances headed with the bone of fish, their canoes made of two boards sewed together, and the seam filled with pitch. Their houses were circular, supported on stakes of iron-wood; they had no sort of fowl, cattle, or rice; they lived on cocoa nuts, sugar canes, and sweet potatoes, or fish dried in the smoke. The fish they caught with their lances, or in nets very neatly manufactured by themselves. Their behavior was hospitable, nor did they give any sort of umbrage, till some imprudent conduct on our side excited an alarm. Conch shells, the
Murex Tritonis,
resounded in all parts of the island, and our people thought fit to make a sudden retreat.
A MOST furious surf rises on great part of the western and southern side of
Sumatra,
SURF.
such as vexes the western coasts of
Africa.
It begins, says Mr.
Marsden
Sumatra, p. 28.
, to assume its form at some distance from the place where it breaks, gradually accumulating as it moves forward, till it gains a height, in common, of fifteen to twenty feet, when it overhangs at top, and falls like a cascade, nearly perpendicular, involving itself as it descends; the noise made by the fall is prodigious, and, during the stillness of the night, may be heard many miles up the country. It forms sometimes but a single range along the shore; at other times, there is a succession of two, three, four, or more, behind each other, extending perhaps half a mile out to sea. The number of ranges is generally in proportion to the height and violence of the surf.
Java
is separated from the island of
Sumatra,
JAVA.
by the narrow streights of
Sunda;
their depth is from thirty to fifty fathoms, and in some places are no soundings; the voyager is advised of the approach to
Java
by vast drifts of bamboos, and flocks of the booby
Catesby, i. 87.
, or, according to Mr.
Asbeck
's reference, the
Pelecanus piscator
of
Linnaeus.
The currents are strong in the narrowest part, and from
January
to
April
usually run from the westward; the rest of the year from the eastward.
THE streights begin with great breadth between
Sumanca
bay in
Sumatra,
and
Welcome
bay in
Java. Sumanca
and other peaks mark the former.
PRINCE'S ISLAND.
Prince
's island lies near the
Javanese
shore, and is known by a small mount called
Java
head, or the
Pico.
The latitude of the anchoring place in
Kasuarus
bay, is 6° 36′ 15″ south. This island is universally wooded, and vegetation advances so rapidly, that notwithstanding what is cut for the use of the shipping, it seems nothing impaired. It has some inhabitants so like in figure, color, manners, and even language, to those of the south sea islands, as greatly to strike Captain
Cook,
who anchored here in 1780, after having been so long conversant with them. The chief business of the natives is to supply the shipping with fowls, small tortoises, or green turtle, hog deer weighing about forty pounds; monkies, some vegetables, and above all water.
THIS island is as unhealthy as the rest of these fatal coasts;
ISLAND OF CRACATOA.
which has induced many navigators to prefer taking water at the isle of
Cracatoa,
a small spot about nine miles in circumference, and some leagues to the north-east of
Prince
's island. In one part is a hot spring, used by the natives as a bath. The island is high, rising gradually from the sea, and covered with trees. In the coral reefs which skirt the shores are plenty of small green turtle.
BETWEEN
Hog
point in
Sumatra,
and
Cickorang
in
Java,
the streights suddenly contract. In the middle are the small isles, called
Midchannel
island, the
Isle de Milieu,
and the rock
Le grand Toque. Le Brun
Vol. ii. 38.
calls the breadth a league and a half. After doubling the point,
BANTAM.
appears the bay of
Bantam,
deep, round, and sprinkled over with many small isles; at the bottom is the city, capital of the kingdom. After Sir
James Lancaster
left
Acheen
he sailed to this port; the king was one of the
Indian
monarchs whom
Elizabeth
honored with her correspondence; her letter was graciously received.
Lancaster
established here our first factory in the
Indian
seas, and after loading his ship with pepper, took his departure for
England.
THE
Portuguese
visited this coast in the time of the great
Albuquerque;
PORTUGUESE.
the commanders in that expedition were
Roderigo Brittio,
and
Ferdinand Andrada,
who took part with one of the princes of the country, engaged in war with the king of
Bantam,
and gained a great victory over his fleet. Not long after
George Albuquerque
made an attempt to storm
Bantam
Osorio, vol. ii. p. 346.
, but was repulsed with great loss.
Lacsemanna,
the general of
Malacca,
the ablest officer of his age, had the most considerable share in the defeat.
AT the first arrival of the
Europeans, Java
(according to Sir
Thomas Herbert
P. 200.
) was under one supreme, the emperor of
Matara;
next to him was the king of
Bantam,
whom Sir
Thomas
only styles a viceroy; possibly at first the government might have been like that of the primaeval establishments of
Sumatra,
and in after times the delegated powers assumed an independene.
THE subtil
Dutch
took more efficacious methods to gain footing in the country;
DUTCH.
after various great events, various quarrels and reconciliations, by an essential service done in 1680 to one of the monarchs of
Bantam,
they received from him an exclusive grant of the trade of his kingdom. This they support by a slight armed force; in fact, they are real masters of the island, notwithstanding they pay a pretended respect to the native powers. Before that acquisition of privilege by the
Dutch,
the
English
and
Danes
had very flourishing factories, but both were expelled by the influence of their
Batavian
rival.
Le Brun
Travels, vol. ii. p. 109.
visited this court in 1706, and exhibits a fine picture of the effeminacy of the Oriental monarch, illustrating it with a print. All the attendants were females, even his body guards. One is seen with her musket on her shoulder, others with lances. Dancing girls, and two diminutive dwarfs, performing before his majesty, shew the festivity of the court; let me add that one of the ladies, officers of state, bore the sword, another the golden bowl, and so to the number of ten, each carrying a different badge of state. Near this city he also saw a miracle in this climate; a lady of the age of a hundred-and-thirty.
AFTER passing some leagues to the east, through the group of the
Thousand
isles, we arrive at the bay of
Batavia,
amidst others equally numerous, each named by the
Dutch
in memory of their own country. The traveller would imagine himself in
Holland,
and more so when he enters the great and magnificent city of
Batavia,
BATAVIA.
seated in a swamp, as like as possible to their boasted capital
Amsterdam;
but here, overhung with pestilential vapors, that would soon by their fatal effects depopulate the native country, did not the teeming
Germany
annually pour down the
Rhine
its thousands to supply the loss, in a place so injudiciously fixed on through national prejudice. As to the troops, they are picked out of the vagabonds of
Amsterdam,
and sent to certain death, for in the space of three years, not five survive out of a battalion of an equal number of hundreds. Let Doctor
Lind
Essay on Diseases, p. 144.
describe the fatal effects of the injudicious selection of situation of this proud capital, on some of the
British
subjects, who unfortunately put in here:
During the sickly season at
Batavia,
a boat belonging to the
Medway,
which attended on shore every night, was three times successively manned, not one having survived that service. They were all taken ill in the night, when on shore, or when returning on board, so that the officers were at length obliged to employ none but the natives of the country on that business.
ON the arrival of the
Europeans
in this country,
JACATRA.
a town then called
Calappa,
and about the year 1607 changed to that of
Jacatra,
stood on the site of
Batavia.
The
regulus
of the place had made an alliance with the
English,
which gave great umbrage to the
Dutch,
who had likewise their settlements here, under the protection of a fort or two; the rivals came to action; for a time we had the superiority, and in the year 1619, after a successful battle at sea, compelled the
Dutch
commodore
Koen,
to retreat to
Amboina;
but he soon returned in such force, as to oblige the
English,
by capitulation, totally to evacuate the place. This was not a national war, but carried on entirely between the two companies.
Koen
utterly destroyed the town of
Jacatra,
FOUNDED IN 1620.
and built in its place the present
Batavia,
on a far more extensive scale. The anniversary is observed in honor of the founder to this day. The streets are regular, each has its canal, which in the dry season emit a most horrid stench, from the filth flung into them, and the closeness of the trees planted on the banks prevent the due circulation. No place could possibly be selected more unwholesome; so that what
Purchas
relates of
Bantam,
may well be applied to this city,
SICKLY CLIMATE.
that it is not a place to recover men that are sick, but to kill men who come there in health.
The
Jacatra,
and other rivers which creep through the city, almost stagnate. A dead buffalo or hog flung into them, is perhaps many days in reaching the sea. These streams pass through a fenny plain, rising from the
Blauenberg
or blue mountains, about forty miles distant. For the benefit of a quick and easy conveyance of such as are in a convalescent state, an excellent road is formed for seventy miles, leading from
Batavia
to the mountains, equal to any turnpike road in
England.
Batavia
is the seat of the viceroy of the
Indies;
the
Dutch
support him with a splendor equal to that of most crowned heads, nor does he go out without his guards, magnificently dressed; this is to instil respect into the natives. The town is prodigiously populous; but neither the public or the private buildings are particularly fine; they possibly are in the same state as they were in the time of Mr.
Nieuhoff,
who in his travels
Churchill's Col. vol. ii.
has given views of many of both kinds. The whole city is surrounded with gardens for a great distance, and the canals, cut far into the interior of the island, serve to convey all sorts of provisions to market; many forts are dispersed over the country to awe the inhabitants.
THE
Chinese,
MASSACRE OF THE CHINESE.
attracted by the sweets of gain, settled here in vast numbers; they are said to have had, in the year 1726, two thousand four hundred houses in the city and suburbs, some of which were the best in
Batavia;
many of them were levelled to the ground in the infamous massacre of this nation in the year 1740. It began on occasion of the celebration of a festival in honor of their idol, the
Jootsje de Batavia,
a hideous likeness of the Devil (the
Dutch
only worshipped him in private); the enthusiasm of the devotees created disorder; they grew riotous, and a guard sent to restrain their zeal, executed its commission with great vigor, which excited the rage of the
Chinese,
so that much blood was shed. The governor and council, under pretence of public security, ordered every
Chinese
to be put to the sword, women and children excepted; reduced to despair, they set fire to their own houses; numbers perished in the flames, and those who rushed out were put to death by the soldiery; above twelve thousand perished in this horrible affair. The
Dutch
published their account, which is left to the judgment of the reader to believe or disbelieve; they would make the cause to have been a regular conspiracy, yet the governor, two of the counsellors of the
Indies,
and the attorney general, were deposed and imprisoned; the
Dutch
certainly thought them guilty. The wealth of the
Chinese
seems to have been the inducement to the bloody business. The governor's effects, which he was endeavoring to carry to
Europe,
amounted to half a million sterling. So little were the
Dutch
apprehensive of any harm from a new colonization of the
Chinese,
that they permitted any number which pleased to settle again in
Batavia,
and multitudes resorted there as if nothing had happened. The governor thought proper to send an apology to the emperor of
China,
which he received with unconcern, considering that his empire was overcharged with inhabitants, and indifferent to subjects who had deserted the tombs of their ancestors.
THE
Chinese
seem to have been on the best footing with the
Dutch.
In 1632, they gave a proof of their respect by having a noble medal struck in honor of the governor,
James Speks.
On one side is the plan of
Batavia;
on the reverse a
Chinese
inscription, and beneath the following Latin translation:
In perpetuam gratitudinis memoriam
hoc munusculum, nos ciues Chynen
ses Batauiae L. Mq. obtulimus insi
gni heroi Jacobo Spexio India
rum Orientalium Generali Pa
trono nostro obseruando.
Anno 1632 Ady 25 No-
uembris, Batuiae.
Von Loan
preserves this mark of gratitude by a figure
Hist. Metallique, vol. ii. p. 204.
.
IN all instances of real rebellions,
DUTCH CRUELTY.
and of the punishment of the slaves, a spirit of cruelty pervades the
Batavians
beyond the inhabitants of any other settlements; penetrate but into a grove near
Batavia,
and hundreds of naked corpses will be seen hanging on the trees, by their legs, arms, or necks, all lacerated by the rapacious birds, and emitting the most pestilential stench; no notice is taken of the death of a slave: the
Dutchman
scarcely ever suffers for any crime. Sir
Thomas Herbert
is perhaps too severe on this city, when he calls it "a second
Sodom."
BESIDES
Batavia,
the
Dutch
have numbers of smaller settlements on the coast, to collect the rich productions of the island. At
Tsierobon
is one, which country is governed by a dependent sultan. He furnishes them with the productions of his dominions; an immense quantity of rice, coffee, sugar, pepper, cotton, and
Areca;
all these are bought at the price the consciences of the company fix, which is certainly not at the highest rate. False weights are in general use with the company's servants, nor are they in any danger of being called to account, as it tends to the service of their congenial masters.
PEPPER.
Pepper is the great commodity of the island;
Bantam
furnishes the
Dutch
with three millions of pounds annually.
LET us now pass on the the island of
Madura,
in Lat. 7° south.
THE
Dutch
picked a quarrel with its prince in the year 1747,
PRINCE OF MADURA, HIS TRAGICAL STORY.
who, after seeing his country invaded, his subjects massacred, and his own ruin to be certain, collected all his treasures, and with his young son, wives, concubines, and a few select friends, fled to
Borneo
in hopes of an asylum. He was closely pursued, but by putting into creeks and inlets, for a short time escaped; the unhappy fugitives set sail in the night, and retreated into their hiding places in the day. At length, to their great joy, they saw a ship with
English
colors. They flung themselves on the protection of the commander, who received the prince and his treasure. The
Dutch Guarda costa
came up with him; as he knew force could not prevale, he by treachery seized on the
English
captain, put him into irons, nor would he set him at liberty, till the unhappy prince was delivered into the power of his enemies. Grown desperate, he barricaded the cabin; it was forced open; jealous of the honor of his women, he stabbed two to the heart; others equally delicate flung themselves over board. Oppressed with numbers, and greatly wounded, the aged sultan was seized, and conveyed to
Batavia,
and from thence to the wretched island of
Robben,
near the cape of
Good Hope
Forster's Voy. ii. 556.
, where he was living in
April
1775, dragging on a miserable being, in the character of a common slave. Whoever wishes to have a fuller account of this tragical and infamous event, may find it pathetically told in a voyage to the
East Indies,
1747, 1748, published in 1762: the perusal will be a trial of the heart of the reader.
Balimbuan
is another little kingdom,
SAME OF THE PRINCE OF BALIMBUAN.
at the eastern extremity of the island. It seems that the
Dutch,
apparently without any motives of emolument, attacked also the prince of this country; he defended himself vigorously for two years, was overpowered, himself confined for life in the castle of
Batavia,
his family torn from him, and sent to keep company with the
Madurian
prince at
Robben
island.
Matara,
MATARA.
the capital of the once potent empire of that name, is in about Lat. 8° 12′, on the south side of
Java.
Even this empire was, after many contests, rendered dependent on the
Dutch,
who having deposed the usurping sovereign, placed the rightful heir on the throne; but they chose for him his place of residence, secured his allegiance by a citadel, and supplying him with every conveniency for his pleasures, rendered this weak prince entirely subservient to their will. In this part of the island is plenty of
Teek,
and timber for the building of ships, or for exportation to other parts of
India;
here they have their docks; besides they carry on great commerce in rice, salt, pepper, and many other valuable productions.
Java
wants its
Marsden;
but with such lights as I can procure, I shall attempt a brief description of this important island.
Marco Polo
is very concise in his account of it, which he names simply
Java
Bergeron, p. 130.
. In his days there was only one monarch. It was greatly frequented by merchants for the sake of the pepper and other spices; he mentions nutmegs, which probably have been since extirpated by the political
Dutch. James Bontius,
BONTIUS.
a physician of great eminence, who flourished here very soon after the foundation of
Batavia
by
Koen,
has furnished very good materials for the medical and natural history of the island. It is from a variety of authors I must select accounts relative to other subjects.
Java
extends from
West Point,
in Lat. 6° 36′ south,
EXTENT OF JAVA.
Long. 121° 33′ from
Paris,
to
East Point,
in Lat. 8° 33′ Long. 132°, near seven hundred miles in length. The course is west and east, with an inclination to the south; the greatest breadth is about forty leagues, and nearly of equal diameter, except where the bays make some small contractions.
THE land on the coasts varies; at the western and eastern extremities it is high, but I believe in general the shores are low, swampy, and unhealthy. A lofty chain of mountains runs from west to east through the middle, with numbers of branches issuing from each side to uncertain distances from the sea. Some of the mountains are very lofty, and the air cool and salubrious; among them are very active volcanoes;
VOLCANOES.
the mountain of
Parang
is the principal, and said to be very productive of gold; the
Dutch
spent near a million in attempting the discovery, but were disappointed in their search; these mountains produce besides
Rubies
and
Sapphires.
Earthquakes are frequent and dreadful.
I AM not qualified to give any account of the natives of these
Appennines
of
Java.
NATIVES.
The general description is, that their faces are flat, their cheeks broad, their hair short and black, their eyebrows large, their eyes very small. They boast that they are descended from the
Chinese;
if true, we may account for the probability of that nation migrating to this island; they may have been from the beginning in the constant habit of frequenting the coasts. The manners of the mountaneers are said to be fierce and barbarous, and their rites idolatrous. The inhabitants of the cities and coasts are
Mahometans.
Representations of the persons of the
Javanese
in different characters are given by Mr.
Nieuhoff,
in his travels
P. p. 315. 319.
, in
Linschotten
P. 20.
; and in the very curious old book of voyages already cited, are numbers of prints, beginning at p. 27, and continued to p. 37; and at p. 36 is given the manner of a dance, or rather a mimical representation, exactly like the elegant one at p. 248, plate 16, 17, of the first volume of Captain
Cook
's last voyage.
Le Brun
Vol. ii. tab. 197.
represents a very curious figure of one of the savage natives of the southern coast: he seemed a fine made man, almost black; his head covered with thick frizzled hair, lips large, nose depressed, body naked, except a cloth round his waste; on the right arm and left leg an ivory ring; his weapons were a strong bow, several lances headed with something sharp, and one with a bearded bone, perhaps that of some ray. The painter, however, has certainly got hold of a native of the
Papua
islands, and not of the south of
Java.
IN enumerating the quadrupeds of this island,
QUADRUPEDS.
I shall omit all which are in common to
Sumatra;
and that I believe, with very few exceptions, to be the case.
HORSES were found here on its first discovery;
HORSES.
they are small, but strong and spirited, and run wild among the interior mountains.
OXEN, the same as my
Indian,
Hist. Quad. p. 20, 21,
OXEN.
are common, with and without hunches; those without are higher shouldered than usual; they are miserably lean, with a finer grain, but less juicy than the
European.
Mr.
Loten
told me that wild oxen, of a reddish brown color, with vast horns, and of a great size, are found in
Java.
THE
African
or
Cabrito
sheep are common,
SHEEP.
and very bad eating. The
broad-tailed
is brought from the Cape for sale, and is esteemed excellent.
THE
Axis,
No 56, is found in this island,
DEER.
as is the
middle sized,
No 57.
THE
Ribbed Face,
No 60, called by the
Javans, Muntjak,
is reckoned delicate food.
THE little
Indian Musk,
No 67, and the
Guinea,
No 68, perhaps a variety, inhabit
Java.
The
Poet-jang
of the
Javans
are caught in snares, brought in cages to market, and sold for the value of two pence halfpenny a piece.
THE
one-horned Rhinoceros,
No 81, is frequent.
RHINOCEROS.
As to elephants, they are not mentioned by Mr.
Nieuhoff,
and
Bontius
even says that they are not found in this island.
THE
Sucotyro
of the
Chinese
is engraven by the former
Churchill's Coll. vol. ii. p. 360.
,
SUCOTYRO.
and thus described: it is of the size of a large ox; has a snout like a hog, two long rough ears, and a thick bushy tail; the eyes placed upright in the head, quite different from other beasts; on the side of the head, next to the eyes, stand two long horns, or rather teeth, not quite so thick as those of an elephant; it feeds on herbage, and is but seldom taken. I have enquired about this animal from Mr.
Loten
and others, who never heard of it. I suspect Mr.
Nicuhoff
was imposed on by a fictitious drawing.
THE monkey tribe are very numerous;
MONKIES.
at their head is the
Ourang Outang,
common to
Sumatra, Borneo, Celebes,
and this island. I shall speak more of that species when I reach
Borneo.
The
Egret,
No 119, the
Monea,
No 120, and several other kinds, abound; and Sir
Joseph Banks
saw near
Batavia
a great black one, but it ran away before he could ascertain the species.
THAT singular animal the
flying Maucauco,
MAUCAUCO.
No 156, is found here, and is well represented by
Bontius.
It inhabits also the
Philippine
isles.
Tigers
are found in great numbers in the forests of
Java,
TIGERS.
and annually destroy multitudes who are employed in hunting, or cutting of wood.
Bontius,
p. 55, says, that
Leopards
or
Panthers
are less common than the
Tiger,
but he does not fix the species.
THE
Javan Opossum,
OPOSSUM.
No 219, is well engraven by
Le Brun
Travels, ii. p. 212.
.
THE
Phalanger,
No 226, I suspect to be native of the same island.
THE
four-toed Weesel,
WEESEL.
or
Surikate,
No 257, is another animal of this country.
THE
long-tailed Porcupine,
No 316,
PORCUPINE.
is excellently figured by
Seba
Vol. i. tab. 53.
.
Bontius
mentions it at p. 54, but his figure is of the
Brazilian.
HERE are found the
Javan Squirrel,
No 335,
SQUIRRELS.
and the
Palm,
No 346; this lives much among the coco trees; and being very fond of the
Sury,
or liquor procured from the tree, is called the
Suricatsje,
or little cat of the
Sury,
a name improperly given to the
Weesel
above mentioned. The
Plantane Squirrel,
No 348, is also very common here, rattling over the dry leaves of the
Plantane.
THE
Sailing Squirrel,
No 349, is a very curious species, common to this and other neighboring isles. The
Arrow Squirrel
is a smaller species, furnished with membranes, and has not yet been engraven.
THE
Perfuming Shrew,
No 424, is very common.
I PASS over the birds, excepting two, but may observe,
PARROTS.
that here the
Parrot
tribe become more numerous. The
black Cockatoo, Edw.
316, inhabits
Java;
it sometimes grows as large as a raven; all the birds of rich plumage begin to increase. In one of those hot days when the fowls of the air fall down, and often perish, unable to respire, that most beautiful small pigeon the
black capped, Ind. Zool.
tab. viii. was found on the ground. It is a species of such elegance, that I cannot resist mentioning it in its native place. At
Amboina
I may begin to be more particular; for in the Latitude of the
Moluccas
nature hath been lavish of her beauties on the feathered class.
THE wonders among the fishes are the
Chaetodon Rostralus,
FISHES. JACULATOR.
or
Jaculator,
Phil. Trans. vol. liv. 89. tab. 9.; the
Sciaena,
vol. lvi. 186. tab. 8.; and the
Sparus Insidiator
of
Pallas, Spicil fase.
viii. 41. tab. 5. fig. 1.; all remarkable for their method of laying in wait for infects, and by spouting out of their mouths a drop of water, disable the prey from getting out of their reach. In
Batavia
these fishes are kept in great vases for the amusement of the gentry, by observing the curious oeconomy bestowed on them by nature for the entrapping the infect tribe.
THE
Ray,
HURS RAY.
which furnishes the tuberculated skin called by the
English
joiners
Hurs,
and which is also used instead of
Shagreen,
is caught in these seas; it is of the
Whip Ray
kind; the slender long tail apterous, and beset with short spiny tubercles. Sir
Joseph Banks
had one brought to him at
Batavia,
but before he could examine it farther, the incurious cook had prepared it for the pot.
THE great
Tunny,
GREAT TUNNY.
Br. Zool.
iii. No 133, the
Orcinus
of
Rondeletius,
extends to this coast.
Bontius
says, that the
Javanese
name is
Ican Bouda,
or the
Horse Fish.
Our
Burbolt, Br. Zool.
iii. No 14, is found in the fresh waters of this distant country.
THAT most curious
Star Fish
the
Asterias Echinites,
with twenty rays, covered with moveable spines, like the
Echini,
has been found on the
Batavian
side of the island. It is finely engraven by Mr.
Ellis,
in the 60th table of his
Zoophytes,
and described at p. 206.
IN the same sea is found the
Gorgonia Umbraculum,
ZOOPHYTES.
Ellis,
80. tab. 10. That gentleman has in the same work favored us with numbers of the
Zoophytes
of the
Indian
seas. I cannot exactly ascertain their places, but think I cannot err in giving them as natives of this great archipelago.
Antipathes Ulex, Ellis,
100. tab. 19. fig. 7.
Pennatula Argentea,
66. tab. 8. fig. 1. 2.
Millepora Caerulea,
142. tab. 12. fig. 4. Streights of
Sunda
in immense masses.
Madrepora Fascicularis,
151. tab. 30.
Madrepora Anthrophyllites,
151. tab. 29.
Madrepora Fastigiata,
152. tab. 33.
Madrepora Hirtilla,
155. tab. 37.
Madrepora Aspera,
156. tab. 39.
Madrepora Cinerascens,
157. tab. 43.
Madrepora Pileus,
159. tab. 45.
Madrepora Areolata,
161. tab. 47.
Madrepora Meandrites,
161. tab. 48.
Madrepora Abdita,
162. tab. 50.
Madrepora Foliosa,
164. tab. 52. These last are usually ranked among
Marine Fungitae.
Madrepora Seriata,
171. tab. 31.
Madrepora Porus,
172. tab. 47.
MR. MARTYN, the conchyologist, communicated to me a most curious
vermes
Ascidia Fasciculata,
engraven in Dr. Shaw's elegant work the Naturalist's Miscellany, vol. vi. tab. 214. E.
, which shall conclude this list. It was fished up off the island of
Cassimata, June
30th, 1781, by Captain
Young,
of the
Vansittart;
was extremely sensible, and on being touched, assumed the form of a purse.
A FEW singular reptiles merit attention:
TESTUDO SQUAMATA.
the
Testudo Squamata, Bontii,
82.
Gmel. Lin.
1040, the scaly tortoise, or the
Taunah
of the
Javanese,
and
Lary
of the
Chinese,
is a species little known; excepting in the great breadth of the body, it has much resemblance to the
Manis;
the tail is nearly the length of the body, and covered with scales like those on that animal; the head is small, resembling that of a snake; the belly soft, and easily wounded; it is called
Taunah,
or the digger, because it forms large burrows in the banks of rivers, where it conceals itself; it feeds on small fishes; is amphibious, like the sea tortoise; a sluggish animal, and, like the rest of its kind, slow of pace. The
Chinese
physicians make use of the scales in several diseases.
THE
Boas
serpent has been taken in
Java
of the length of thirty-six feet.
BOAS.
I shall give a full account of the manners of this monster of its tribe.
THE
Amphisboena
is said by
Bontius
to be a most fatal species.
AMPHISBOENA.
The
Javanese
style it
Oular Matti,
or the worm of death. The species engraven in
Bontius
seems the same with the
Amphishoena Varia
of
Linnaeus,
and of
Seba,
i. p. 87. tab. 53. fig. 7.
Crocodiles
grow here to a vast size;
Hamilton
killed one in this island of the length of twenty-seven feet.
WHERE seas of glass with gay reflections smile
Round the green coasts of
Java
's palmy isle;
A spacious plain extends its upland scene,
Rocks rise on rocks, and fountains gush between;
Soft zephyrs blow, eternal summers reign,
And showers prolific bless the soil in vain!
No spicy nutmegs scent the vernal gales,
Nor towering plantain shades the mid-day vales;
No grassy mantle hides the sable hills,
No flowery chaplet crowns the trickling rills;
Nor tufted moss, nor leathery lichen creeps,
In russet tapestry, o'er the crumbling steeps;
No step retreating, on the sand impress'd,
Invites the visit of a second guest;
No refluent fin the unpeopled stream divides,
No revolant pinion cleaves the airy tides;
Nor handed moles, nor beaked worms return,
That mining pass the irremeable bourn.
Fierce, in dread silence, on the blasted heath,
Fell UPAS sits, the HYDRA TREE of death;
Lo! from one root, the envenom'd soil below,
A thousand vegetative serpents grow;
In shining rays the scaly monster spreads
O'er ten square leagues his far-diverging heads;
Or in one trunk entwists his tangled form,
Looks o'er the clouds, and hisses in the storm.
Steep'd in fell poison, as his sharp teeth part,
A thousand tongues in quick vibration dart;
Snatch the proud eagle, towering o'er the heath,
Or pounce the lion as he stalks beneath;
Or strew, as marshall'd hosts contend in vain,
With human skeletons the whiten'd plain.
Chain'd at his root, two scion demons dwell,
Breathe the faint hiss, or try the shriller yell;
Rise fluttering in the air on callow wings,
And aim at insect prey their little stings.
THESE beautiful lines,
BOHON UPAS.
from a singular and delightful poem, is my introduction to the account of the most violent of poisons, extracted from the celebrated
Bohon Upas,
of
Java;
the
Arbor Toxicaria,
or
Ipo
of
Rumphius,
vol. ii. p. 263. tab. 86.; and the
Epu
of
Kaempf. Amoen. Exot.
p. 575. I shall extract from the first what he has said respecting this dreadful tree,
A DREADFUL POISON.
in order to establish the truth of what has been reported of its dire effects, and illustrate the relation with certain melancholy proofs; after which will be given the more than apocryphal tales of the manner of procuring that infernal juice.
THE tree,
STRANGE ACCOUNT OF.
so long famed in many of the
East India
islands for the wonderful, and almost incredible effects of its poisonous juice, has hitherto eluded the prying eye of the naturalist; and, consequently, its class in the botanical system has never yet been ascertained, notwithstanding the indefatigable researches of
Europeans
to obtain full information upon so interesting a subject; all we know for certain of the tree itself is, the figure of its leaf, and fruit, which the learned and accurate
Rumphius
has exhibited in the
Herbarium Amboinense.
After much entreaty, and persevering application to the
Dutch
governors of
Celebes
(the most noted of all the islands of the
East Indies
for the production of this tree),
Rumphius
was favored by
De Cops,
governor of
Macassar,
with a branch of it, and a specimen of its poisonous juice. An ensign of the army was deputed in form to be the messenger of so rare a present. Of such a penetrating and malignant nature was this found to be, that the very touching with the hand the
Bamboo
in which it was inclosed, occasioned a tingling and numbness like that felt in a limb that had been exposed to intense cold, and suddenly brought to the fire.
NATURE has wisely ordained that this baneful tree should be extremely rare, and its situation the most sequestered from the busy haunts of men, amidst mountains of difficult access, and inhabited by the most barbarous tribes; they alone are acquainted with the effects that this subtile poison has upon the circumambient air, and such animals as approach its tremendous shade. The atmosphere is here said to be so infected by the deleterious quality of the effluvia of this pestilential tree, that birds which accidentally perch upon its boughs are seized with torpor, and drop down dead. No man dares approach it without his hands, feet, and head being well shrouded with linen cloths; were this precaution neglected, he would become benumbed, and presently lose the use of his limbs. The dripping of rain water from the tree upon the body, causes it to swell; and should it fall upon the bare head, the loss of all the hair would ensue. No other tree can exist in its vicinity, and the earth beneath it is parched and withered; so that Death seems eminently to have fixed his station here.
IT is no wonder that the love of the marvellous, natural to mankind, has added somewhat to the truly astonishing scenes that the environs of this tree exhibit. Hence the rude nations of this mountanous tract have made it the habitation of a serpent, whose eyes glare like fire in the night, and remind us of the fabled gardens of the
Hesperides
in classic lore, whose stationary centinel was a watchful dragon.
THE
Dutch
call this tree
Macasserne Gift-boom,
or
Spattenboom;
and in the
Malaye
language it is termed
Caju-Upas,
that is to say poison-tree, and the fruit simply
Upas.
By the people of
Macassar,
and throughout
Celebes,
both the tree and its poison are called
Ipo.
THE darts to which the natives apply this poison, are a foot or eighteen inches in length, very slender, made of reed, or light wood, and armed with the tooth of the
Lamia
shark smeared with poison. These are fixed in a tube five or six feet long, and blown by the breath of the assailant with great force to the distance of pistol shot: upon reaching the destined object, the barbed tooth adheres, and the wood only can be extracted, or sometimes detaches itself, and falls to the ground. The effect of the poison is to produce a sensation of heat in all parts of the body, and oppressive Vertigo in the head, which is presently succeeded by a total debility, and death within the space of half an hour is the certain consequence. Nay so rapid are its effects in some instances, as to prove fatal in less than a quarter of an hour. And farther, so instantaneously does its virus pervade the whole human frame, that by experiments made upon malefactors, it has been proved, that if the thumb or the foot only be wounded by the poisonous dart, and amputation immediately performed upon the affected member, astonishing to relate! death infallibly ensues.
AFTER a long intercourse, and many bloody contests with the natives of
Celebes,
which may be stiled the
Colchos
of
India,
being an island noted for many other sorts of poison, the
Dutch
acquired the knowlege of some specifics among the indigenous plants, which disarmed this tremendous weapon of much of its terrors. Here are said to be two species of the
Ipo,
distinguished by the names of male and female, and that the poison of the latter is much less efficacious than that of the former, and used chiefly for the destruction of game. The juice is extracted from the tree by piercing the bark of the trunk, and inserting therein long bamboos sharpened at the point. Four or five of these are fixed to one tree, and remain three or four days, that the sap may leisurely distil into them, and when filled they are removed for use.
Mr.
N. P. Foersch,
a
Dutch
surgeon stationed at
Batavia
in 1774, gives the following account of the situation of the tree, and the manner of collecting the poison. The reader is left to form a judgment of the writer's authority, and how far his credulity is to be censured. "It is," says he,
seated about twentyseven leagues from
Soura,
the seat of the emperor, encircled by high hills and mountains, and the country around, to the distance of ten or twelve miles, has neither tree nor shrub, or even the least plant or grass. I have made the tour all around this dangerous spot, at about eighteen miles distant from the centre, and I found the aspect of the country on all sides equally dreary. The easiest ascent of the hills is from that part where the old ecclesiastic dwells. I had procured a recommendation from an old
Malayan
priest, to another priest who lives on the nearest inhabitable spot to the tree, which is about fifteen or sixteen miles distant. The letter proved of great service to me in my undertaking, as that priest is appointed by the emperor to reside there, to prepare for eternity the souls of those who for different crimes are sentenced to approach the tree, and to procure the poison. From his house the criminals are sent for the poison, into which the points of all warlike instruments are dipped. It is of high value, and produces a considerable revenue to the emperor.
THE poison which is procured from this tree, is a gum that issues out between the bark and the tree itself, like the camphor. Malefactors, who for their crimes are sentenced to die, are the only persons who fetch the poison; and this is the only chance they have of saving their lives. After sentence is pronounced upon them by the judge, they are asked in court, whether they will die by the hands of the executioner, or whether they will go to the
Upas
tree for a box of poison. They commonly prefer the latter proposal, as there is not only some chance of preserving their lives, but also a certainty, in case of their safe return, that a provision will be made for them in future by the emperor. They are also permitted to ask a favor from the emperor, which is generally of a trifling nature, and commonly granted. They are then provided with a silver or tortoiseshell box, in which they are to put the poisonous gum, and are properly instructed how to proceed while they are upon their dangerous expedition. Among other particulars, they are always told to attend to the direction of the winds; as they are to go towards the tree before the wind, so that the effluvia from the tree are always blown from them. They are told likewise to travel with the utmost dispatch, as that is the only method of insuring a safe return. They are afterwards sent to the house of the old priest, to which place they are commonly attended by their friends and relations. Here they generally remain some days, in expectation of a favorable breeze. During that time, the ecclesiastic prepares them for their future fate by prayers and admonitions.
WHEN the hour of their departure arrives, the priest puts them on a long leather cap, with two glasses before their eyes, which comes down as far as their breast; and also provides them with a pair of leather gloves. They are then conducted by the priest, and their friends and relations, about two miles on their journey. Here the priest repeats his instructions, and tells them where they are to look for the tree. He shews them a hill, which they are told to ascend, and that on the other side they will find a rivulet, which they are to follow, and which will conduct them directly to the
Upas.
They now take leave of each other; and, amidst prayers for their success, the delinquents hasten away.
THE worthy old ecclesiastic has assured me that during his residence there for upwards of thirty years, he had dismissed above seven hundred criminals in the manner which I have described; and that scarcely two out of twenty have returned. He shewed me a catalogue of all the unhappy sufferers, with the date of their departure from his house annexed, and a list of the offences for which they had been condemned; to which was added, a list of those who had returned in safety. I afterwards saw another list of these culprits, at the jail-keeper's at
Soura Charta,
and found that they perfectly corresponded with each other, and with the different informations which I afterwards obtained.
I WAS present at some of these melancholy ceremonies, and desired different delinquents to bring with them some pieces of the wood, or a small branch, or some leaves of this wonderful tree. I have also given them silk cords, desiring them to measure its thickness. I never could procure more than two dry leaves that were picked up by one of them on his return; and all I could learn from him concerning the tree itself, was that it stood on the border of a rivulet, as described by the old priest; that it was of a middling size; that five or six young trees of the same kind stood close by it; but that no other shrub or plant could be seen near it; and that the ground was of a brownish sand, full of stones, almost impracticable for travelling, and covered with dead bodies. After many conversations with the old
Malayan
priest, I questioned him about the first discovery, and asked his opinion of this dangerous tree; upon which he gave me the following answer:
WE are told in our new Alcoran, that above an hundred years ago, the country around the tree was inhabited by a people strongly addicted to the sins of
Sodom
and
Gomorrha;
when the great prophet
Mahomet
determined not to suffer them to lead such detestable lives any longer, he applied to
God
to punish them; upon which
God
caused this tree to grow out of the earth, which destroyed them all, and rendered the country for ever uninhabitable.
SUCH was the
Malayan
opinion. I shall not attempt a comment; but must observe that all the
Malayans
considered this tree as an holy instrument of the great prophet to punish the sins of mankind; and therefore to die of the poison of the
Upas
is generally considered among them as an honorable death. For that reason I also observed, that the delinquents who were going to the tree, were generally dressed in their best apparel.
THIS however is certain, though it may appear incredible, that from fifteen to eighteen miles round this tree, not only no human creature can exist, but that, in that space of ground, no living animal of any kind has ever been discovered. I have also been assured by several persons of veracity that there are no fish in the waters, nor has any rat, mouse, or any other vermin been seen there; and when any birds fly so near this tree that the effluvia reaches them, they fall a sacrifice to the effects of the poison. This circumstance has been ascertained by different delinquents, who, in their return, have seen the birds drop down, and have picked them up dead, and brought them to the old ecclesiastic.
Mr.
Foersch
gives us an account of the fatal effects in the following melancholy narration.
In the year 1776, in the month of
February,
I was present at the execution of thirteen of the emperors concubines, at
Soura Charta,
who were convicted of infidelity to the emperor's bed. It was in the forenoon, about eleven o'clock, when the fair criminals were led into an open space within the walls of the emperor's palace. There the judge passed sentence upon them, by which they are doomed to suffer death by a lancet poisoned with
Upas.
After this the Alcoran was presented to them, and they were, according to the law of their great prophet
Mahomet,
to acknowlege, and to affirm by oath, that the charges brought against them, together with the sentence and their punishment, were fair and equitable. This they did by laying their right hand upon the Alcoran, their left hands upon their breasts, and their eyes lifted towards heaven; the judge then held the Alcoran to their lips, and they kissed it.
THESE ceremonies over, the executioner proceeded on his business in the following manner:—Thirteen posts, each about five feet high, had been previously erected, to these the delinquents were fastened, and their breasts stripped naked. In this situation they remained a short time in continual prayers, attended by several priests, until a signal was given by the judge to the executioner, on which the latter produced an instrument, much like the spring lancet used by farriers for bleeding horses. With this instrument, it being poisoned with the gum of the
Upas,
the unhappy wretches were lanced in the middle of their breasts, and the operation was performed upon them all in less than two minutes.
MY astonishment was raised to the highest degree, when I beheld the sudden effects of that poison, for in about five minutes after they were lanced, they were taken with a tremor, attended with a
subsultus tendinum,
after which they died in the greatest agonies, crying out to GOD and
Mahomet
for mercy. In sixteen minutes by my watch, which I held in my hand, all the criminals were no more; some hours after their death, I observed their bodies full of livid spots, much like those of the
Petechioe,
their faces swelled, their color changed to a kind of blue, their eyes looked yellow, &c. &c
Though the recent information obtained in the course of Lord
Macartneys
embassy to
China,
vol. i. p. 272, totally invalidates the authority of
Foersch,
yet it appears evident that trees of a most deleterious nature, and productive of the most active poisons, really exist in
Java.
Such also was the opinion of the author of this work, whose depth of judgment placed him far remote from the imputation of credulity; I have therefore ventured, as in other instances, to publish a faithful copy of the original manuscript. E.
.
THIS tree did not escape the notice of our great Sir
John Mandeville;
he makes the poison produced from it to be taken inwardly. I shall give his words, and also the horrible opinion held at that time, against the
Hebraean
race, whom he accuses of a design of poisoning all Christendom with this infernal juice. After speaking of the trees of beneficent use, he says
Travels, p. 229.
,
and there ben other trees that beryn venym; azenst the whiche there is no medicyne but on; and that is to taken here propre leves, and stamp hem and tempere hem with watre, and than drynke it; and elle he schalle dye; for triacle will not avaylle, ne non other medicyne. Of this venym the
Jewes
had let seche of on of here frendes, for to empoysone alle Christiantee, as I have herd hem seye in here confessioune, before here dyenge. But thanked be alle myghty God, thei fayleden of hire purpos; but alle weys thei maken gret mortallitee of people.
IN respect to the other trees and plants of
Java,
I can only say that they agree with those of
Sumatra,
and other islands of the great
Archipelago.
Most will be found in my
Flora Indica.
Let me only remark, that the earliest
Dutch
navigators have given tolerable descriptions of several, in the often cited old book published by
Nicholas,
from p. 39 to p. 42, accompanied with plates as expressive as could be cut on wood.
THE vast island of
Borneo
is divided from the northern coast of
Java
by a sound between two and three hundred leagues in breadth.
BORNEO.
According to M.
D'Anville
's scale, the island is in length from south to north near three hundred leagues, and its greatest breadth two hundred; the circumference is estimated at two thousand miles; so that it may justly be considered as the greatest island in the world. It is of a pyriform shape; its shores rude, with projecting promontories, and is divided by the equator into two unequal portions. The far greater part of
Borneo
next to the sea, especially the northern, consists of swamps, covered with forests of trees of numberless species and great sizes, which penetrate for scores of miles towards the centre of the island. These unstable muddy flats are divided by rivers, which branch into multitudes of canals, and are the only roads into the interior parts. Lofty mountains are said to rise in the middle of the island; many are volcanic, and often occasion tremendous earthquakes.
THIS great island is little known, except merely on the coasts, and even those remain yet so imperfectly explored, that less can be said of it than of many smaller tracts. So unstable are the swampy out-skirts, that in the attempts to establish factories, the
Europeans
have been obliged to build them on piles driven into the ground; or, after the manner of the country, to erect in the rivers their houses on posts, fixed to floats formed of bodies of great trees, and those moored by rattans to those growing on shore, to prevent their being carried away by the floods. In such a manner are many of the towns of
Borneo
constructed; they rise and fall with the tide, which here flows but once in the twenty-four hours, and that only in the day. At spring tide, these towns on the
Banjar
river experience the rise and fall of twelve feet.
THE whole coasts are in the hands of
Malayans, Moors,
INHABITANTS.
Macassars,
and even
Japanese,
who have perhaps for centuries driven the antient inhabitants into the interior parts. The aborigines are of a black complexion, a middle stature, with long and black hair, and generally better featured than the
Guinea Negroes,
feeble in their bodies, and very indolent and inactive. The women small, handsome, and of a better color than the men. Their general religion is of a mongrel kind of
Mahometanism.
These maintain a feudal government under chieftains, miscalled by our sailors, kings. The seat of the principal is at
Tatas,
near to
Bandar Masseen,
some miles up the country on the northern side, and seated on a great river, which for many miles is twice as broad as the
Thames
at
Gravesend,
and bounded by trees of most stupendous height. It is navigable far beyond
Bandar Masseen
for the largest ships, and is greatly frequented by the
Chinese
jonks; the river is called
China
for that reason. We are not acquainted with the length of its navigation; but it rises in the very middle of the island, and runs all the way due south. On this river we attempted to form a settlement under the Mr.
Cunningham
we have before mentioned; but by some imprudencies gave offence to the inhabitants, and the greater part of our people were massacred. The same fate has attended other factories of different
European
nations who have endeavored to form settlements at
Succadana, Samba,
and many other places.
Tatas
has its sultan. These sovereigns command the trade of the island, and furnish the
European
ships, who happen to arrive, with cargoes of pepper, the staple of the country; that article is brought down from the interior parts, and sold to the
Europeans,
or to the commercial
Asiatic
nations.
IT is to Captain
Daniel Beeckman
that we owe the best account of
Borneo;
he visited it in the beginning of this century, and published his account in the year 1718. At p. 36 he gives the following list of the productions of the country,
PRODUCTIONS OF.
which abounds with pepper, the best dragon's blood, bezoar, most excellent camphor, pine apples, citrons, oranges, lemons, water melons, musk melons, plantains, banana, coco nuts, and all sorts of fruit that are generally found in any part of the
East Indies;
the mountains yield diamonds, gold, tin and iron; the forests, honey, cotton, deer, goats, buffaloes, wild oxen, wild hogs, small horses, bears, tigers, elephants, and a multitude of monkies.
THE pepper grows far up the country,
PEPPER.
and is collected by the very poorest people only; they have all the different sorts, black, white, and long.
Sanguis Draconis,
SANGUIS DRACONIS.
or dragon's blood, is a gum, the exudation of certain trees, of a bloody color. There is a conjecture that this is the
Cinnaberis
of
Dioscorides,
lib. v. c. 69.
Pliny,
lib. xxxiii. c. 7, says that the name is
Indian;
and then fables, that it is the
Sanies
of the dragon oppressed by the weight of an elephant expiring with the bite, and that the
Cinnaberis
is the mixed blood of each animal. The antients procured under this notion the real drug, and used it in medicine. It was often adulterated with the blood of goats; the genuine kind was sold at a great rate.
THE trees or shrubs which we know to produce this medicine in our dispensatory are the
Dracaena Draco,
of which
Vandelli
has given a good figure in his monograph on the subject. According to
Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot.
554, another of the vegetables it is extracted from is a
Palmapinus Rottani Dsierenang,
one of the
Rotangs
described by
Rumphius
under the name of
Palmijuncus Draco,
v. p. 115 tab. 58. fig. 1. This grows in the thick and almost impervious forests of
Java.
ANOTHER kind is the produce of the
Santalum Rubrum,
SANDAL WOOD.
or
Red Sanders;
and again, from the
Dracoena Terminalis
of
Linnaeus, Rumph.
iv. p. 18. tab. 34, called in
Ternate, Ngassi,
or
Hassi.
This species grows in
Borneo,
and bears a fruit, says
Beeckman,
as red as a cherry; the juice, the best in the world, is extracted from the tree, and the color tried by rubbing it on paper. The natives bring it in drops, wrapped in leaves; but are so apt to adulterate it, that we do not chuse to purchase without previous examination.
ANOTHER kind is procured from the
Gladiolus Odoratus Indicus, Rumph.
v. p. 185. tab. 73. For further accounts I must refer to that
Pliny
of the
Indies
in the places cited, to vol. ii. p. 252.; and to
Kaempfer,
551 to 557. The drug, from whatsoever tree or plant it be gotten, maintains its place in our dispensatory.
AT times a considerable quantity of gold has been brought here,
GOLD.
which is found in the mines in the interior parts of the country. Some is melted into bars, and usually adulterated by a cover of base metal. The natives have a very just notion of the lord of the
irritamenta malorum,
for they say, that the devil is sole master of the gold and diamond mines.
DIAMONDS form another article of commerce,
DIAMONDS.
but they are far less valuable than those of
Golconda.
BEES-WAX,
BEES-WAX.
in cakes of about thirty-four pounds, is common at
Sambas,
which being the common money of that part of the island, was wont to be bartered with the
Chinese
for various necessaries. Pearls of considerable beauty are said to be another article of exchange in the same country.
THE bezoar found in the monkies has a most superstitious value,
BEZOAR.
and is sold for four or five times its weight in silver.
THE unrefined camphor of
Borneo,
CAMPHOR.
is reckoned superior to any in the world. We are not acquainted with the tree which produces that valuable drug.
THE edible (swallows) nests are found in vast abundance;
EDIBLE NESTS.
and the
Bambu
walking canes, form two other articles of trade.
IN the list of quadrupeds is the
Ourang Outang;
OURANG OUTANG.
there appears to be two species, one that never exceeds two feet and an half in height; see Mr.
Vosmaer
's account, p. 12, tab xiv. xv. and
Hist. Quad.
i. p. 180. tab. 36. which I have taken the liberty of copying from M.
Vosmaer.
Mr.
Beeckman
speaks of some species growing to the height of six feet; he bought a young one, which was stronger than any man in his ship, but it died before it was a year old.
Borneo
has abundance of these animals. It swarms also with variety of baboons and monkies, so this,
Celebes,
and another island, may probably have been the
insulae Satyrorum
of
Ptolemy.
THE
Ourang Outang
is found also in
Java; Hamilton
Account of the
East Indies,
ii. p. 131.
saw one in that island which was four feet high, and mentions a smaller species called
Oumpaes.
He confirms the account of the grave or melancholy habit of the greater species; of its lighting a fire, and blowing it with its mouth; and of its broiling a fish to eat with its boiled rice, imitative of the custom of the human race.
THE aborigines of
Borneo
are called
Byajos;
BYAJOS.
they inhabit the interior parts, live under chieftains, and are an independent people, possessing their proper language and religion; the last is called
Paganism,
yet they pay no respect to idols; but offer sacrifices of sweet scented wood to one supreme beneficent Deity, who in other worlds rewards the just and punishes the wicked. They marry only one wife, are strictly faithful to their nuptial vows, and have the character of general honesty. Mr.
Beeckman
makes a different report, but fairly confesses that he received it from the
Banjareens,
who will not suffer the
Europeans
to have any intercourse with the natives, and tell many frightful tales of their barbarity. The
Byajos
often come down the river to the port of
Masseen,
in ill shaped praws, with gold dust, diamonds, rattans, bezoar, and other articles of commerce, of which the
Banjareens
are sole factors, and consequently highly interested in keeping the pretended savages from our knowlege.
THE
Byajos
are taller and stronger than the other inhabitants; they go naked, excepting a small wrapper about their loins; they stain their bodies with blue, and by weights affixed to their ears when young, stretch them till they fall on their shoulders. The chieftains pull out their fore teeth, and substitute others of gold, and by way of ornament fling strings of tigers teeth round their necks and bodies. Their arms are lances and poisoned arrows; some of them lead a piratical life in the great rivers, and are most formidable enemies.
LET me here observe that tigers,
TIGERS.
those cruel animals, swarm in this island, beyond which they happily cease; nor are they known in any of the islands to the north or to the east of
Borneo.
AFTER navigating along the northern coast of the island, we arrive,
SAMBAAR POINT.
in Lat. 2° 28′, on the point of
Sambaar.
Between this and the isle of
Billetou
to the west, is a channel of a hundred and fifty miles in breadth. Near to the west of that island is the small isle of
Salt,
ISLAND OF SALT AND BANCA.
and then the isle of
Banca,
all belonging to
Java.
FROM
Sambaar
point the coast turns towards the north. In Lat.
SUCCADANA AND SAMBAS.
0° 15′ south, is
Succadana,
and in Lat. 2° north is
Sambas,
both at times frequented for the sake of commerce. From
Tanjong
point the island trends to the north-east. The city of
Borneo
stands in about Lat.
CITY OF BORNEO.
5° 25′ north, on a large river, in the bottom of a bay.
WHEN the famous navigator
Von Noort
was there in 1601, it consisted of three thousand houses, all built on posts and floating planks, in the manner we have described, so that whenever the sultan chose to change his position, he would move with all his city to another part of the river.
Von Noort
found this port much frequented by the
Chinese,
who to this day seem to be the greatest and most constant traders to
Borneo
of all the
Asiatic
nations.
FROM Lat. 6° north, to
Tangio Sampanmangco,
the most northern promontory of
Borneo,
in Lat. 7°, the coast changes its nature, being skirted all the way with a lofty chain of mountains; and within are appearances of others of very uncertain extent; that northern headland has another correspondent, called
Inorantang,
facing likewise the north; between both is the deep bay of
Malbordoo,
penetrating far to the south; opposite to the last headland is the small island of
Banguey,
ISLAND OF BANGUEY.
lofty and mountanous, as if rent from it by some violent convulsions.
A LITTLE to the west of that island, in Lat. 7° 20′,
ISLAND OF BALAMBANGAM.
is the isle
Balambangan,
composed of sand and swamps, and famous for the intention of the
East India
company, in 1773, to form on it a vast
emporium
of the commodities of
China,
and of all this great eastern archipelago. We got the cession of this little spot (then uninhabited) from the king of
Soolo;
we took possession of it at a vast expence, according to
Raynal
Hist. vol. ii. p. 132.
it cost us £.375,000. A company of
European
troops, and a number of
Seapoys,
were detained for the protection of the settlement; and a colony of
Malayes
from
Bencoolen,
and another of
Chinese,
were induced to establish themselves there. We could not have fixed on a more unwholesome situation; the diseases of the climate attacked both the military and the colonists, and very few survived the sickly season, so that scarcely one in ten outlived the monsoon: the
Abbe Raynal
asserts that we were attacked, and the factory destroyed, and insinuates it to have been done by the instigation of the
Dutch
or
Spaniards,
jealous of their commercial interests in that neighborhood.
AT a small distance to the north,
MANILLA I
AN
S.
about Lat. 7°, begins the vast group of the
Philippine
islands; these are much more probably the
Maniolae
of
Ptolemy,
than the lesser
Andaman,
which
D'Anville
supposes it to have been. These islands were known to the antients by the
Indian
name, which is still retained in
Manilla; Ptolemy
speaks of them as ten islands immediately beyond the
tres insulae Satyrorum,
or
Borneo,
&c. They were first discovered by the great
Magellan,
who came in sight of them on
April
17th 1521, and named them the
Archipelago
of
St. Lazarus.
He landed on one of them called
Mactan,
near to
Zebu,
where, acording to
Pigafetta,
a companion and eye witness, he, with eight or nine of his men, was slain in an encounter with the natives.
THE discovery of these islands was completed in 1541,
WHEN DISCOVERED.
by a
Spaniard
of the name of
Ruy Lopez de Villalobos,
who named them the
Philippine,
in honor of
Philip
prince of
Spain,
afterwards
Philip
II. We chuse to retain the antient name the
Manillas.
THE first settlement made by the
Spaniards
in these islands was not till the year 1565, when
Michael Lopez de Lagaspi
built a town in the isle of
Zebu.
ZEBU.
He secured it by a small garrison, and then proceeded to the conquest of other islands more worthy of his arms. He sailed into a fine bay in the island of
Manilla
or
Luconia,
ISLAND OF LUCONIA.
and was, in 1571, the founder of the city of
Manilla,
so celebrated for its opulence, and for being the common repository and place of exchange of the productions of both the
Indies;
one may also say, those of the old and the new world; of
Europe,
of
India,
and of
China;
and in return it receives the silver of
Potosi.
The indolence of the
Spaniards
will not suffer these islands to produce any one article of commerce,
GOLD.
a little gold excepted, brought down the sloods into the channels of the rivers. The group certainly contains rich mines of the pretious metal, but as wealth flows in such abundance with very little trouble to the colonists, they will not be at the pains of exploring the veins.
Luconia
also produces abundance of excellent iron and copper.
THE fruitfulness of soil is a perpetual reproach to the slothfulness of its lords. A very few exceptions are to be found; one friend to the island introduced the
Coco tree, Theobroma cacao, Catesby,
Suppl. tab. 6, which is cultivated with such success, as to become almost the support of the inhabitants, by giving them the favorite food of the
Spaniards,
chocolate; indigo,
INDICO.
which grows spontaneously, owes of late years its use in their manufactories to the sagacity of an individual. It was not till the year 1744, that the sluggish
Spaniards
ever knew the culture of
European
grains or esculents. As to the native productions, it possesses every tree or fruit common to the torrid zone, and numbers probably peculiar to itself, few only of which are brought to view, and that by the industry of a
Sonnerat.
THE unwise expulsion of the Jesuits will long retard, possibly for ever prevent, the improvement of the
Manilla
islands. The domains of that intelligent order were covered with cattle innumerable; their meadows stretched numbers of miles, watered and fertilized by the rivers of the country.
Manilla,
CITY OF MANILLA.
by being the mere repository of the goods of other nations, grew into a most flourishing city; the streets regular, the churches and publick buildings superb. A splendid luxury pervades every part, in the appearance of dress, and equipage, and inside of the houses of the proud and lazy colonists.
THE port of
Manilla
is at
Cavite,
three leagues distant, and is subject to many inconveniences; being greatly infested with the worm, the
teredo navalis,
which in a little time would render the galleons, and the vessels which trade to
Manilla,
incapable of keeping the sea; neither is it secure from the north and northwest winds; besides, ships lying there are obliged to send far for water, and to employ for that purpose the flat boats of the country.
THE city of
Manilla
is fortified, well built, and the streets very regular, but the third part is occupied by convents; the number of christians is computed at about twelve thousand.
Gomez Peres de las Marignas
surrounded it with walls in 1590.
IT is from hence the great commerce between
Manilla
and
Acapulco,
ACAPULCO SHITS.
on the coast of
Mexico,
is carried on, in one and sometimes in two ships, sent annually, fitted out at the expence of the king, but freighted by the merchants. They are of an enormous size, heavy and unwieldy, as big as a first rate man of war, and having a complement of twelve hundred men; the lesser is above twelve hundred tons burden, has from three hundred and fifty to six hundred hands, passengers included, and carries fifty guns, but often mounts only thirty-six. It leaves
Manilla
the middle of
July,
but does not reach
Acapulco
till the middle of
January.
One miracle of this voyage is, that notwithstanding they put on board all the water they can stow, consistent with the full cargo, they depend for a supply from the heavens, between Lat. 30° and 40°, and hazard the most dreadful of deaths, should their expectations be disappointed; when they arrive in these latitudes, they prepare their mats, which they spread to direct the deluge of rain into various vessels, and, wonderful to say, there is not an instance in which their hopes have failed.
Manilla
is the great magazine of all the goods of
India, China,
and
Europe,
which are laid up here annually to be conveyed across the
Pacific
ocean, to supply the wants or luxuries of the new world. "There are," as the editor of lord
Anson
's voyage informs us, at p. 237,
spices, all sorts of
Chinese
silks and manufactures, particularly silk stockings, of which I have heard that no less than fifty thousand pair were the usual number shipped on board the annual ship; vast quantities of
Indian
stuffs, as callicoes and chintz, which are much worn in
America,
together with minuter articles, as goldsmiths work, &c. which is principally done at the city of
Manilla
itself by the
Chinese;
for it is said there are at least twenty thousand
Chinese
who constantly reside there, either as servants, manufacturers, or brokers; all these different commodities are collected at
Manilla,
thence to be transported annually, in one or more ships, to the port of
Acapuico
in the kingdom of
Mexico.
THE return from the new world is only in silver, either in specie or virgin metal; the author of Lord
Anson
's voyage, confesses to only 1,313,843 pieces of eight, and 35,682 ounces of virgin silver, or £.400,000 of our money, having been sound in the
Manilla
ship, out of which the family have realized their vast-estate. Even when the ship arrives safe, the treasure is of little advantage to the
Spaniards;
it is instantly dispersed over half the world, to pay for the merchandize of its outward voyage.
THE city of
Manilla
was besieged and taken by the
English
in 1762.
MANILLA
1762.
Our little squadron, under vice admiral
Cornish,
appeared before it on
September
23d, our land forces were under colonel
Draper;
after a short resistance the city was taken by storm, with as little slaughter as the nature of circumstances would admit. The island of
Luconia,
and every island dependent on it, surrendered to our arms; a large sum was accepted to save the place from plunder, hostages given for the payment, and bills drawn by the archbishop or viceroy, which in part were never accepted, and our soldiers and seamen deprived of the reward due to their valor.
THIS archipelago consists of about twelve or thirteen greater islands, with small ones innumerable, divided from each other by narrow channels of very difficult navigation, all of them mountanous, and many of them volcanic.
Manilla,
the largest and most northern, is a hundred and fifteen
French
leagues in length, not reckoning the peninsula of
Camarines,
which juts irregularly from the main body, and extends far to the south;
Raynal
represents all the islands as terribly majestic. They are covered with
basaltes,
with
lava,
with
scoriae,
with black glass, with melted iron, with grey and friable stones filled with the wrecks of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, with sulphur kept in a state of fusion by the continual action of subterraneous fires, and with burning waters which communicate with hidden flames. All these great accidents of nature, are the effect of extinguished volcanoes, of some that are still burning, and of others that are forming in these deep cavities, where combustible materials are perpetually in agitation.
EARTHQUAKES are frequent and sometimes tremendous.
EARTHQUAKES.
Mr.
Pye,
in the Philosophical Transactions
Vol. xlix. p. 458.
, gives an account of one of uncommon horror in 1750, which lasted for three months, with almost continual tremblings, and at last broke out in an eruption, from a small island, in the middle of a lake, round which the bottom is unfathomable. The third day after the commencement of the eruption, there arose four more small islands all burning; and about a mile distance from one there is a continual fire which issues from the water, where there is no ground for upwards of an hundred fathoms deep.
IT is generally supposed that before the arrival of the
Europeans,
the
Chinese
had possessed themselves of the sea coasts of these islands. The
Japanese
also boast of having been once lords of the
Philippines,
and the vicinity to both those empires may make it probable.
THE
Chinese
were so numerous in
Manilla
about the year 1600,
CHINESE
.
as to excite in the
Spaniards
the greatest fear of the danger arising from any plots they might enter into against the colonists. The
Spaniards,
assisted by the
Japanese
and other foreigners, took the usual method of preventing them, by putting no less than twenty-five thousand to the sword; the massacre of these people was far greater than that of
Batavia.
The
Spaniards
assert that the
Chinese
had actually begun to revolt, and had murdered several of the
Europeans.
The
Chinese
charge the horrible transaction on the
Europeans,
and say it was excited by their avarice, in order to make themselves masters of the rich effects of their countrymen. The emperor sent an embassador to demand satisfaction, and spoke in high terms of the revenge he would take; all ended by a pacification; the
Chinese
fleets resorted to
Manilla
in as great a number as ever, and the suburbs were soon re-peopled with inhabitants. The wealth that we are told the
Chinese
brought into the islands was unspeakable. The Jesuits were expelled the country in 1768, and in the year following, by the bigotry of the governor, every one of the
Chinese
were banished from the
Philippine
islands, since which trade and the arts have declined, and depopulation and distress promise to be the consequences of so imprudent a measure.
IN the mountanous parts of the islands are remnants of the original inhabitants,
NATIVES.
a most singular race of men, who through an excessive love of liberty, have relapsed into a state of nature. Those who inhabit the foot of a mountain are mortal enemies to those that reside at the top, and both are equally hated by those who live in the middle; happy picture of enthusiastic independency! They are seen wandering singly amidst the woods, armed with bows and arrows; naked, excepting the skin of a goat flung over their shoulders; they lodge in hollow trees, or hollows of the rocks; have no notion of society, and, like the primaeval inhabitants of the world,
Venerem incertam rapientes, more serarum.
THESE men are strongly made,
CURLED HEADED INDIANS.
of haggard countenances, black, with curled hair like the negroes, and called by the
Spaniards, Negrillos.
They certainly are of the same race as the
Papuans
or people of
New Guinea,
who might originally have spread themselves over this tract. These curled headed tribes are found in most of the other islands.
Navarette
mentions other black
Indians;
the men paint themselves with white, the women with other colors. These, and other
Indian
people, often descend on the
Spanish
settlements, and commit horrible murders. Some of them, like the antient
Scythians,
make drinking cups of the sculls of their enemies.
THERE are other
Indians
that profess a sort of dependency on the
Spaniards,
and have an
Alcayde
among them; yet their manners are barbarous; they are brave, but ferocious; and appear to have been descended from the
Malayans,
settled here in very early times. They are called
Tagalese,
and the
Negrillos
pretend, that they had been originally their slaves. Their arms are bows and arrows; they took part with the
Spaniards
during the siege of the capital; and ignorant of the laws of nations, slew in the most savage manner our admiral's secretary, carrying a flag of truce, and even the nephew of the
Spanish
Governor, who attempted to rescue him from their fury. The strength of their arms was satally experienced by that gallant officer major
More,
who fell transfixed by an arrow in leading our troops to the storm.
I SHALL now mention a few particulars respecting the natural history of the
Manillas.
NATURAL HISTORY.
It is not to be wondered that in one so abundant in volcanoes, there should be found springs of hot water. The most noted is that which appears two leagues from
Calamba;
the stream which runs from it is of a boiling heat; and raised the liquor in M.
de Reaumur
's thermometer to the height of 69 degrees, even at the distance of a league from the source. M.
Sonnerat
observed five shrubs, the roots of which were drenched by the stream, and the top enveloped in the vapor, yet grew with vigor. At the same time the swallows which happened to skim the brook, at the height of seven or eight feet from the surface, fell down motionless.
THE
Bashee
islands lie midway between
Manilla
and
Formosa;
BASHEE ISLANDS.
the middlemost of them is, according to Lord
Anson,
in Lat. 2° 4′ north. I speak of them here notwithstanding they belong to neither one or the other.
Dampier,
in the year 1687, being engaged in these seas in a buccaneering expedition, wished for a temporary concealment. He had seen in certain charts, the figure V. which denoted their number
Dampier's voyage, i. 420.
. He sailed to the spot, and found them to correspond in position and number. None of them had names, so he bestowed on them those of
Orange, Grafton, Monmouth, Goat,
and
Bashee,
the last from a sort of beer made of the boiled juice of the sugar cane, and some small black berries, which was put into jars to settle, and was thought by our seamen an excellent liquor, capable of giving the pleasure of ebriety, without the bad effects. The natives sold it to them in plenty, for which reason they made it the general name of the islands.
Monmouth
and
Grafton
isles are very lofty,
SINGULAR VILLAGES.
with a numerous succession of precipices one above another. On these the natives build their villages, which affords the singular prospect of three or four rows of small houses, erected on posts, and wattled with boughs. They have no other way of getting to their habitations but by a ladder, which is pulled up after them, if they mean to ascend to the upper villages, or to secure themselves from an assault. These two islands are the most populous, as they have more of these precipices.
Bashee
island has but one precipice, and in consequence only one town.
Orange
is lofty, yet so plain as to furnish no spot sitted for the site of their villages, and is therefore uninhabited.
THE produce of these islands are a few of the tropical fruits,
PRODUCE.
pine apples, sugar canes, plantains, bananas, calabashes, yams, and potatoes. These are planted in the vallies, which are well watered with small streams; they are also well wooded, but the trees do not grow to any large size. Their animals are hogs and goats in plenty; their poultry sew; among the wild fowl, parroquets and some other small birds.
THE natives are short and squat, round visaged,
NATIVES.
with low foreheads and thick eye-brows; short low noses, eyes small and hazel, but larger than those of the
Chinese;
lips and mouth of a middle size, hair black, thick, lank, and cut short, so as just to cover the ears. The description of these people agrees so exactly with that of the
Japanese
given by
Kaempfer
Hist. of Japan, i. p. 95.
, that there cannot be any doubt of their origin.
THEIR government is quite patriarchal;
GOVERNMENT.
their religion has no exterior rites, but probably is mental, as is common with many orientalists. There is no appearance of idols on any of their islands: They certainly have laws; for
Dampier
saw the crime of thest punished in a young man who was buried alive in the presence of a great multitude assembled on the occasion. Their manners were innoffensive, friendly, and honest, not only among themselves, but to the new visitants, who possibly were the first
Europeans
they had seen.
IN general the men went naked, excepting the usual wrapper about their loins; some had jackets of plantain leaves; the rudest, says
Dampier,
of all clothing. The women had a strong thick short petticoat of cotton, made of the lesser cotton plant, the product of their own isles. Both sexes wore large ear-rings of a yellow metal, which was found in their mountains; it was heavy, and,
GOLD.
like the paler gold, it faded with time, but the natives restored it to its original brightness, by smearing it over with a red earth, and flinging it into a fire till it was red hot. Our navigator had no means of proving whether it was gold.
To the women was left the care of the plantations.
BOATS.
The men were engaged in fishing; they built with much skill their small boats, which resembled the
Deal
yawls, formed of very narrow planks, fastened with pins and nails. They had also larger boats, which carried forty or fifty men, and were rowed by twelve or fourteen oars on a si
e. It seems as if they went to the island of
Manilla
for their iron; which they manufactured at home.
ARMS.
From thence they get their other only import, pieces of buffaloes hides, with which they make their defensive armor, or buff coats: their sole offensive weapons are lances headed with iron; all this implies the fear of enemies, and makes it probable that they are subject to the attacks of the piratical
Indians.
AFTER this digression,
MANILLAS AGAIN.
let me return to the great group of the
Manillas.
The island of
Mindora
lies south of that of
Manilla;
and is very lofty and mountanous; many of the natives pay tribute to the
Spaniards. Sonnerat
Voyage aux Indes, ii. 114.
says, that most voyagers assert, that there is a race of men in this island which have tails: the same is feigned of certain people in
Borneo,
but the fact turns out that they happen to have the
Os Coccygis
a little more elongated than is usual in the human species.
SOUTH of
Mindora
is the cluster of small isles called the
Calamianes,
with others still smaller to the east of them.
CALAMIANES.
The island of
Paragua
stretches from the
Calamianes
near seventy leagues in length; and at the southern end approaches the isles of
Balambangan
off the coast of
Borneo.
The
Spaniards
have here some tributary
Indians;
part of the island is said to be subject to a sultan in
Borneo.
ALL these islands form the western boundary of a great gulph:
GREAT CENTRAL BAY IN THE MIDST OF THE MANILLAS.
The rest of the
Manillas,
and the
Soolo Archipelago,
are on the north and east sides; the end of
Borneo
is on the south. A few small isles are scattered over the middle. To go on with the farther account of the island;
Manduque, Masbate,
and numbers of small isles, fill the part next to
Luconia
or
Manilla. Samal,
a large island, faces the ocean on their outside to the east. Its promontory,
El Spirito santo,
is remarkable by the capture of the rich
Manilla
ship by lord
Anson,
it being the first of the islands which those vessels make in their course from
Acapulco
to their port of
Manilla.
PANAY-BUGLAS, or isle of
Negros, Zebu
and
Leyte,
PANAY.
with the lesser isle of
Bohol,
range nearly east and west, parallel to each other, a little to the south of the preceding. The principal settlements of the
Spaniards
are
Ho-Ho
and
Antigue,
in the island of
Panay;
but off
Antigue
is the sole anchorage, and that only in the months of
November, December,
and
January.
The inhabitants of this island are infinitely more industrious than those of
Luconia;
they have a manufactory of handkerchiefs, and a sort of linen composed of cotton, and the fibres of a certain plant of the country; they clothe themselves with the coarser kinds, and dispose of the rest among the neighboring isles. This island is most exuberantly fertile, and very populous; some authors make the numbers of inhabitants to exceed sixteen thousand, and assert that there are fourteen parishes belonging to the monks of St.
Augustine,
three benefices of seculars, and formerly a college of Jesuits. Notwithstanding the happy soil of
Panay,
the inhabitants are discouraged from taking advantage of that blessing, by reason of the neglect of the government, which leaves them unprotected against the depredations of the piratical
Malayes,
who land, plunder, and carry away prisoners all those who cannot escape into the woods. These pirates are
Mahometans
of
Borneo, Mindanao,
and other islands between the
Manillas
and the
Moluccas.
They infest the coasts to a high degree, and will carry away people almost from under the walls of the capital, and sell them for slaves in
Borneo,
and even in
Batavia.
They not only seize the smaller fishing vessels, but even ships richly laden.
THE country abounds with deer,
ANIMALS.
wild hogs, buffaloes, oxen, and horses; the two last run at liberty, and are common to the whole island.
ZEBU is a small island,
ZEBU.
but remarkable for having been the first which the
Spaniards
colonized. It is pretended that there were, at the time the
Europeans
arrived, three thousand families of warlike
Indians.
The
Spaniards
have had, wherever they came, a happy talent in reducing the redundancy of people.
HERE, in 1598,
Philip
erected the town, built by
Logaspi,
into a city, and dignified it with an episcopal foundation; an
Augustine, Pietro de Agurto,
first filled the see. This island was indulged with sending ships to
Calao
in
Peru,
but after the
Spaniards
had made the conquest of
Luconia,
and given to its capital the privilege of the
Manilla
ships, the trade of
Zebu
declined fast; insomuch that its city is now sunk into a village. The passage from hence to the new world was far more expeditious than that from
Manilla,
having been performed in two months, and the return in three, and seldom without the discovery of some islands in the vast Pacific.
WE have before said, that on
Matta
or
Mactan,
MACTAN.
or possibly the
Masbate
of modern maps, a small adjacent island,
Magellan,
like his illustrious compeer
Cook,
met with a premature death from the hands of savages.
THE island of
Mindanao,
or
Magindanao,
ISLE OF MINDANAO.
is the last and most southern of the great group. Many writers separate
Mindanao
from the
Manilla
or
Philippine
islands, among others our judicious countryman Mr.
Dalrymple.
Though so very near as evidently to form one of that vast archipelago, the inhabitants may differ in manners, but the productions of all are nearly similar. The
Spaniards
have on it some unprofitable settlements, the chief is at
Sambouange,
in Lat. 6° 54′ N. on the south side of the island. They have fortified it with a citadel of stone and bricks, and with a wooden fort, erected to check the excursion of the corsairs of
Yolo;
but in vain; they cannot even protect their own subjects who happen to be out of the reach of their cannon.
THE island extends east and west about ninety leagues,
EXTENT.
is triangular, and the shores greatly indented by bays; the circumference is said to be about eight hundred miles. It is very mountanous; the vallies consist of a rich soil, black, fat, prodigiously fruitful, and finely watered with the purest rills: the sides of the mountains rocky, yet well clothed with trees of large growth. The beauty of scenery in various parts is unspeakable: we are obliged to Mr.
Forrest
for giving us some idea of it in his Voyage to
New Guinea;
in plate 19, is a view of
Tetyan
harbor, of
Labugan,
and of the circular harbor of
Ubal,
in the isle of
Bunwoot,
on the east side of the bay of
Illano,
near the great island.
Mindanao
is inhabited by several different nations,
NATIVES.
speaking various languages, governed by sultans or rajahs. Mr.
Forrest,
and our faithful voyager
Dampier,
give accurate accounts of the manners of the country,
HARAFORAS.
but particularly the first. The
Haraforas,
the primitive people, now driven into the interior parts, are highly taxed and oppressed by the
Mahometan
nations who possess the coasts.
Dampier
Voyages, vol. i. p. 324.
describes what he names the
Mindanayans,
properly so called, as men of mean stature, small limbs, strait bodies, little heads, oval faces, flat foreheads, small black eyes, short low noses, pretty large mouths, thin red lips, black teeth, black strait hair, tawny skins, inclining more to brighter yellow than other
Indians;
and adds, that they are of good understanding, ingenious, and active, when they chuse to exert themselves, otherwise, like all other
Indians,
extremely indolent; stately in their gait, but very civil to strangers; vindictive, and given to the crime of poisoning. The dresses of the inhabitants is given in one of Mr.
Forrest
's plates, representing the nuptials of two young people of rank.
THE capital town is on the great bay of
Illano,
on the south side of the island, in Lat. 7° 20′ the houses, even the palace, are supported on posts, from fourteen to twenty feet high, to keep them clear of the water in the season of inundations. Captain
Forrest,
in his Voyage to
New Guinea
P. 273.
, mentions the
Lano,
a great lake far inland;
LANO LAKE.
it is about sixty miles in circumference, and in one place some hundred fathoms deep, in others ten, twenty, and thirty; has four islands, and abounds with fish. The inhabitants of its banks are called
Illanos,
and amount to thirty thousand, intermixed with
Haraforas,
all of whom are said to be very much civilized.
IN mentioning the productions of this archipelago,
PRODUCTIONS.
I shall just distinguish the few that, with great uncertainty, are thought peculiar to
Mindanao.
Gold is common to all. It has its saltpetre cave, from which much of that article is extracted; on the roofs are infinite clusters of small bats, the dung of which is supposed to be one cause of the salt; a brook of a most offensive taste and smell, and of a sky blue color, issues from the mountain which incloses the cavern.
THESE islands seem to produce all the animals common to those adjacent with the addition of an ugly hog,
QUADRUPEDS.
with great knobs over the eyes, evidently my
Aethiopian Boar,
Hist. Quad. i. No 76; numerous in the woods, and very lean, but sweet.
THE
Civet Weesel,
i. No 274. The species which produces the perfume is a native of these islands; and the
Fossane,
No 280, is another species of spotted
Weesel.
THE
Dugung
is a species of
Walrus
which inhabits these seas; as yet we are acquainted with only the head.
Dampier
Voyages, i. p. 321.
mentions a
Manatee,
which does not weigh above six hundred weight; but he commends the flesh as being very sweet.
THE Birds are all enumerated in the
Faunula
of my
Indian Zoology,
BIRDS.
and may be known by their trivial names, and references to M.
Sonnerat;
yet I shall mention a few distinguished by beauty, or any striking property.
THE
White Turtle, Sonnerat,
Voy.
N. Guinea,
tab. 20, is of a most glossy whiteness, with a blood-red spot on the breast, as if it had received a stab in that part. The
Quail
of
Luconia,
tab. 24, is the least of the genus, being only four inches long.
THE
Shrike,
tab. 25, flies swiftly in the air, and can balance itself like a swallow; is an inveterate enemy to the raven, which it never fails to attack, and in the end to put to flight.
THE
Antique Shrike,
tab. 114, is singular for the great hook of its upper mandible hanging far over the lower.
Parrots
are very numerous, and of various species; they enliven the woods with their brilliant colors, and deafen people by their cries.
THE
Jacana,
tab. 45, is most remarkable, not only by the vast length of toes and claws, characters of the genus, but by the three slender shafts issuing from the greater feathers of each wing, and extending to the tail, and finished with webs like other feathers.
THE bird called by M.
Sonnerat,
p. 86. tab. 49,
Le Paon Sauvage de l'isle de Lucon,
is evidently a plover; the bill is long, a little thicker near the point; on the head is a very long crest, passing horizontal far beyond the hind part of the head, and ending in a point; things naked far above the knee; it has only three toes, and those are nearly semi-palmated; crest, head, neck, and breast, bright grey, barred with black; the top of the crest quite black; belly white; back, wings, and tail plain brown; length from the tip of the tail to the end three feet. M.
Sonnerat
says, that this species is found near the Cape of
Good Hope;
but surely he mistakes the
Umbre, Brown
's
Illustr.
tab. 35, for this bird.
Le Secretaire,
tab. 50.
Latham,
i. p. 20. tab. 2, that singular vulture, a compound of many genera, is found here as well as in the Cape of
Good Hope.
THE
crested Spoonbill,
tab. 52, has its head ornamented with a large crest, beginning a little beyond the bill, and falling behind the head in a great bush; the feathers have unconnected webs, like the plumes of the
Egrets.
IN
Panay,
is a very small
Thrush,
tab. 73, not bigger than our
Hedge Sparrow,
of a most beautiful violet color, blue and black, all changeable; it has a most charming note, for which reason it is called the
musician;
they live in flocks of thousands, and make their nests in the pigeon-houses.
THE
Coliou,
tab. 74, and the crested
Coliou
of
Panay,
tab. 75, are distinguished by the vast length of their tails; that of the first strait, of the other incurvated.
THE
Hornbill,
tab. 83.
Latham,
i. 353; the bill, as usual, great and incurvated, and each mandible marked across with several prominent moldings of a brown color, and the intermediate furrows pale yellow; the accessory bill is strait, and ends abrupt, about half the length of the real.
THE
Philippine Hornbill, Latham,
i. 345.
Pl. Enl.
873, is black above, white beneath; the bill is vast, with the accessorial bill convex at the top and in front, one third black, the hind part white; this bird is as large as a great fowl, and the beak nine inches long.
THE
Manilla Hornbill, Latham,
i. 354.
Pl. Enl.
891, has a simple bill; the head, neck, breast, and belly are white; beneath the cheek is a black spot; back and wings black.
THE above, and two species hereafter to be mentioned, are natives of these islands and of the
Moluccas;
their food is fruit; they inhabit the highest trees, and are the grotesque birds of the
Indian
archipelagos.
RESPECTING the trees,
PLANTS.
shrubs, or plants of the
Manillas,
I must content myself with giving the few engraven by M.
Sonnerat,
or described by that most industrious naturalist.
THE
Sapotte Negro,
tab. 14, a species of
Achras,
is a small tree, with a round green fruit, containing four kernels, in shape of an almond, much admired by the
Indians.
THE
Berkias,
tab. 48, is a shrub bearing a flower of an elegant form.
Sonnerat
puts it under the genus of the
Pandequaqua,
a barbarous name. The
Chiococca Racemosa, Linn. Suppl.
p. 145, a lesser species, is a milky plant, see tab. 19, the juice of which is used by the
Indians
for healing their wounds. The larger bears an oval fruit full of seed, tab. 43.
Le Rocou,
or
Atchiote,
is a shrub with a small pointed fruit covered with bristles, containing numbers of seeds, which give a beautiful red dye.
THE
Ignatia amara, Linn. Suppl.
p. 149, which produces the beans of St.
Ignatius,
of superstitious use, grows in these islands.
THE
Cocoa tree,
tab. 61. 62.
Theobroma cacao.
COCOA TREE.
I imagine that
Linnaeus
must have been a great admirer of chocolate, as he names the tree which produces it,
Theobroma,
or the food of the
Gods.
This tree is a native of the
Antilles,
and hotter parts of
South America,
and has been introduced into these islands by the
Spaniards,
from the great fondness that nation has for its produce; otherwise they would not have given themselves any trouble about a less favored tree.
THE celebrated
bread fruit
Outlines of the Globe, i. p. 237. E.
, the
Soccus Lanosus, granosus,
BREADFRUIT.
and
sylvestris
of
Rumphius,
v. p. 110. 12. 14. tab. 32. 33. 34.
Artocarpus Incisa, G. Forster, Florul. ins. austr.
No 332.
Plant. Esc.
No 1.
J. R. Forsteris Genera,
51. tab. 51. 51. a. and Mr.
John Ellis,
in his monograph on this tree, is frequent in these islands. It begins to appear on the eastern parts of
Sumatra,
where it is named by the
Malayes, Soccum Capas,
again in
Prince
's island, about
Bantam,
and in
Malega,
and finally in all the islands to the east, and from thence to
Otahcite,
and many others in the South Sea.
Dampier,
i. 296, first discovered it in
Guam,
one of the
Ladrone
islands, and gives a very faithful description of the fruit and its uses; Lord
Anson,
and his great follower
Cook,
are full of its praises. Of late years we caught the benevolent idea of transporting this tree of life to our own islands; captain
Bligh
had the honor of being the person deputed to convey this manna to our wretched negroes. A Satan counteracted (under the feigned form and name of the most beneficent of sects) this great benefit to our hard-fated brethren; like his great prototype he succeeded in the onset, but the adventure is resumed under the auspices of the same faithful leader, and I hope that I do not make a false prophecy if I presage success.
THIS fruit is the bread of the islands on which it has been bestowed; it grows on a tree of the size of a middling oak, and to the bulk of a child's head, and even to the diameter of twelve inches.
Rumphius
distinguishes the varieties into
Granosus, Lanosus,
and
Soccosus;
the first is the parent tree, and has in it seeds.
John Reinhold Forster,
plate 51. a. gives us an idea of the whole fruit, with the rind hexagonally reticulated; the majority have no seeds, as we find is often the case with the
Barberry,
and a few other fruits; these, therefore, are incapable of propagation, except by suckers. In the generality of the islands, the seeded sort is quite lost, the other kind cultivated in orchards. The account of the fruit as given by
Dampier, abnormis sapiens,
is worthy the reader's attention;
When it is ripe it is yellow and soft, and the taste is sweet and pleasant; the natives of this island use it for bread: they gather it when full grown, while it is green and hard; then they bake it in an oven, which scorcheth the rind, and makes it black, but they scrape off the outside black crust, and there remains a tender thin crust, and the inside of it soft, tender, and white, like the crumbs of a penny loaf. There is neither seed nor stone in the inside, but all is of a pure substance like bread; it must be eaten new, for if it is kept above twenty-four hours, it becomes dry, and eats harsh and choaky, but it is very pleasant before it is too stale. This fruit lasts in season eight months in the year, during which time the natives eat no other sort of food of bread kind.
THE fruit which M.
Sonnerat,
p. 99, calls
Le Rima, ou fruit a pain,
and which he has engaven in tab. 57. 58. 59. and 60, is the perfect fruit, or
soccus granosus.
Just beneath the rind is a series of large almond-like kernels, adhering to a central placenta, and of a farinaceous substance, which when roasted eat like chesnuts. The fruit itself is large and spherical; the natives of the
Philippines
cut it into slices, dry and eat it like bread; it will keep two years. This is the variety Mr.
Ellis
calls the
Ducdu,
and seems to make it a separate species.
A MINUTE orange, tab. 63,
ORANGE.
resembling the
Citrus trifoliata
of
Linnaeus,
is found here; the fruit is very small, of a bright red color. It has no sections, but only one lodgment for the seeds. The pulp is slightly acid, and very agreeable. It may be the
Ssi
or
Karatas Banna
of the
Japanese, Kaempf. Amoen. Ex.
801. 2.
Thunberg, Fl. Japon.
294.
IN
Mindanao
are found three fruits engraven by M.
Sonnerat:
the
Manssanus
or
Masson,
tab. 94, resembling a
Jujube
tree; the leaves are alternate, the fruit a berry, covering a hard kernel, containing two nuts of a green color.
THE next is the
Menichea rosata,
tab. 93. The fruit is between two and three inches long, oval, and containing a large nut.
THE third is
La Houette,
tab. 90, a very lofty tree.
BETWEEN the south end of
Mindanao,
SOOLO ISLES.
and the north-east point of
Borneo,
is a chain of small isles, extending about two hundred miles in length, called the
Soolo,
from the name of the chief island. The principal was about the middle of this century governed by a sultan, according to M.
Sonnerat,
the very counterpart of
Peter
the Great; endowed with the same abilities, the same thirst after knowlege, and the same ambition of applying it to the improvement of his subjects. Like
Peter,
he quitted his throne, and took to travelling during several years. He went afterwards to
Batavia,
where he concealed his name and quality, and associated himself with the common sailors to learn their business. He next changed his company for that of the carpenters, to be instructed in their art. He bought tools of all sorts, and instruments of husbandry, and then returned to his throne. Still he wished for more intellectual improvement; sailed for
Mecca
to learn the law of
Mahomet;
made himself master of the
Arabic
tongue, brought home the use of letters, and introduced money, the first ever known in the islands.
THIS monarch obtained possession by conquest of a small part of
Borneo
next to his dominions, which involved him in a quarrel with some
Dutch,
who pretended they were allies to the
Bornoese.
Our prince found he never could be a match for these people without the use of fire-arms. He fitted out a few ships, loaded them with articles of commerce, and sailed to
Manilla,
in order to supply his wants. The rapacious governor seized on the monarch and all his treasure, under pretence that he intended the conquest of the island. The sultan remonstrated in vain, he endured a long captivity; his subjects, enraged at the treatment their prince had met with, made horrible ravages on the coasts of
Luconia.
The governor did not dare to complain, as he knew his court would not approve his conduct. He stipulated with the prince that he would restore him to liberty, provided he would consent to establish in his dominions a mission of Jesuits. He refused to comply; the Jesuits, determined on revenge and conquest, obtained an armament, and taking the
Soolo
monarch, sailed for
Sambouange,
and from thence to
Soolo,
where they landed, and laid siege to the only fort on the island. The warriors of
Soolo
surprised them, and drove them with disgrace to their ships. At
Sambouange
he found means to escape on board an
English
vessel, which conveyed him to
Soolo;
his subjects crowded to him, and he remounted his throne, to the great joy of his people; he ceded a small island to the
English,
and declared his ports open to all piratical adventurers, to encourage them to revenge his cause on the treacherous
Spaniards.
Mr.
Forrest
visited this island, and found there an
English
factor; it was then governed by
Israel,
son of the captive sultan, who had received his education at
Manilla.
MR.
Dalrymple
visited these islands, and left us some account of their natural history: they are particularly rich in pearls;
PEARLS.
the banks on which the different shells are found containing those gems are of great extent; the pearl is not confined to one species of shell, Mr.
Dalrymple
describes several, but as he does not do it scientifically, I am at a loss to define the kinds, excepting the
Mytilus Margaritiferus;
every one of these shells have in them two small lobsters, to which the
Indians
attribute the formation of the pearls. The banks were once private property, and belonged to several individuals, but by the
Mahometan
law, they are now common even to strangers. The divers are slaves to the sultan; they seem to be hired out, and to receive a certain portion for their share.
Pigafetta,
the companion of
Magellan
in his circumnavigation, visited these islands in 1521. He calls
Soolo, Zolo,
and says from report
Purchas, i. 43.
, that two pearls had been taken there, the property of the king of
Borneo,
which were round, and as big as hens' eggs.
THE swallows with edible nests swarm here; they build in caves open at top, but with their sides communicating with the sea beneath its surface. The nests are got by divers, who plunge through the entrance, and rise within the vast caverns, which are inaccessible from above.
THE
Upas
or poison tree is found in
Soolo.
MR.
ANIMALS.
Foorest
has given us a brief account of the animals; the
Soolos
have plenty of horses, which the ladies of fashion have learned to ride with much grace. Here are abundance of goats and cattle, but the people do not milk the cows; wild hogs swarm, and with the wild elephant do great mischief. The elephants are not aboriginal, but bred from some that had been sent as presents to the
Soolo
princes. The
Spotted Deer
or
Axis
is found here.
Soolo
is thirty miles long and twelve broad,
LENGTH OF SOOLO.
and very populous, which obliges the inhabitants to have recourse to agriculture in a far greater degree than others of the adjacent isles; the whole chain is said to have sixty thousand inhabitants: the soil is very fertile, and productive of most of the tropical fruits;
teek
trees abound here. The rainy season is very uncertain, for which reason the crops of rice cannot be depended on; yams, potatoes, and other esculents, are cultivated to supply the defect. The natives have learned the art of engrafting from the
Chinese
settled among them. Mr.
Forrest
says that the cinnamon tree is found amongst these islands.
THE
Soolos
are a polished people,
NATIVES.
probably from the examples of their two monarchs: both sexes dress with elegance; they are fond of music and dancing. Sultan
Israel
and his niece, could perform a tolerable minuet, and some of the people of fashion could go down a country dance. They have many slaves, to whom they are said to be very cruel, and besides are reckoned perfidious in their general dealings.
ANOTHER chain of islands,
SANGIR.
of far greater length than the former, runs from the western cape of
Mindanao
quite to the most eastern cape of the great island of
Celebes;
the chief of which is
Sangujan
or
Sangir,
between Lat. 3° 30′ and 4° 30′ north; most of them are inhabited, and governed by their chieftains
Forrest, p. 310.
. The
Dutch
have now possession of
Sangir,
and some others, as outguards to the
spicy
isles. These, part of
Mindanao,
the
Soolo
isles,
Borneo,
and
Celebes,
bound a great and open gulph, of clear navigation.
Celebes
or
Macassar
extends north and south between Lat.
CELEBES OR MACASSAR.
1° 55′ north, and Lat. 5° 50′ south; it is of an oblong form, but almost divided by two deep bays, one, which penetrates far west into the country near the north end; and another which penetrates still most extensively from the north, running above a hundred and fifty miles due south.
THIS island is prodigiously mountanous,
VOLCANOES.
and lofty; the mountains increase in height towards the central parts, and are generally richly clothed with wood. In
Macassar,
as well as in
Mindanao,
are some active volcanoes. Mr.
Dalrymple,
in the 29th plate of his elegant views of land, gives a fine idea of the country. Mr.
Loten
informed me that none of the
Indian
islands had such grand and beautiful scenery. It abounds with rivers, which spring high in the mountains, and precipitate down vast rocks, among a sylvan scene of lofty and singular trees. The lakes, and more still parts of the rivers, give security to numberless water fowl of the larger and more clumsy kinds, which retire there by fear of the crocodiles, which haunt the lower and marshy parts. Those are not deserted by the lesser palmated birds, such as ducks and teal, which being quick sighted and nimble, easily evade the approach of the enemy.
THIS island was discovered in 1525, by
Antonio de Britto
and
Garcias Henriguez,
who at that time commanded in the
Moluccas. Celebes
was reckoned one of the greatest of those islands. The
Portuguese
established themselves here, and whether their conduct was more moderate than in other places I know not, but they gained the good opinion of the inhabitants, who preserved towards them the most inviolable fidelity. They kept their ground here till the year 1660, when the
Dutch,
with a strong squadron, landed and defeated them, and their faithful ally the king of
Macassar,
a potent prince on the west side of the island, and near the southern end. Here the
Portuguese
had their colony. The
Dutch
expelled them, rased their churches to the ground, and seized all the effects of the Jesuits, whom they justly considered as their greatest enemies. The king made one more attempt to expel these invaders; but was unsuccessful, and obliged to submit to the
Batavian
yoke. The
English
had also for a long time great intercourse with this island, for the sake of the rich productions of the
Spicy isles,
till at length the subtile
Dutch
succeeded in preventing all commerce with
Macassar.
The
Dutch
have now the monarch of this island, and all its other princes, at their command, so they may more truly be said to be the governors of the country. The
Chinese
are the only people who are permitted to trade here to supply the wants of the islanders. The
Macassars
have a great commercial fishery around their island; they go in fleets of more than a hundred sail, which consist of proas from twelve to twenty tons burden, and carry from sixteen to twenty men; they go out with one monsoon, and come in with another, and send their fish to the
China
market; the produce of its own seas not being equal to the demand of that overstocked empire. It is remarkable that all these proas carry
Dutch
colors. The island itself exports gold, rice, sago, wax, and slaves; but its chief use to the
Dutch
is to keep other nations at a distance from the great repositories of spices. Our old voyagers seldom failed of touching at
Celebes
to profit of the trade.
I AM sorry to observe,
SLAVES.
in the account I meet with of all the islands, even from
Sumatra
itself, that the infamous slave trade prevales in almost every one. They are either brought to market by the piratical
Malayes
or
Buggesses,
who make them one object of their cruizes or petty invasions; or they are kidnapped by the co-inhabitants of the same islands. The
Mahometans
think they have the same right to hunt down and catch a
Pagan,
as the gentry of
Liverpool
or
Bristol
have to encourage the trepanning of a curled-pated negro: and all these bring them to market with as little remorse. I call as evidence Mr.
Marsden
Sumatra, p. 213.
, Captain
Forrest
P. 79.
, in his voyage to
Mergui,
and old
Dampier
Voy. i. p. 456.
. Slaves from
Celebes, Mindanao,
and even
Java
itself, are seen at
Batavia
in numbers incredible; let me do the
Batavians
the justice to say, that some of their slaves are kept with great neatness, and are instructed in mechanical trades. The
Dutchman,
fortunately for them, finds it his interest to employ them in the loom, rather than consume them under the pressure of labor, beneath a vertical sun.
OUR able officer, captain
Carteret,
in his return from his circumnavigation, attempted to put into
Macassar,
but was repulsed by the jealousy of the
Dutch;
his distress passed expression; most of his crew near the point of death, by the hardships of his long voyage; nothing could equal the unfeelingness of the
Dutchman
's heart; there seemed to be little difference in its temper in the year 1768, and that of its rudest days. Mr.
Carteret,
by amazing resolution, at length got leave to anchor and procure refreshments in
Bonthain
bay, about thirty miles from the capital. There he suffered all kinds of extortion, and observed every species of insolence and cruelty to the natives. Phlegmatic constitutions never feel for the suffering of others; their callosity is incorrigible; warm tempers may do wrong, but they soon return to their native milkiness. As to the
Dutch,
they forced the refreshments from them at a small price, and contented themselves with a thousand per cent. profit from our commander. What Captain
Carteret
tells us from p. 622. to p. 648. is worthy of perusal; excepting his voyage, which was most ably written by himself, all the rest of the three volumes is Mr.
Hawksworth
's compilation, from the journals of the navigators.
MR.
Carteret
could observe that the city of
Macassar,
CITY OF MACASSAR.
in Lat. 5° 30′, was large, and most delightfully situated. It is said also to be very strong. About
Bonthain
bay are numerous villages, and the country abounding with provisions and timber.
GREAT quantities of
Sualloo,
or sea slug,
SUALLOO.
an animal of the
Mollusca
tribe, is fished up here, especially about the thirteen small isles called the
Pater-nosters,
in the streight between
Celebes
and
Borneo;
it is supposed to be a species of
Actinia,
and lies on the sandy bottom, and often on that which is environed with coral rocks. The fishers strike it with four-bearded iron prongs, placed parallel to each other, on the surface of two iron shot, of six or nine pounds weight, fastened to a strong line. This
Sualloo
sometimes weighs half a pound; numbers of boats with the crew and family on board subsist by this business, and dry it in the smoke. The black or best kind is sold to the
Chinese
(who use it in their nice dishes) for forty dollars a pecul; whereas the worse or white only brings in four or five.
THE people employed in this fishery are chiefly
Badjoos;
BADJOOS PEOPLE.
they inhabit many of the shores of the smaller islands around the greater; they may be called the
Tartars of the Sea;
some few are stationary, living in stilted houses close to the water's edge; others live altogether in boats, and with their families shift their quarters and change their residence along with the
Monsoons.
Mr.
Forrest
computes that they have about seven hundred boats; and adds, that they live chiefly on fish, have a squealing voice, and most savage appearance. He supposes them to have been originally fugitives from
Macassar, Java,
and other places.
THE
Buggesses,
BUGGESSES.
or native
Macassars,
are the bravest people in
India;
of proved fidelity, if treated with confidence; of the deepest revenge, if insulted. They spread far and wide on the ocean in character of freebooters, and attack vessels with most astonishing desperation, especially when inspired by opium. On land their arms are lances, or slender arrows, pointed with the teeth of fish, dipped in the fatal poison of the
Upas
tree, which grows in this island. These arrows they blow out of hollow trunks, and hit their mark at a considerable distance. So subtile is the venom, that it almost instantaneously effects destruction; nor do the
Macassars
themselves know any remedy.
Nicuhoff
saw several
Dutch
soldiers cured by swallowing human dung, by way of a vomit; but others died, notwithstanding the filthy remedy. A certain root is spoken of growing in the island which is used as an antidote.
M.
Tavernier
was eye-witness to the rapid effect of this poison,
EFFECT OF UPAS POISON.
which I think too singular to be omitted: "One day," says he
Travels, p. 191.
,
an
Englishman,
in heat of blood, had killed one of the king of
Macassar
's subjects; and though the king had pardoned him, yet both
English, Hollanders,
and
Portugals,
fearing if the
Englishman
should go unpunished, lest the islanders should revenge themselves upon some of them, besought the king to put him to death; which with much ado being consented to, the king, unwilling to put him to a lingering death, and desirous to shew the effect of his poison, resolved to shoot the criminal himself; whereupon he took a long trunk, and shot him exactly into the great toe of the right foot, the place particularly aimed at: two chirurgeons, one an
Englishman
and the other a
Hollander,
provided on purpose, immediately cut off the member; but for all that the poison had dispersed itself so speedily, that the
Englishman
died at the same time.
ALL the kings and princes of the east are very diligent in their enquiry after strong poisons; and I remember that the chief of the
Dutch
factory and I tried several poisoned arrows, with which the king of
Acheen
had presented him, by shooting at squirrels, who fell down dead as soon as ever they were touched.
Boutan,
a small isle near the south-east of
Celebes,
BOUTAN.
is independent, and has its sultan, who mimics all the state of a greater monarch. Our countryman, Mr.
David Middleton
Purchas, i. 238.
, visited this island in 1609, and there passed a strong intercourse of civilities between him and the reigning prince.
Middleton
sailed from
England
with a commercial view; nor would he have been disappointed, had not the king's rich magazine of goods been just burnt by his enemies. The natives are like the
Mindanayans
in shape, and speak the
Malaye
language. All are
Mahometans,
as are the people of
Celebes:
the story is, that a certain king, from the arguments he had heard on the topic of religion from some
Christians
and
Mahometans,
took a great dislike to his own, but being unable to determine which to chuse, he convened a general assembly, and after a most fervent prayer to Heaven, resolved to prefer the religion of that party which should first land on his dominions: possibly the
Mahometans
were in the secret; their missionaries arrived, and the whole island embraced the doctrine of that sect.
I NOW descend towards the eastern end of
Java,
and pass through the streights of
Balli,
which divide
Java
from the island of that name.
ISLAND OF BALLI.
The streights are narrow, rapid, and bounded by picturesque hills, many of a conoid form. This is a much-frequented passage.
THE island abounds with every necessary of life, both in the vegetable and animal creation. When the
Dutch
touched here, in their first voyage of the year 1595, they found it governed by a king, who appeared in great state, was attended by his guards, and drawn in a chariot by milk-white oxen. The great men were carried in their bamboo palanquins, and lived in the highest luxury. The religion was then
Paganism;
and the women, as in
India,
devoted themselves to the funeral pile on the decease of their husbands. In
Le Promier Livre de Navigations,
&c. are some prints
P. 49. 51.
of the customs of the island.
THIS island,
SLAVES.
and that of
Macassar,
has the insamy of furnishing as many subjects to the slave trade as any part of the known world, excepting
Guinea;
and they are sold with as little remorse as in any portion of the hardened universe.
FROM
Balli
is a long chain of islands (which I shall,
TIMORIAN CHAIN.
from
Timor Laut,
call the
Timorian
chain) running eastward, and extends very near the coasts of
New Guinea,
inclining a little towards the north as they approach that great island. The names of the most considerable are
Lomboc, Gumbava, Ende,
or
Flores;
from the last they are broken into smaller isles, such as
Solor, Omba,
and others, scattered over the sea, or grouped in clusters;
Timor Laut
and
Arrou
are the most eastern, and the largest of the latter class.
VERY near to the south side of
Omba
is the great island of
Timor,
which points to the south-west;
TIMOR ISLAND.
and with the adjacent isle of
Anamboa,
forms a large triangular bason, of which the isle of
Sandel Bosche,
or sandal wood, is the western side.
Timor
was discovered in 1522 by the companions of
Magellan,
who found it full of white sandal wood. They report, that on this archipelago the disease of
St. Job
(which they interpret the infamous disease) reigneth more than in any other part of the world. I suspect it to be the horrid disease called by
Bontius
P. 33. Nat. Hist.
the
Amboynse Pocken.
THE
Portuguese
attempted to make themselves masters of this island, but were obliged to abandon their design, by a resistance of twenty years from the brave inhabitants. They had settled on the bay of
Cupang;
from which they were expelled by the
Dutch
in 1613, who built a fort named
Concordia.
They keep this island merely for the sake of making it an out-port to the spicy islands, of which they have the most extreme jealousy; for there is nothing they apprehend so much as the intercourse of other nations with their usurpations in these parts.
Timor
yields so little profit, that, except for the reason just given, it would have been long since abandoned.
LENGTH.
The length of this island is near two hundred miles, the breadth about sixty; it is divided into many kingdoms, such as
Cupang
and others. In
Dampier
's time there were many
Portuguese
settlements, or rather of the mixed breed; the principal is at
Laphao,
on the northern side; but even there he saw but three white men, the rest were copper-colored, with lank black hair; they spoke
Portuguese,
were of the
Roman
catholick religion, and would be very angry if they were not thought
Portuguese,
as they value themselves greatly on their mongrel descent.
THE natives are said to be the bravest of any in all this vast archipelago,
NATIVES.
but at the same time the most savage. They conceal their nakedness by a sort of short apron, made of many narrow stripes; have bracelets round their arms, and collars of shells round their necks, and their hair stands erect. Their weapons are vast sabres, made of sandal wood; with which, it is said, they can cut a man asunder at one blow. Mr.
Nieuhoff
Churchill, vol. ii. p. 316.
gives the figures of the different wild soldiery of the islands.
CAPTAIN
Cook
passed under a considerable part of the southern side of
Timor,
in his return from his first voyage. The land appeared very high, mountain above mountain rising in slopes from the sea, chiefly clothed with forests. In some parts were swamps and mangrove-trees; in others cleared land, the marks of inhabitants; and in other places groves and coco-palms, that reached a mile inland, and close to them houses and plantations innumerable.
THE domestic animals of
Timor
seem to have been introduced there by the
Europeans,
except the hogs and buffaloes.
ANIMALS.
Monkies are numerous, but I believe very few other native animals. Here are infinite varieties of birds. The woods abound with bees, which produce quantities of honey and wax; and the sea with fishes and shell-fish; and as to the vegetable kingdom, it yields most of the tropical trees, fruits, and plants.
NEW HOLLAND.
I NOW digress to the stupendous island of
New Holland,
and fairly confess that the zeal of the zoologist has laid hold of me, and that a desire to investigate so fine a field, has made me willingly submit to the impulse. I shall close the original subject by returning to the
Molucca
islands, and breathe my last words in their spicy air, or their latitude. Little history is to be expected of the land I now visit; brief accounts of the various discoverers is all that can be given till we arrive on the eastern coast; which the unfortunate acquaintance with in 1770, has peopled with the profligate outcasts of our country, cruelly redeemed from the gibbet to undergo a lingering life of nakedness and famine in this most distant land.
New Holland
is in length from the north point, in Lat.
VAST EXTENT.
11° to 46° 30′ south, about two thousand miles, and its greatest breadth from its most western part, in Long. 109° 30′, to its most eastern in Long. 152° 30′, about three thousand miles. Its extent in the southern parts is unknown, as much of the western side remains to be discovered. This vast tract proves equal in size (according to the estimate of our later navigators) to all
Europe.
I see no reason why it should not be called a fifth continent;
America
itself is but an insulated continent, superior as it may be to that of
New Holland.
IN tracing the discovery of that immense region,
DISCOVERED IN 1618.
I shall begin at the very northern extremity, opposite to the isles of
Arrou.
The name it bears in that part is
Arnheim
's Land, and the discovery sixed in the year 1648. I shall proceed to the western side, and then surround the country till I arrive at the point I am now leaving.
IN Lat.
DAMPIER'S BAY, BY DAMPIER IN 1688.
16° 50′ south, 119° East Long. from
London,
is land discovered in 1688 by our great navigator
Dampier
Voyages, i. 462.
. Geographers have not even honored the spot with a name; I will therefore style it
Dampier
's
Bay.
Our countryman took his departure from
Timor,
and passing by a shoal of sand and rock in Lat. 13° 50′, in water so deep that he could not fathom it with his line, on
January
5th he anchored in a deep bay, full of small islands, about two miles from shore. The land was low and even; with
dunes
at the water edge skirted with rocky points.
THE inhabitants were the most miserable our countrymen ever saw;
NATIVES.
without any cloathing, except the rudest cover for their nakedness, consisting of nothing more than the slip of the rind of a tree for a girdle, and a little grass stuffed into it before as an apron. They were tall, strait, and thin, their limbs very small and long; their heads large, their foreheads round; they had great bottle noses, wide mouths, full lips, and their eyes perpetually winking or kept shut, from their being so greatly annoyed with flies, that from habit they never open them like other people, but are obliged to hold up their heads if they wish to see any thing above their level. They have no beards, and the people of both sexes universally want two of the upper fore teeth, which they draw out; their visages are long; and their general aspect the most disagreable imaginable; their skins are coal black; their hair short and frizzled like the
African
negroes. They had neither houses or dwellings, but lay in the open air, and associated in companies of twenty or thirty, men, women, and children; their arms were wooden swords and lances;
Dampier
found many on one of the islands; they had not the appearance even of a canoe, but must have swam from place to place; and as to food, they could only collect the shells and animals flung up by the sea. They were exceedingly timid.
Dampier
attempted to make them work in carrying water to the ship, but they had not strength or dexterity enough to carry as much as a boy of ten years of age.
SEA tortoises and
Manatee
were found in plenty on the coast,
MANATEE.
and abundance of fish; the tides rose here about five fathoms.
THE trees were neither large nor numerous; one kind, exuding a red gum like the
Sanguis draconis,
was frequent; we shall take notice of it hereafter.
G. F. de Witt's
Land, in Lat. 19° south, was discovered,
DE WITT'S ISLAND.
according to
Arrowsmith,
in 1616, according to others in 1628.
IN about Lat. 20°
Dampier
thought he had discovered a streight or passage to the eastward; but in all probability (see his voyage, vol. iii. p. 135) it was no more than a channel between a cluster of islands. From
Rosemary
islands, a discovery of his in Lat.
ENDRACHT'S LAND.
20° 50′, the land turns southerly.
Endracht
's Land lies just under the tropic of
Capricorn,
discovered, according to
Hawkesworth
's map, in 1616.
Dirk Hartog
islands and
Sharks
bay are in Lat.
SHARKS BAY.
25°. The land so high as to be seen nine or ten leagues distant. It bore neither shrubs or trees above ten feet high. The prognostics of the approach of land were a sort of grey tern as big as a lapwing, and like that bird flapping its wings. The eyes encircled with black, the bill red, the tail forked.
SEA snakes appeared in great abundance;
SEA SNAKES.
one species was four feet long, yellow, with a flat tail, four fingers broad.
THE other was smaller, and round, spotted with black and yellow.
Dampier
saw others very long and slender, others as thick as a man's leg, with a red head. This reminds me of the species described by
Arrian,
in his
Periphus Maris Erythroei,
to which he gives black skins, and blood-red eyes. I dare say his account is just, only his informer confined the color of the head to the eyes.
ON land was an
Avosetta
with the head and neck red;
AVOSETTA.
and a sea pie exactly resembling ours, only those parts were totally black.
Dampier
Voy. iii. p. 85.
also discovered a species of
Kangaroo,
KANGAROO.
an animal with very short fore legs, which it went jumping on; but his
Guano
was an horrible animal, too disgusting even for him to eat, who had been used to food of all sorts, as snakes, alligators, and crocodiles, so offensive was this in look and smell; his description is so forcible, that we may well give him full credit.
At the rump, instead of the tail there, they had a stump of a tail,
HORRIBLE LIZARD.
which appeared like another head; but not really such, being without mouth or eyes; yet this creature seemed by this means to have a head at each end; and which may be reckoned a fourth difference, the legs also seemed all four of them to be fore-legs, being all alike in shape and length, and seeming, by the joints and bending, to be made as if they were to go indifferently either head or tail foremost. They were speckled black and yellow like toads, and had scales or knobs on their backs like those of crocodiles, plated on to the skin, or stuck into it as part of the skin. They are very flow in motion, and when a man comes nigh them, they will stand still and hiss, not endeavouring to get away. Their livers are also spotted black and yellow; and the body when opened has a very unsavoury smell.
I HAVE little doubt but that this is the horrible animal figured by
Seba
Mus. Vol. i. tab. 108.
under the name of
Salamandra vera Seu Gekko Ceylonicus.
He describes it as most dreadfully venomous, even so as to infect the very waters to such a degree, as to poison any person who is so unfortunate to drink of them.
HE found here green turtle weighing two hundred pounds; and abundance of large sharks, from which he gave name to the bay. In the maw of one he discovered what he calls the head of a
Hippopotamus;
the hairy lips were sound; and two of the teeth he pulled out were eight inches long, and a little crooked; the rest only four. I must question whether this was the real
Hippopotamus,
or the
Dugon?
COMMODORE
Francis Pilstaert,
PILSTAERT, IN 1629.
being sent on a voyage of discovery with eleven ships, was in 1629 wrecked in the
Batavia
on this coast near
Edels-land,
EDELS-LAND.
in Lat. 28°. He escaped; returned in a skiff to
Batavia;
and was obliged to leave several of his crew behind. Part had conspired, and cruelly murdered the rest; but on his coming back to rescue from destruction those whom he had left, he seized on the miscreants, and gave them into the hands of the executioner.
Van de Leuwins'
Land,
VAN DE LEUWINS, IN 1622.
in Lat. 33° 40′, was discovered in 1622. From hence the shore runs due east for a course of some hundred miles.
PETER NUYTS IN 1627.
In 1627 the famous commodore
Peter Nuyts
sailed along the coast, and made many attempts to land, but was always repulsed. Is not this a proof that the southern shores of
New Holland
possess a superior population, and superior valor in the inhabitants, to all the rest of the known parts of this vast country? The tract is to this day called after his name.
FROM certain islands called
St. Francis's
and
St. Peter's,
in Lat. 32° south, Long. 132° east, no farther discoveries have been made. The land is supposed to take a southern curvature, and to contract its breadth gradually. The course is marked with the dotted line, nor do we recover land till we reach the very southern extremity, which spreads to no great breadth; one side ends in
South-west Cape,
in Lat. 43° 37′, the other in
South Cape,
in Lat. 43° 42′, and the land from each runs northward.
THIS part of
New Holland
was discovered in 1642,
TASMAN, IN 1642.
by
Abel Tasman,
who was sent for that purpose by the states; he named it
Van Diemen
's Land, gave names to several islands and bays, and made some remarks on the country; if he was accurate, they prove a variety in the inhabitants. He says they were a large-made people, of a color between brown and yellow; their hair long, and almost as thick as that of the
Japanese,
and that like them they combed it up, and fixed it at the top of their heads with a pin. They covered their middle with a mantle, some with a kind of mat, others with a sort of woollen cloth; their ingenuity might reach the fabricating a mat, but I doubt the possibility of the latter.
IN 1773,
Tasman,
after a long interval,
CAPTAIN FURNEAUX, IN 1773.
was followed by captain
Furneaux,
who had been separated from captain
Cook,
and directed his course for the purpose of pursuing the discovery of the
Dutch
navigator; he fell on the very same country, and found the same bays and headlands observed by
Tasman.
He saw the land eight or nine leagues distant; it was rather high, broken, and with bold shores, but beaten by a most violent surf: it probably having the whole weight of the Antarctic ocean from the very pole rolling on this great headland.
THE soil here was black, rich, but thin
Cook's last voyage, i. 112.
,
SOIL.
the sides of the hills covered with trees, and the view greatly beautified by the vast cataracts, tumbling from immense heights, and a rock with fluted pillars, possibly
basaltic.
Captain
Furneaux
saw none of the natives, but met with their miserable wigwams, and some bags and nets in which they carried their provisions, and also a stone to strike fire with, and some tinder.
IN
January
1777,
CAPTAIN COOK, IN 1777.
this country was visited in person by our great navigator, who had the good fortune to meet with some of the natives, who came to him with the utmost confidence, and without any sign of fear.
NATIVES.
They were of the common stature, slender, black, and with hair as frizzled as any negroe, but not distinguished by remarkable thick lips or flat noses, and their features far from disagreeable; their teeth were good, but very dirty; nor did they want any of the upper fore teeth, as
Dampier
observed in those whom he saw. The hair of these was clotted with a sort of red ointment, and their faces were painted with the same; they had bushy beards on their chins and upper lips, which was another variation from the most northern people, yet the eyes of these were by no means affected like the miserable natives of the environs of
Sharks
bay. The hair of the women was cut or shaven, sometimes wholly, sometimes partially; and some had a circle of hair left, like the tonsure of the
Roman
catholick clergy. The men were quite naked, the women had the skin of the
Kangaroo
tied over their shoulders, and round their waists; the skins of both sexes were marked with scars.
THEIR habitations were little wigwams, made of sticks covered with bark;
DRYADES.
others reminded you of those of the
Dryades
of the poets: they formed a hollow in the vast trees of the country, to the height of six or seven feet, which they effected by fire; they left so much untouched that the tree grew most luxuriantly, and gave the image of
Tasso
's enchanted grove: this is the only forest tree of the country; the bark is white, the stem quite strait, and clear of branches to the height of sixty feet; it yielded a transparent gum or resin, and the leaves of the lesser branches had an aromatic smell. The wood is very long and tough, fit for spars, oars, and even masts, for which purpose, could it be made ligther, none would be better.
No other species of quadrupeds were observed here, but the
Opossum, Hist. Quadr.
No 223, and the
Kangaroo,
No 229. Captain
Cook
very humanely turned into the woods a boar and sow pig, which if they escape the sight of the natives for some years, may prove the stocking of the country with animals equally useful to the inhabitants and casual visitants.
ABUNDANCE of fish are found on the coast, as the
elephant
fish, rays, soles, flounders, and the
Atherina Hepsetus
Br. Zool. iii. No. 157. tab. lxv.
, which extends to our shores.
I SHALL form as complete a list of the birds of this amazing tract, as I may be enabled from the late discoveries, and shall only mention here, as perhaps local, the
White Eagle
Latham, vii. p. 112.
, the
Superb Warbler
Latham, iv. tab. liii.
, remarkable for the rich blue of its frontal crest and cheeks, and the
Van Diemen's warbler
Latham, vii. p. 187.
.
THE first port which Captain
Cook
put into in the voyage of 1777, was
Adventure Bay,
in Lat. 43° 21′,
ADVENTURE BAY.
between the
Fluted Cape
and Cape
Frederick Henry.
He continued his voyage towards
New Zealand.
The coast to the north had been explored by Captain
Furneaux,
who passed in his way southward
Maria
's island,
Schoutens,
and other places named by
Tasman.
As we advance farther north, we find
Furneaux
's and the
Sisters.
The last is in Lat. 39° 45′, and Long. 149°, the land from which he bore away for
New Zealand.
IN Lat. 38° south, Long. 211°, we arrive off Cape
Hicks,
1770. CAPE HICKS.
which may be celebrated as the first place ever discovered on the eastern coast of
New Holland;
this great event took place on
April
19th. 1770, under the auspices of Captain
Cook.
It was in this voyage that Mr.
Banks
(afterwards Sir
Joseph
) and doctor
Solander,
were his philosophical companions.
TROPIC BIRD.
A tropic bird was seen in Lat. 38° 29′, an uncommon sight, as it very rarely exceeds the limits of the tropics. Proceeding northward, he passed by a mountain he called the
Dromedary.
On the twenty-seventh, he observed the wondering natives collected on the rocks, in admiration of the novel sight;
BOTANY BAY.
and on the 28th anchored in
Botany Bay,
of later years well known, as the common retreat of the unfortunate brave!
THE natives of these parts differed very little from those observed in the more southern latitudes.
NATIVES.
There can be no doubt but our appearance was very hostile; they were diffident of us to the highest degree, declined all intercourse, and refused all our presents: our navigators certainly did not use the arts of conciliating their affections. After frequently treating them with a volley of small shots on their legs, or more muscular parts, we are not to wonder at their dislike to the strangers who had visited their coasts. Their wants, by reason of the happiness of the climate, did not demand cloathing, and their minds were superior to the accepting of gew-gaws; but they were frequently pressed by hunger.
IN
Endeavour
river, they boldly came on board the ship, and seeing plenty of turtle, wished to have a share; they seized on two, trusting to the rites of hospitality, or the justice of partaking of the provisions found in their own seas (to which they had a natural title); instead of that they were roughly treated, and so highly irritated, as to take an instant revenge, by setting fire to the grass that surrounded our tents: they were brave to a degree of temerity; two have been known to oppose the landing of forty of our people: their offensive weapons were swords made of some hard wood, and darts or lances, armed at the end with fishes bones, or the spine of the sting rays; their defensive arms a round buckler. They were painted like the people of
Van Diemen
's land, and as an additional ornament, had a great bone of some bird stuck through their noses, and another through each car. Mr.
Parkinson
gives a good representation in plate xxvii. of two of the natives armed for fight, and in the attitude of combat: as to cloathing, neither sex made the least attempt to conceal their nakedness.
THESE people, savage as they may seem, are not ignorant of the rudiments of drawing; Mr.
Phillip
Voy. to Botany Bay, p. 106.
observed on many of the rocks figures of animals, shields, weapons, and even men; and one in particular of a man beginning to dance, and this in rather a superior style: surely it must be admitted that people thus tinctured with a liberal art, are capable of civilization under proper treatment.
WHAT religious rites they have is unknown, but it is evident, from the same authority
Ib. p. 138.
, that they burn their dead.
THEIR habitations are most miserable; they lie under the protection of some great pieces of bark flung over a ridged frame, made of boughs of trees
Ib. p. 102. tab. 9.
.
THEIR food are fish, shell fish, or any thing they can collect on the shores. They have a most artless species of canoe, made of bark, stretched on a frame, and tied together at each end; two, sometimes more, will venture in one of them; they keep along the shoals to strike the fish, which appears to be their principal subsistence; they also eat the fowls, or the few quadrupeds they can contrive to take. On many of the tall trees were cut notches in the stems to facilitate their ascent. They seemed to conceal themselves on the top, and by that means surprise the birds as they alight, or catch them at roost; or from this situation, kill with their lances any beast that chances to pass beneath. As to their cookery, they content themselves with eating their meat raw, or at best with giving it a slight broiling over their fires.
THE country is hilly, but not mountanous; part covered with tall trees, quite clear from underwood; in some parts near the shores, were extensive tracts hid by brushwood; and in many places swamps full of the
Mangrove,
or
Rhizophora mangle
Catesby, ii. tab. 63.
. Many rills discharge themselves into
Botany
bay, but it wanted depth of water to give room for ships of large size. The soil in places was black and fat, and gave Captain
Cook
reason to believe it would be productive of any sort of grain. The trees were filled with birds of most beautiful colors, particularly those of the parrot tribe. The country abounded with plants, and from that circumstance the harbor was called
Botany Bay.
All this coast was named
New South Wales,
from the extreme south to the extreme north; a denomination given near two centuries ago to part of the territories adjacent to
Hudson
's bay.
IN the year 1787,
OUR CONVICTS SENT THERE.
when we began to be at a loss about the disposal of our criminals, legislature was advised to banish into this country, all those who had been by royal mercy reprieved from death, or who had been convicted of crimes liable only to the punishment of transportation to our late colonies.
AN act was passed for that purpose in the same year, and in consequence a fleet was prepared to convey to this distant country as many convicts, as at that time fell under the penalty of the law. The
Syrius
frigate was fitted out to convoy the governor. The gentleman selected for the arduous charge was captain
Arthur Phillip,
who had long served in our navy with great credit,
GOVERNOR PHILLIP.
and for some time was engaged in the service of
Portugal,
during part of which he with great good conduct and humanity performed a duty similar to that his country now committed to him; for he was employed once, if not oftener, in conveying the criminals of that nation to its colonies of the
Brazils.
THE governor sailed from
Spithead
on
May
13th, 1787. On
June
3d he and his fleet reached
Teneriff;
on
August
5th anchored off
Rio de Janeiro;
on
October
13th in
Table Bay,
at the cape of
Good Hope,
which he left on
November
12th in the
Supply;
reached
Botany Bay
on
January
3d, 1788, having performed, in a bad sailer, a voyage of seven thousand miles in fiftyone days; the
Syrius
and the whole convoy anchored safely in the bay on the 19th and 20th of the same month.
IT is a popular opinion that the expence of transportation of the convicts amounted to three hundred pounds a man, including the provision made for their cloathing and support for some small time after their landing. I was in hopes that two pamphlets, published by
Debrett
in 1791, 1792, under authority of government, would have confirmed or refuted the report, especially as one of them pretended to give an account of the expences; but the detail is so very imperfect, that I am not able to satisfy either my own or the reader's curiosity.
MR.
Phillip
had previously taken a most exact survey of every part of the proposed place of settlement; he found it bad as a port, and from the wet nature of the environs, suspected that the air would affect the health of the new colonists. He observed that Captain
Cook
mentioned a bay, in Lat. 33° 5′ south, very little distant from the other, which he had named
Port Jackson,
PORT JACKSON.
and where he thought there was good anchorage. Mr.
Phillip
lost no time, but made a thorough examination of that also; he found it equal at least to our celebrated harbor,
Milford Haven,
in old
South Wales.
It opens with an ample mouth, and after some space, divides into two most extensive meandering branches, with numbers of other small bays, creeks, or coves, pointing again to the right and to the left, so as to form the finest and most secure harbor in the world, capable of containing the navies of
Europe
itself.
HERE Mr.
Phillip
determined to establish his colony;
SYDNEY COVE.
and fixing on a place which he named
Sydney Cove,
began immediately to trace the outlines of the first street of his intended town. The officers live in huts, but houses are building of brick and stone; the governor is very moderate in that designed for himself, which contains only six rooms. The land allotted for cultivation has been found to be very good, and to return on the first trial two hundred bushels of wheat, and sixty of barley
The following state of Agriculture, and the amount of Live Stock, belonging to the Governor and to the settlers, at the colony of New South Wales, 23d August 1798, is extracted from a news-paper of October 1799. E.
 
gov.
settlers.
total.
Acres in Wheat
450
4,209
4,659
Acres in Barley
—
57 ½
57 ½
Acres in Potatoes
—
14
14
Acres in Maize
150
1,303
1,453
Acres in Vines
—
9
9
Mares
16
57
73
Horses
4
40
44
Cows
140
118
258
Bulls and Oxen
118
45
165
Sheep, Male
147
1,312
1,459
Sheep, Female
269
2,174
2,443
Goats, Male
37
750
787
Goats, Female
86
1,794
1,880
Swine
44
2,823
2,867
.
The destruction made by rats was very great; in a short time they destroyed not less than twelve thousand pounds of flour and rice, brought over with the first transportation. There are also vegetables in plenty, from seeds brought from
England.
I cannot enter into the account of the whole proceedings; by the detail given in the two pamphlets published by
J. Debrett,
imperfect as they are, may be seen the humanity of government in providing every necessary for the use of the convicts, yet I fear it has been disappointed in its hopes. The immense expence we have been at in sending provisions from hence, from the cape of
Good Hope,
and from
China
(notwithstanding the glossing over several particulars) gives reason to imagine that our colony has been at the point of starving.
THE
Kangaroo,
and others of the Opossum tribe, may be eaten, but those animals, which never were numerous, will soon become extinct in the neighborhood of the colony, and we dare not, for fear of the natives, trespass beyond our bounds; the
New Hollanders
still continue very hostile. Fish is found in plenty, but the turtle, on which we seemed to have some dependence, is a very precarious article.
THE colony looks up for support to a little spot called
Norfolk Island,
NORFOLK ISLAND.
in Lat. 29° south, Long. 168° east. It contains from twelve to thirteen thousand acres, and does not exceed in circumference sixteen miles, is very mountanous, and covered with a thick wood, choaked up with underwood; it is surrounded with cliffs forty fathoms high, and quite perpendicular, excepting at a few creeks, dignified with the name of bays, to which often a raging surf denies all approach.
THE island is happy in many streams of fine water, some copious enough to turn a mill. The mold, in places freed by our people from trees, is the richest and deepest in the world; abundance of pumice-stones and porous red
lava
is scattered over its surface, and even mixed with the soil, giving strong reason to suppose it to have been of volcanic origin.
A SMALL colony was detached,
COLONIZED.
on
February
14th, 1788, from
Jackson Port
to this island, in hopes of its contributing in time to the support of the parent state. It consisted only of a subaltern officer, a surgeon, two men who understood the cultivation and dressing of flax, nine male and six female convicts; and over them was appointed Lieutenant
King,
of the navy, sole governor of this sea-girt reign. With his little colony he passed the singular interval of above two years, till he received, on
March
6th, 1790, a mighty reinforcement of two companies of marines, five men and three women from the civil department, and a hundred and sixteen male and sixty-seven female convicts. This detachment sowed wheat and barley from
May
to
August,
and got in their harvest in
December,
which produced twentyfive fold. Mayz succeeds well; the sugar-cane, vines, and oranges thrive exceedingly; and potatoes produce two crops in a year. All kinds of garden plants come to good perfection. The rat (its only quadruped) was at first a pest to the colony. If this isle proves the nursing mother to our establishment at
Port Jackson,
as the isle of
Anglesea,
or
Môn mam Cymru,
is said to have been to
Wales,
I shall think it the prodigy of the age.
Norfolk
island, seated as it is,
BIRDS.
midway between
New Zealand
and the
New Hebrides,
produces the birds of both; but my list will be very small:
Parrots
and
Hawks
are found there.
THE
noisy Roller
Latham, Index, i. 173.
inhabits this isle in great flocks; is a very stupid bird, watches during night, is very restless, and makes the woods resound with its cries: it is nearly of the size of a crow, and wholly black, except the vent, the base, and tip of the tail.
THE
bronzed wing Pigeon
Phillip, 162. tab. 26.
is of a grey color, with a rich bronzed spot on the wing, varying with red and green.
HERE are variety of small birds, among others some that sing most delightfully, and enliven this sequestered spot: the
redbellied Fly Catcher
Latham, iii. 343.
is one of great beauty; the forehead is white, a white band crosses the wings, all above (besides) is black, the lower part of a rich scarlet.
A MOST curious milk-white
Gallinule
Phillip, 273. tab. 44.
A WHITE GALLINULE.
in size larger than a dunghill fowl; bill, crown of the head, and irides red.
THE
Grey Petrel,
PETREL.
Latham,
vi. 399.
Phillip,
161. tab. 25. is of a sooty brown above, and deep ash beneath. The
white-breasted, Latham,
vi. 400. The
Pintado,
vi. 401.
Edw.
90. is a third. The
Shcar Water, Br. Zool.
ii. No 258.
THE
Diving,
vi. 413. dusky above, white beneath, not nine inches long; sits on the water in vast flocks, croaking like frogs and cackling like hens; it dives with amazing agility.
FINALLY, to this class may be added the
broad-billed,
vi. 414. with distinct nostrils, swarming either among the woods in burrows about the roots of trees, or in the crevices of the rocks, making an incessant noise like the former, and at times busied in its nimble divings in quest of food. All these species are to the southern regions what the
Auks
are to the northern.
I HAVE omitted two
British
birds frequent in these remoter parts,
SKUA. GANNET.
the
Skua
Br. Zool. ii. No 248.
and the variety of the
Gannet
No 620.
, with black feathers in the tail, known by the name of
Suda Hoieri.
IN respect to quadrupeds there are only two, the
Rat
and the
Flying Squirrel; Hist. Quad.
ii. No 352. the membranes extend from leg to leg; the color is grey; a black line extends from the nape, along the middle of the back, to the tail, the farther half of which is black.
THERE is little doubt but all the pelagic birds of these Latitudes frequent the coasts,
Albatrosses,
both the
common
and the
yellow-nosed,
and various other species. Our navigators of the year 1774 were the first of the human race who ever landed on this island. The birds which bred on shore, such as the
Boobies,
and many others, were so tame and stupid as to suffer themselves to be taken by the hand.
LIEUTENANT
King,
the historian of the isle,
TREES.
enumerates five species of trees which afford good timber, the Pine, live Oak, a yellow wood, a hard black wood, and one like the
English
Beech; of these we can only ascertain one, the
Cypressus Columnaris
G. Forster, Flor. Austr. p. 67. No 351.
.
CYPRESSUS COLUMNARIS.
. This magnificent tree grows to the height of a hundred and eighty, and even two hundred and twenty feet, and is from six to nine feet in diameter; eighty feet clear of branches, and with eighty or ninety feet of sound timber
See Phillip, 92. and the Extracts of his Letters, 16.
: it is as light as the best
Norway
Deal for masts, and yields a fine turpentine. We are not to wonder at the size, for the forest of the isle had never been disturbed, but by old Time, since its creation.
THE
Areca Sapida Solandri
G. Forster, Pl. Esc. 66.
is a useful tree,
ARECA SAPIDA.
for it yields a cabbage like the
Areca Oleracea,
or cabbage-tree; but Captain
Cook
compares the taste more to that of an almond than a cabbage, and adds, that it proved an excellent resource as an esculent. It is the second sort mentioned by
Hawkesworth
Coll. of Voy. iii. 624.
.
A
Fern Tree
is mentioned by Captain
Phillip,
a
Dicksonia?
which grows even as high as twenty feet, and proves good food for sheep.
A WILD
Musa,
or plantane, grows in this island; and Mr.
Phillip
mentions the
Supple Jack
of the
West Indies,
SUPPLE JACK.
the
Paulinia Pinnata
of
Linnaeus
Brown's Jam. 212. Cururuape, Piso. 250.
, which is interwoven in all directions, and greatly impedes the progress through the forests.
Blackburnia Pinnata, G. Forster, Flor. Austr.
10. or
Ptelea Pinnata, Linn. Suppl.
126.
J. R. Forster, Gen.
6.
Gynopogon Stellatum, G. Forster, Flor. Austr.
19.
J. R. Forster, Gen.
18.
Gynop. Alyxia, G. Forster,
19.
Bupthalmum Unistorum, ibid.
91.
AN
Euphorbia,
90.
Tetragonia Halimifolia, Flor. Austr.
39.
Mesembryganthemum Australe, ibid.
90.
Phormium Tenax,
FLAX.
153.
Linn. Suppl.
204.
Cook
's Voy. 2d. p. 96. tab. 96.
THESE are the only plants which the sparing communications of our philosophical travellers will permit us to mention. The last is of the greatest importance to the natives, and may hereafter become so to every nation in
Europe,
as it produces the best and most tenacious hemp in the world. I shall deliver the description and history of it, borrowed from vol. iii. p. 39. of Captain
Cook
's First Voyage: "There is," says our great navigator,
however, a plant that serves the inhabitants instead of hemp and flax, which excels all that are put to the same purposes in the world. Of this plant there are two sorts; the leaves of both resemble those of flags, but their flowers are smaller and their clusters more numerous; in one kind they are yellow, and in the other a deep red. Of the leaves of these plants, with very little preparation, they make all their common apparel; and of these they also make their strings, lines, and cordage for every purpose, which are so much stronger than any thing we can make with hemp, that they will not bear a comparison. From the same plant, by another preparation, they draw long slender fibres, which shine like silk, and are as white as snow; of these, which are also surprisingly strong, the finer cloths are made; and of the leaves, without any other preparation than splitting them into proper breadths and tying the strips together, they make their fishing nets; some of which, as I have before remarked, are of an enormous size.
Norfolk Island
is peculiarly happy in its climate:
CLIMATE.
the air is pure, salubrious, and delicious, freed from excessive heat by the constant breezes from the sea; and of so mild a temperature throughout the winter, that there is a perpetual vegetation; crop succeeds crop, and the refreshing showers maintain a constant verdure: sometimes there are great droughts. From
February
to
August
may be called the rainy season; not that it is regular, for there is sometimes fine weather for a fortnight together, but when the rain does fall, it is in torrents.
ABOUT midway between
Norfolk Island
and
New Holland
is
Lord Howe Island,
LORD HOWE ISLAND.
discovered in 1788 by Lieutenant
Henry Lidgbird Ball,
a son of the late
George Ball,
of
Irby,
in
Cheshire,
Esquire. This isle is small in extent, in length only seven leagues, and in form of a crescent. In some parts it rises into lofty craggy hills, that called
Ball's Pyramid
is very singular, formed on one side of
Basaltic
columns; and so lofty as to be seen at the distance of twelve leagues. Another rock is circular at top, so as to look like a spread fan; the rest so low as to give these rocks the form of islands. Mr.
Ball
says that it abounds in cabbage-palms, or
Areca Sapida,
with mangrove-trees, and
Manchineel,
or
Hippomane Mancinella
Catesby, i. 95.
, which spread even to the tops of the mountains.
Lord Howe Island
swarms with birds, such as parrots, parroquets, large pigeons, and several other land birds; also gannets in infinite numbers, rails, white gallinules, like those of
Norfolk Isle,
and a land fowl of a dusky brown color, with a bill four inches long, feet like a chicken, very fat, and very good food.
THE coast swarms with fish; but what will render this island of unspeakable use to our colonists, are the amazing abundance of turtle which frequent its shores during summer, and may be taken in that season in any numbers; but at the approach of winter they all retire northward.
Norfolk Island
also abounds with fish, and in the season with very fine turtle.
VIEWS of this singular island is given by Mr.
Phillip
Voy. p. 180.
.
FAUNULA.
I WILL now continue the subjects of natural history of the great country I have just quitted, collected from the materials furnished by Sir
Joseph Banks,
by Mr.
Phillip,
by the surgeon-general Mr.
John White,
and by others who have accidentally contributed their share. A
Faunula,
not unacceptable to naturalists, will now be given. I never want opportunity when I speak of birds, of making my due acknowledgments to my worthy and ingenious friend Mr.
Latham,
for the ready means I find from his excellent Ornithology of selecting the various subjects. I shall begin, as usual, with the quadrupeds, and refer for a more ample account to the new edition of my History of Quadrupeds lately published. In all this vast land there does not appear a single species of hoofed animal; none of the ape kind, and very few
genera
of quadrupeds have been hitherto discovered in any one part.
THE
New Holland Dog, Hist. Quadr.
i. No 158.
Phillip,
DOG.
Botany Bay,
274. tab. 45.
White's
280. tab. 57. is a genuine species. The natives are too savage themselves to reclaim any animal into a state of domesticity.
THE genus of
Opossum
furnishes more species than any other found in this country,
OPOSSUM.
and some of them of most singular and wonderful kinds. The first I mention is related to the
Phalanger Opossum,
No 226. I refer here to
Hawksworth,
iii. 586. and to the print of the male, tab. 8. p. 108. of vol. ii. of Mr.
Cook
's last Voyage. It is found in
Van Diemens
Land, and again about
Endeavour
river.
THE
Vulpine Opossum
found near
Port Jackson,
No 224.
Phillip,
150. tab. 16.
White,
278. tab. 56.
OF the very eccentric species, the
Kangaroo,
I have to mention;
KANGAROO, THE GIGANTIC.
first, the gigantic kind described in the
Hist. Quad.
No 229. To what I collected from voyagers, I have been able to add considerably from the sight of the living animal shewn in
London
in the spring of 1792; possibly the figure in
Hist. Quad.
tab. lxiv. corrected from the living subject, may be as accurate as any yet given.
THE
spotted
is an elegant species described in
Hist. Quad.
No 231.
Phillip,
147. tab 15. The color is black, blotched with white; the tail bushy.
THE species called by the historian of
New Holland
the
Kangaroo rat,
p. 277. tab. 47. or
Hist. Quad.
No 230. is a lesser species, with the habit of the
gigantic.
Flying Opossum,
FLYING OPOSSUM.
Hist. Quad.
No 228.
Phillip,
297. tab. 54. has membranes extending from leg to leg like a flying squirrel; and the fur most exquisite; it is even compared to that of the
Sea Otter
of the western parts of
North America.
Our travellers do not trouble us with the natural history of this, or scarcely any other animal.
THE
Spotted Weesel,
WEESEL.
Hist. Quad.
No 272. or
Quoll
of
Hawksworth,
iii. 626. is black, spotted with white. The length from nose to rump is eighteen inches, the tail nearly the same.
WE must now take a great leap to the genus of
Ant-eaters.
SPINY ANT-EATER.
New Holland
has furnished us with a most curious kind, see
Hist. Quad.
ii. No 467. Naturalists Miscellany, vol. ii. tab. 109. The length is one foot; the nose, long, slender, and tubular, the tongue long and slender; the feet extremely broad; and like the fore feet of the mole, adapted to digging. On the fore feet are five toes with blunt flatted nails; on the hind, a short thick thumb, without either nail or claw. The two outer joints of the four toes are furnished with a pointed claw; the two next with blunt claws; the tail very short. The whole upper part of the body, from the hind part of the neck, is covered with strong white spines, exactly like those of the porcupine. The head, and all the under side of the body is coated with short black briftly hairs, the tail very short
The
Duck-billed Platypus,
figured in the Naturalists Miscellany, tab. 385, is an animal of a conformation so singular, that we can scarcely suppose Nature, amidst her
variety, ever formed so heterogeneous a composition—a short time will, we hope, remove our doubts. E.
. This species was found in the midst of an ant-hill.
A VERY large
Bat,
perhaps the
Ternate, Hist. Quad.
ii. No 495, is the only animal that I can with any certainty add to the list of those of this vast extent of country.
AN animal resembling a wolf, was seen by some of the crew of the
Endeavour,
but they never were able to kill one, so as to form the description.
BIRDS.
THE Birds of
New Holland
are extremely numerous. Besides those to which I can give classical names, are several of
New Zealand,
which from the short intervening distance between each country, are probably common to both, at least I might venture to place here many of the water fowl, but certainly the
Pelagic,
of which I may say, as
Pliny
does of the
Cypselli,
Hae sunt quae toto mari cernuntur.
But to avoid too great an extension of subject, I shall confine myself only to those which inhabit the land, or hover near the coast, symptomatic of its vicinity.
RAPACIOUS.
White Eagle, Latham,
i. 40.
White,
250. tab. 35.
FALCON.
This hardly deserves to be dignified with that name; it does not exceed in size our hen harrier, and has, like that bird, very slender legs. The plumage is of a snowy whiteness.
Brown Eagle,
a large species, mentioned in
Cook
's last Voyage, i. 109, but not ascertained.
Pied Hawk, Parkinson,
144. The
Black
and
White Falcon, Indian Zool.
33. tab. 11. Hawks are very numerous in
New Holland;
whenever our navigators made a fire in the night, multitudes appeared, probably to catch any birds that might be attracted by the novelty.
Owl,
OWL.
with golden irides, seen by
Parkinson
(p. 145.) in
New Holland.
Cockatoo,
PARROT.
Psittacus Galeritus, Latham,
index, i. 109. No 108: white, with a sharp pointed crest, sulphur-colored; the base of the tail of the same color; size of a dunghill cock; most numerous and noisy.
Yellow, Cook
's last Voyage, i. 109, only mentioned under the name of yellowish parroquets.
Blue-bellied, Phillip,
p. 152.
Lath. Syn.
i. p. 213. 14.
Brown's Illustr.
14. tab. 7. Belly of a rich blue.
Tabuan, Phillip,
p. 153.
Latham,
i. 214. A most beautiful kind, with a long cuneiform tail, green and blue; head and breast crimson; back green.
Pennantian, Lath. Syn.
p. 61.
Phillip,
p. 154. tab. 20. Another long tailed species of great beauty, so named by Mr.
Latham.
Crested Parakeet, Lath. Syn.
i. p. 250. 51. The crown, sides, and throat yellow; on the head a crest of six slender feathers; predominant color of the rest of the plumage olive brown.
Pacific, Phillip,
p. 155.
Pusillus, Latham,
index, i. p. 106.
White,
262: only seven inches long; body and tail dusky olive; feathers round the base of the bill and tail scarlet.
Banksian Cockatoo, Cook
's Voyage, ii. p. 18.
Latham
vii. 63. tab. 110. A very large
Cockatoo:
color black; forehead and chin, lesser coverts of wings, and belly, spotted with yellow; tail barred with orange. A magnificent species, called after Sir
Joseph Banks.
Ground Parrot, Psittacus formosus, Latham,
index, i. 103.
Nat. Misc.
tab. 228. The color is a fine yellowish green, beautifully barred and spotted with black; tail long, sharply cuneiform, of a rich jonquil yellow, fasciated with very numerous bars of jet black. On the front, just above the beak, a small patch of orangered; beak dusky; legs pale brown; structure of the feet remarkable, viz. much longer, and more delicate than those of any other parrot, and one of the hinder claws long and sharp, not much unlike that of a lark.
NEVER perches on trees, but constantly runs about amongst sedges, &c. and is known by our people in
New Holland,
by the title of the
Ground Parrot,
and is reckoned part of the game of the country.
Psittaccous Hornbill, Phillip,
165. tab. 29.
Latham,
index,
SCYTHROPS.
i. 141. This is a new genus formed by Mr.
Latham:
size of a raven; bill very much arched and carinated; orbits naked, carunculated. Head, neck, and body, beneath, of a pale grey; above, with the wings and tail, cinereous lead color; tail crossed near the end with a black band.
New Holland, Lath. Syn.
vii. p. 72. The bill convex,
HORN-BILL.
carinated, and very gibbous at the base, covered with a bare skin; orbits naked, wrinkled, cinereous; plumage in general dusky; shafts of the wings dusky above, white beneath; size of a Jav.
South Sea Raven, Lath. Syn.
i. p. 369. 2.
Index,
i. 151.
CROW.
Plumage entirely black, feathers on the chin of a singular loose texture.
Carrion, Br. Zool.
i. No 75, is found in
New Holland,
and is most remarkably shy.
White-vented, White's Botany Bay,
251. tab. 36. This species is wholly black, except the vent, the tip of the tail, and the base, which are white. A white spot marks the lower part of the primaries; tail long, and even at the end; size of a magpye. Inhabits
Botany Bay.
Yellow-faced,
GRAKLE.
Lath. Syn.
vii. p. 91: orbits of a sine yellow, naked and wrinkled; head, neck, and whole upper part of the body and wings black; the last crossed with a white line; breast and belly white; legs yellow.
Great Brown,
KINGS-FISHER.
Pl. Enl.
663.
Lath. Syn.
ii. p. 609.
Phillip,
287. tab. 53. This is sometimes found eighteen inches long; the head covered with long feathers erigible at pleasure; white, crossed with dusky lines; a black bed passes from the bill beyond the eyes down the sides of the neck; back dusky; middle of the wings and rump of glossy blue green; tail barred with rust color and purplish black.
THE
Sacred, Phillip,
156. tab. 22.
Latham,
ii. 623. var. D. is common to
New Holland
and
New Guinea.
It may be concluded that many birds of the northern part of
New Holland,
are common to both countries, being so near to each other; crown, hind part of the head, back, wings, and tail blue, tinged with green; all the fore part of the body white; neck encircled with the same color.
Flavigaster,
TODUS.
Latham,
index, i. 268. Bill short; head, throat, and all the upper parts dusky grey; all beneath yellow; length six inches.
Carunculated,
BEE-EATER.
Phillip,
p. 164. tab. 28.
Latham,
index, i. 276. The cheeks naked; on each side of the throat is a narrow long wattle of an orange color; plumage brown, streaked with white; tail cuneiform, long, dusky, edged and tipped with white; middle of the belly yellow; length fourteen inches and a half.
Horned, Latham,
index, i. 276, at the base of the upper mandible is a short blunt process, like a horn; head and neck thinly cloathed with setaceous feathers; plumage dusky, edged with olive; tail tipt with white; length fourteen inches.
Black, Nigra, Latham,
index, i. 296. Plumage black;
CREEPER.
on the lower parts streaked with white; primaries and tail edged with yellow; tail rounded: length seven inches.
GALLINACEOUS.
Quail,
PARTRIDGE.
Br. Zool.
i. No 97.
A VERY diminutive quail is found about
Botany Bay.
The natives catch them in a sort of decoy; they differ only in size from the
European
kind.
Wattled, Parkinson,
145, who says no more than that it is a bird like the
Tetrao,
with wattles of a fine ultramarine color; and with black legs and bill.
New Holland,
with a black band across its breast.
BUSTARD.
COLUMBINE.
GOLDEN-WINGED,
White,
149. tab. 8.
PIGEON.
Pigeons are very numerous in
New Holland,
but no particular description is given us of any one species, except the bronzed, before described at p. 113, and by Mr.
White,
p. 146. tab. 7, under the name of
Golden wing
pigeon. It is not improbable, but that this and many other birds are migratory, to and from
Norfolk
island, and
New Zealand.
PASSERINE.
New Holland,
THRUSH.
Lath. Syn.
iii. 37. 35. The forehead, chin, and throat black; rest of the plumage a bluish lead color; quills and tail dusky, edged with the former color; all the feathers of the tail, except the middle, tipt with white;
Van Diemen
's Land.
New Holland,
FLY-CATCHER.
Lath.
index, ii. p. 478: dusky above, white beneath, tail slightly forked; length seven inches.
Soft-tailed,
a species extremely singular from the formation of its tail, the shafts of which are merely edged with scattered filaments resembling hair.
Lin. Trans.
iv. p. 240. E.
Red-bellied, Lath. Syn.
iii. 343. tab. L.
Nat. Misc.
tab. 147. E.
Long legged,
WARBLER.
Lath.
vii. 181: legs and bill yellowish; general color brown, under parts whitish; length only three inches; inhabits
Van Diemen
's Land.
Superb, Phillip,
p. 157;
Lath. Syn.
iv. p. 501. 137. tab. 53: forehead and cheeks of the richest caerulean color, from the cheeks a narrow band of the same surrounds the hind part of the neck; belly white, all the rest of the plumage black; tail very long; a most beautiful bird. From
Van Diemen
's Land, and other parts of
New Holland.
Van Diemen
's,
Lath. Syn.
vii. p. 187: with a dusky head; the forehead streaked with white; predominant color brown, in parts mixed with white; edges of the wing feathers tawny, with a spot of the same on each wing; under part of the body white; breast and vent striped with white; length six inches and a half.
Swallow, Nat. Misc.
tab. 114. Headand back of a glossy steel hue; throat and breast crimson; belly white, with a black stripe. E.
Striped-headed,
MANAKIN.
Latham, Syn.
iv. p. 526. tab. 54: crown and nape black striped with white; between the bill and eye a yellow spot; hind part of the neck, back, and wings brown; the last marked transversely with a yellow stripe; breast and belly pale yellow; tail very short, black tipt with white.
Van Diemen
's Land.
Spotted, Naturalists Miscel.
vol. iii. tab. 111. The head, nape, wings, and tail black, elegantly spotted with circular white spots; over the eyes a white line; cheeks and sides of the neck marked with a bed of blue grey, barred downward with dusky; throat yellow; belly of a still paler color; back brown; coverts of the tail crimson: a most elegant species.
Crested, Phillip,
i. p. 270. tab. 42.
GOAT-SUCKER.
This is of sombre colors like the
European,
but diversified: its great distinction is an upright crest of long bristles, rising from the base of the bill. The length of this species is nine inches and a half.
STRUTHIOUS.
New Holland, Phillip,
p. 271. tab. 43.
White,
CASSOWARY.
p. 129. tab. 1.
Latham,
index, ii. 665. This is a new species, seven feet high; the crown flat; the head and neck thinly beset with short setaceous feathers, longest on the hind part of the head, forming a sort of crest; throat rather naked, carunculated, and of a bluish color; legs very scaly, and the hind part regularly serrated; on each foot three toes standing forward; wings so short as scarcely to be seen, and without quill feathers. The plumage on the body is a little curled, and of a brown and grey color; each feather is double or united at the base; it is not an uncommon bird in this country; runs so swiftly that no greyhound can overtake it; the flesh is said to taste like beef.
AQUATIC.
CLOVEN FOOTED.
White-fronted,
HERON.
Phillip,
p. 163. The forehead, part of the cheeks and throat are white; the feathers on the lower part of the neck hang long and loose, and are of a reddish cinnamon color; belly of the same color, but lighter; back, wings, and tail bluish ash; primaries and tail almost black; legs yellowish brown; length of the whole bird twenty-eight inches; shot at
Port Jackson.
Wood,
IBIS.
Latham,
v. 104.
White-headed, Ind. Zool.
ii. 47. tab. xi.
Dampier,
iii. 187. These birds are common to the southern parts of
North America,
to
Ceylon,
and to
New Holland,
and are well represented in the
Indian
Zoology.
Red-necked,
PLOVER.
Latham,
v. 212. The head and neck are black; on each side of the neck is a green chesnut spot, almost meeting behind; plumage ash color above, white beneath; size of a Purre.
British Zool.
OYSTER CATCHER.
ii. No 213,
Arct. Zool.
ii. No 406, exactly like the
European
kind; only those of
Van Diemen
's Land are entirely black.
WEB FOOTED.
American,
AVOSETTA.
Arct. Zool.
ii. No 421.
Latham,
v. 296.
Dampier,
iii. p. 85. The head, neck, and breast are of reddish cream color; back black. Inhabits the northern parts of
North America,
and
Sharks
bay on the western side of
New Holland.
I refer to the ornithology of
Norfolk
isle, p. 113, for an account of certain other genera, which should follow the former; as possibly being common to both places.
Parkinson,
p. 145, described our
black-backed
gull,
GULL.
Br. Zool.
ii. No 252, among the birds of
New Holland.
THE vast Tern called the
Caspian, Latham,
vi. p. 350,
TERN.
extends to this country, and reaches northward as high as the mouth of the
Ob,
where it falls into the frozen ocean.
THE
Noddy, Latham,
vi. 365;
Catesby,
i. 88; is frequent in these islands; it is the species with a white forehead, and the rest of the plumage of a sooty brown. It has its name from its stupidity, for it will suffer itself to be taken by the hand, on the rocks it breeds on, or when it alights, as it does at amazing distances from land, on the rigging of ships.
Dampier
's
Noddy
of
New Holland,
Voy. iii. p. 98, and tab. 85, appears by the figure to be another species; the crown, as well as the upper part of the body and wings, are of a dark color; the cheeks and under side white; from the eye to the hind part of the head extends a dusky line. Beneath
Dampier
's figure of it is that of the common, which may be compared with this.
PELECANS,
Latham,
iii. 574, are found here in vast abundance,
PELECAN.
and of gigantic sizes.
THE beautiful
crested Pinguin,
561, called by the sailors,
PINGUIN.
from its action,
jumping jack,
is common on
Van Diemen
's Land.
A DUCK, I shall call
Parkinson
's, see his Voyage, 138,
DUCK.
is distinguished by its beauty; the bill is white, the body black, and the
Speculum
white and green.
Semi-palmated Goose:
size of the wild goose; head, neck, and thighs black; belly and rump white; a collar of the same color encircles the lower part of the neck; toes webbed only half way from the base. Described in Dr.
Latham
's ingenious essay on the
Tracheae
of Birds:
Linn. Trans.
iv. p. 103. E.
Lobated, Nat. Misc.
255: distinguishable from all its congeners by the singular black wattle or appendage attached beneath the lower mandible. E.
I SHALL close the list with the
Shawian,
BLACK-SWAN.
or
black swan,
that
rara avis in terris,
which I name in honor of the first publisher of the once doubted bird, described and engraven in his elegant work the
Naturalist's Miscellany,
vol. iii. tab. 108. It is in size superior to the white. The bill is of a rich scarlet, near the tip is a small yellow spot. The whole plumage of the most intense black, except the primaries and secondaries, which are white; the eyes black, the feet dusky: it is found in
Hawksberry
river, and other fresh waters near
Broken
bay, and has all the graceful actions of the white kind.
THE
Testudo midas,
TORTOISES.
or green turtle, is found on these coasts, and abounds on those of the islands of
Norfolk
and
Howe.
The
Testudo marina, Raii-Syn. Quadr.
257; or
Loggerhead
of
Catesby,
ii. 40; is also frequent. The superior delicacy of the first is owing to its feeding entirely on the marine vegetables; the rankness of the last, to its living on shell fish and
Crustacea.
LIZARDS and serpents are very numerous in
New Holland:
LIZARDS.
Mr.
White
has given several good figures of different species; they are all of the innocent tribe; among the first the
Seine-formed lizard,
tab. 30, distinguished by its short thick tail; the
muricated,
tab. 31, with rows of sharp pointed scales, and a very long tail; an elegant striped species, tab. 32; and that most singular one the
broad-tailed, Nat. Misc.
tab. 65. in the same plate, with a spiny ovated flat tail and rough body; the
variegated,
tab. 38, with a body fifteen inches long, and the tail much longer and angulated. Mr.
Phillip
has engraven another he calls the
laced,
tab. 48, forty inches long, tail included, which has its name from the lace-like disposition of the colors.
AMONG the serpents, Mr.
White
exhibits, in tab. 31,
SERPENTS.
a small one, a foot long, white, marked with black equidistant bands; another, in tab. 43, of a bluish color; a third, in tab. 45, eight feet long, dusky, varied with spots of yellow; and in tab. 46, are two small snakes, one dusky with small spots of yellow, the other encircled with black and white.
SEA serpents are very frequent in the seas of
New Holland,
and of various species; all the sea serpents are distinguished by their thin flat tails, and by their having no scales on their belly.
AT p. 100 I have mentioned three species observed by
Dampier,
iii. 90, 93, on the western coast of this country; to them I can add one wholly black, iii. 130. Authors have described others of this singular kind; such is the
Coluber laticaudatus
of
Mus. Ad. Fred.
tab. 16. fig. 1.
Gmel. Lin.
1106: the belly is dusky, the back and sides fasciated with ash color and brown; perhaps this is the species said to be venomous, for in the upper jaw are two short moveable fangs.
Linnaeus
marks this species with (♂) his fatal sign. It is found off the coasts of
South America,
and the isle of
Tanga-tabu
in the south seas. All these sea snakes seem to be confined to the torrid zone of the
Asiatic
seas, or to the warmer parts. They are more plentiful about
New Guinea
and
New Holland;
their history remains very obscure.
THE
Anguis Platuros, Gmel. Lin.
1122;
Vosmaer,
6. tab. 2; with a brown back and white belly, and spotted near the tail with black and white, was found by Doctor
Forster
near the isle of
Pines
in the south seas. Mr.
Vosmaer
has engraven, on the same plate, another fasciated with brown and tawny; possibly the same with that described by
Dampier,
iii. 93.
FISHES are very numerous;
FISHES.
whales are common, and the
Porpesse, Br. Zool.
iii. No 25, is universal in the South Sea, and very numerous. I may mention our Dolphin,
Br. Zool.
iii. No 24, which appears in the distant seas. Here are two very curious small sharks, figured by Mr.
Phillip,
tab. 51, 52. The first with a strong sharp spine before each dorsal sin; the other spotted, and with its mouth beset with ragged appendages.
HIS
bag-throated Balistes,
tab. 49, has the appearance of a monster. Mr.
White,
in tab. 39, represents the
granulated.
MR.
Phillip
gives besides the figure of a fish with a dorsal sin extending the length of the back, and no others except the pectoral and caudal; he says it is faithfully done; it is spotted with round blue and white spots. The
Cyprinaceous Labrus
of Mr.
White,
tab. 50; the doubtful
Lophius,
tab. 51; the pungent
Chaetodon,
tab. 39; the southern
Cottus,
and the
flying fish,
tab. 52; the
fascinated Mullet,
and
doubtful Sparus,
tab. 53.
THE
Fistularia Tabacaria, Echineis remora,
and the
Atherina hepsetus, Br. Zool.
iii. No 157. 64, conclude Mr.
White
's list.
RAYS are very numerous, and of several kinds, in all the shallows of this coast; some weigh near three hundred pounds. A species of sting-ray is very common, and furnishes, with its spines, the head of one of the most dreaded weapons of the natives.
Dampier,
vol. iii. tab. 3, adds the large species of
Tunny,
and the
Chaetodon,
commonly called the
Old Wife,
and another long fish in tab. i.
I SHALL conclude this account of the fishes with the description of a most singular amphibious species: "It was,"
AMPHIBIOUS FISH.
says the historian
(Hawksworth,
iii. 529)
of the most remarkable kind, about the size of a minnow, and had two very strong breast fins; we found it in places that were quite dry, where we supposed it might have been left by the tide, but it did not seem to become languid by the want of water, for upon our approach it leaped away, by the help of the breast fins, as nimbly as a frog; neither did it seem to prefer water to land, for when we found it in the water, it frequently leaped out and pursued its way upon dry ground; we also observed, that when it was in places where small stones were standing above the surface of the water, at a little distance from each other, it chose rather to leap from stone to stone, than to pass through the water, and we saw several of them pass entirely over puddles in this manner, till they came to dry ground, and then leap away.
Two crabs are described, of a new species,
CRABS.
and one of most exquisite beauty; it had all its claws and joints of the most lovely ultramarine color, and the under side of so pure a white, and of so delicate a polish as to resemble the white of the finest porcellane; the other was marked with blue, but more sparingly, and the back with three brown spots: perhaps these differed only in sex.
WHOSOEVER reads the following meagre
Florula
of
New Holland,
PLANTS.
will be amazed at the few plants which I have been able to ascertain, especially when the numbers of its botanical productions are so highly boasted. Indignant at the concealment, I begin my list.
THE genus of
Banksia
opens the
Florula;
under this are seven species:
Banksia serrata,
BANKSIA.
White,
p. 221. tab. 18. 19. 20; in which are expressed bud, flower, and fruit.
Pyriformis, White,
tab. 21.
Gibbosa, White,
tab. 22. and another species, in the same plate, unascertained.
THIS genus was first named by
John Reinhold Forster,
in his
genera,
in honor of Sir
Joseph Banks.
To these I add the three following:
Banksia dentata, Linn. Suppl.
127.
Ericaefolia, Linn. Suppl.
127.
Integrifolia, Linn. Suppl.
127.
Casuarina Stricta, Hort. Kew.
iii. 320.
Torulosa, Hort. Kew.
iii. 320.
THE yellow gum plant of
Phillip,
YELLOW GUM TREE.
p. 60. tab. 3, grows in form of a
yucca;
has a stem of considerable thickness, scaled regularly; the leaves are very long, out of their middle rises the fructification, on a slender stem, twelve or fourteen feet high; of this the natives sometimes make spears. The gum, or rather resin, is dug from under the roots, and is possibly what
Tasman
calls
Gum Lac of the Ground;
it also exudes from the body both voluntarily and on incision. Mr.
White,
p. 235, says it may vie in its properties with the most fragrant balsams, and when burnt smells like balsam of
Tolu,
or
Benzoin.
It is a good pectoral medicine, and very balsamic. It is not soluble in water, but readily in spirits of wine. The genus is not ascertained.
THE
Peppermint Tree,
PEPPERMINT TREE.
the supposed
Eucaliptus obliqua
of
L'Heretier, Sert. Angl.
p. 18, grows to the height of a hundred feet, and thirty in girth
White, p. 206, tab. 23.
; the leaves are lanceolate and pointed, marked with numerous resinous spots, in which the essential oil resides; the berries grow in clusters, and are open at top. The oil extracted from the leaves is so like that which is drawn from our peppermint, that Mr.
White
called the tree by that name. The oil has been proved to be more efficacious than any other medicine for removing colicky complaints.
THE
Tea Tree
of the same author, p. 229. tab. 24,
TEA TREE.
is of the genus of
Melaleuca.
Mr.
White
supposes it to be the same with the
Camunium
of
Rumph. Amboin.
v. p. 29. tab. 18, which grows in
China
and
Amboina.
THE
Sweet Tea
is another shrub;
SWEET TEA SHRUB.
both make a tea not unpleasant, and this is said to be a good antiscorbutic.
THE
Red Gum Tree,
or
Eucaliptus Resinifera, White,
RED GUM TREE.
p. 231. tab. 25; grows to the size of our large stoaks; the wood is brittle, and good for nothing but fuel; it contains a vast quantity of red gum, like the gum
Kino.
Some of our voyagers compare it to gum dragon. A single tree, on incision, will yield sixty gallons. It dissolves almost entirely in spirits of wine, and gives them a red color. In dysenteries (which our convicts were much afflicted with) it was found full as efficacious as the gum
Kino.
MR.
Hawksworth,
iii. p. 569, has favored us with the secret,
HIBISCUS BILIACEUS.
that the
Hibiscus Biliaceus
grows here. It is the
Mohoe,
or bark tree of the
West Indies; Sloane, Jam.
i. p. 215. tab. 134. fig. 4; and the
Novella
and
Daun Baru
of
Amboina;
see
Rumph.
ii. p. 218. tab. 73. This might be a tree of vast service to this country, were its uses known to the poor natives. Those of the South Sea islands make all their cordage, excellent fishing nets, and packthread, of the bark. It is also of great use in cloathing, and may be divided into pieces of any thickness. Specimens, brought over as curiosities, shew the fibrous texture so fine, as to look like an elegant lace. It is found in
Jamaica,
or other hot parts of
America,
in most of the South Sea islands, in
Sumatra, Celebes,
and
Amboina.
MR.
Hawksworth
also tells us, that the only sort of fruit here is one resembling a cherry, but of a very disagreeable taste; it is of the kind called by the
Dutch
in the
East Indies, Pyn Appel Boomen.
A wild plantane, very small, full of stones, and well tasted, perhaps the
Musa troglodytarum
and
Pissangbatu
of
Rumph. Amboin.
v. p. 132, and the
Musa granulosa
of
G. Forster, Pl. Esc.
p. 31, may be added.
MR.
Hawksworth
besides informs us, that there was a fruit they called, from the color, a plum, small, and shaped like a flatted cheese; and a third like a purple apple. Let me add the fruit of the
Anacardium Orientale, Rumph. Amboin.
i. 177. tab. 69, the tree of which, say the voyagers, was never seen by the
European
botanist. And this is the sum of the knowledge of botany imparted to us.
THE
Arum Colocasia,
or
Cocco Root
of the
West Indies,
is found here; (see
Hawksworth,
iii. 564. 590.)
Rumphius
has engraven it in vol. v. p. 313. tab. 109. It is an eatable root in the
Antilles,
but does not appear in use in this country. It is also found in
Egypt
and the
Moluccas.
SOME sorts of
Palm Trees
grow here; the
Cabbage, Areca Oleracea?
perhaps the
Areca Sapida,
and the
Umbrella Palm,
or
Corypha Umbraculifera.
A POOR kind of
Fig,
probably the
Ficus Granatum
of
George Forster, Pl. Esc.
36; and
Sydney Parkinson
speaks, (p. 144.) of a
Cycas Circinalis,
or Sago Tree, and a
Glycine Rosea.
THE
Cabbage Tree,
or
Areca Sapida,
just mentioned (which may be cut through with a single stroke of the axe) is the only tree of any use in building. Miserable consideration! The very largest trees, lofty and spacious as they appear, are, when sawed, so brittle that they fall to pieces. There are, says Mr.
White,
(p. 179.) only three kinds of timber trees, none of which will float on water. In a word, there seems to be none that can be applied to any purpose but for fuel.
THE attention that
Dampier
shewed to almost every thing which came in his way,
PLANTS OBSERVED BY DAMPIER.
is evident by his bringing home from
New Holland
several specimens of plants. He communicated those to some friend who certainly had much botanical knowledge, and who described and drew, or caused them to be drawn for him. The descriptions and figures are in the third volume of his voyage, p. 109, &c. I give the list of them in his own words, as I cannot, with certainty, refer them to any modern writer on botany.
TAB. 2. fig. 1.
Rapuntium Noviae Hollandiae, flore magno coccineo.
fig. 2.
Fucus foliis capillaceis brevissimis, vesiculis minimis donatis.
fig. 3.
Ricinoides Novae Hollandiae, anguloso crasso folio.
TAB. 2. fig. 4.
Solanum Spinosum Novae Hollandiae, Phylli foliis subrotundis.
TAB. 3. fig. 1.
Scabiosa (forte) Noviae Hollandiae, Statices foliis subtus argenteis.
fig. 2.
Alcea Novae Hollandiae, foliis angustis utrinque villosis.
fig. 3. a plant of uncertain genus, with leaves resembling those of
Amelanchier Lob.
fig. 4.
Dammara ex Nova Hollandia, sanamunda secunda Chysii foliis.
Perhaps a species of
Canarium, Linn.
See
Rumph. Amb.
2. p. 145.
et seq.
TAB. 4. fig. 1.
Equisetum Novae Hollandiae, frutescens foliis longissimis.
fig. 2.
Colutea Novae Hollandiae, floribus amplis coccineis, umbellatim dispositis macula purpurea notatis.
fig. 3.
Conyza Novae Hollandiae, angustis Rosimarini foliis.
fig. 4.
Mohoh insulae Timor.
THE figures in tab. 5. are certainly the
Fucus natans, Lin. Syst. Pl.
iv. p. 564.
NATURE,
TREES INTRODUCED, &c.
it is true, denies this fine climate the fruits of the tropics, or even of the warmer parts of the temperate zone; yet Governor
Phillip
gives us the comfortable assurance, that all the fruit trees and plants that were brought undamaged from the
Brazils
and the
Cape,
prosper here greatly. Oranges flourish, and figs and vines still better.
European
esculents succeed admirably. The cauliflowers and the melons of his Excellency's garden are admirable in their kind.
CLAY is discovered, which makes good bricks; but no limestone has as yet been found. As to shell lime, the quantity is so small, that it is impossible to collect sufficient for use. How fatal are these defects to the progress of architecture in
Hollandia Nova.
Neither are there any hopes of its becoming a marine power, as it wants timber fit even to build a boat.
Norfolk Island,
I fear, must not only be its nursing mother, but the resource for the support of its marine.
MULTITUDES of nuts and fruits of distant regions are frequently flung in great abundance on this coast,
EXOTIC NUTS, &c. CAST ON SHORE.
brought thither by the wind and waves, as those of the
Antilles
are to the shores of
Norway,
or the
Scottish Hebrides.
Among them are cocoanuts in abundance; but all are covered with
Balani,
or other marine productions, a sure sign of the length of the voyage. They are supposed to have been brought by the trade winds, which blow full on this shore, and to have come from
Terra del Espirito Santo,
or the
New Hebrides Islands,
visited by Captain
Cook
in 1774.
LET me now resume the coast. At the small distance of eight miles to the north of
Port Jackson
is
Broken Bay,
BROKEN BAY.
a name given by Captain
Cook,
when he passed it by on his departure northwards. It was examined by Mr.
Phillip
in
March
1788
Voy. p. 76.
, found to be extensive, and to have two mouths; one impeded by a bar, so that the entrance is impervious except by small vessels; the other capable of admitting ships of the greatest burden. The land here was higher than that about
Port Jackson,
more rocky, but equally covered with timber. Trees of great size grow on the tops of the most inaccessible mountains. The country was populous; and it was observed that most of the women had the two joints of the little finger cut off: most of the men wanted the right front tooth; their
septum narium
was perforated, and had a bone or stick thrust through it. The want of language kept our voyagers ignorant of the cause of these strange customs. Their skins were singularly scarred from the crown of the head to their feet; the scars prominent, and seemed as if filled with wind.
IN another excursion Mr.
Phillip
made to this bay,
HAWKESBURY RIVER.
he discovered a very considerable river, which he named the
Hawkesbury;
it was from three hundred to eight hundred feet wide, and navigable for the largest merchant ships as far as a hill named
Richmond Hill,
about forty-five miles from its discharge into the bay: but it is not safe for ships to go so high up, because of the heavy rains; the water rises thirty feet above its usual level; the vessels therefore ought not to approach nearer than fifteen or twenty miles from the foot of the hill, where they may lie secure in fresh water.
Richmond Hill
is called the head of the river; for there it divides into two branches, grows shallow, and was seen for some way, till lost in the wooded rocks of the country.
ANOTHER river was discovered,
NEPEAN RIVER.
which Mr.
Phillip
named the
Nepean,
from three to four hundred feet broad, which also overflows its banks in hard rains, to the same height as the former, into which it is supposed to fall. The soil on both these rivers is excellent; the banks well wooded. Wild ducks inhabit these waters in great numbers; and here were first seen the black swans. A cataract at the foot of
Richmond
hill prevented the party from proceeding any further in boats. That hill is the termination of a chain of mountains, which runs northward, and probably joins those that range nearly parallel to the coast from fifty to sixty miles inland. The difficulty of reaching these hills is very great; for after the first day's journey, is such a succession of ravines, many with sides inaccessible, that our people could not proceed above fifteen miles in five days. They therefore returned to await the arrival of the floods, to swell the
Nepean,
when they hoped they could reach these mountains by water.
FROM the entrance into
Port Jackson,
as far as Lat. 25° 3′,
INDIAN HEAD.
the coast keeps due north; from a point called
Indian Head
it begins to incline to the west.
A LITTLE farther is
Bustard Bay,
in Lat. 24° 4′,
BUSTARD BAY.
which takes its name from a new species of bustard shot there, with a black band across its breast. Its weight was seventeen pounds. It proved excellent eating. Mr.
Latham
mentions it in vol. vii. p. 227.
AT
Keppel's Bay,
in Lat. 22° 50′,
KEPPEL'S BAY.
the coast begins to be filled more or less with islands. In about Lat. 21° 27′ is the bay of
Inlets,
from the various sounds that seem to penetrate deeply into the land, between the islands. After a long range of coast, partly impeded with isles, and partly free, in Lat. 16° 6′, is cape
Tribulation.
Off this cape the
Endeavour,
PROVIDENTIAL ESCAPE.
on Sunday
June
10th 1770, struck on a coral rock, and remained immoveable, except by that species of motion which ground away the sheathings, and by admitting a torrent of water, threatened speedy destruction to the whole crew. The rising tide, which might remove her out of the present situation, redoubled the anxiety, for probably she would then instantly sink into the depth of ten or twelve fathoms. A thought
suggested by Mr.
Monkhouse,
a young midshipman, saved them from destruction; he advised the dropping a sail, covered with oakum and wool, over the outside, and hauled under the ship's bottom with ropes till it reached the leak; they executed his plan, and from the suction of the sail by the water, into the most dangerous of the leaks, the ship was enabled to keep afloat, when it was released from the rock by the tide, and the
redeemed,
to get into a secure place to repair the damage. On this critical occasion, not an oath was heard among our sailors; the habit of profaneness, however strong, being instantly subdued, by the dread of incurring guilt when death seemed to be so near. A gentleman then aboard mentioned to me one effect of fear, that of being seized with a most intolerable thirst; but as soon as their safety was ensured, their minds and their bodies returned to their wonted tones. No cape or river was distinguished by the title of Providence, or any grateful memorial. Mr.
Hawksworth,
in his own mind, seems to have been conscious that something ought to have been said; his wondrous apology in his wondrous preface, is certainly the greatest wonder that the world ever wondered at. In the preface, in the pages xix. xx. xxi. may be seen the strange embarrassments that a good man labors under, when he compliments his patrons with his conscience, and servilely gives up the cause of truth.
A NEIGHBORING river, in Lat. 16° 30′,
ENDEAVOUR RIVER.
with a fine beach fit for heaving down, and completing the repairs of the battered ship for the pursuit of the voyage, might have received an epithet suitable to the occasion: instead of that we find it only under the cool title of the
Endeavour
river.
THE natives appeared in this place; their canoes were made of a tree hollowed, like those of
Guinea,
and other artless parts of the world. These were capable of holding four people.
THE
Kangaroo
is found here, possibly it extends over every part. The
Quolla, Hist. Quad.
ii. No 270, was seen here. The common
English
crow was observed near this river, and a great variety of other birds. On the shores were numbers of the fine green turtles, of vast sizes; and the
Gigantic Chamae,
which I have before mentioned. Our
English Mullet, Br. Zool.
iii. No 158, is met with here. In the rivers and salt creeks were alligators or crocodiles.
THE
Termes destructor
makes its curious nest in the trees of this country.
TERMES.
A black species, which artfully works out the pith of the branches of a tree, and finds secure shelter in the hollow, were common.
Rumphius,
ii. 257, found the same species in the branches of the
Arbor regis
in
Amboina.
ANOTHER kind is like the white ant of the
East Indies;
it forms two sorts of retreats; one of the size of a man's head, suspended in clusters from the boughs of a tree, made of agglutinated fragments of vegetables, containing innumerable cells. These are most fully inhabited, and have communications with each other, and the nests themselves with all the rest which are suspended on the same tree. These again have another avenue along the stem, leading to a retreat formed at the root of some tree, but not the same with that which holds their pendulous nests. This is made of earth, and is about six feet high.
A LITTLE to the north of
Endeavour
river are cape
Bedford
and cape
Flattery;
CAPE BEDFORD AND CAPE FLATTERY.
off them is a cluster of small isles, and most numerous reefs. Let me here acquaint the reader of the very perilous situation of our illustrious seaman, during his three months navigation. He sailed all that time in a channel bounded by the land on one side, and to the seaward by a reef of rocks, or coral banks, not less tremendous, extending the length of three hundred and sixty leagues. Within this reef he was obliged to anchor at night, with the thunder of the surge foaming over it; expecting inevitable destruction from the breaking of the cables, or from the driving of the ship, which she often did to a certain degree. The man at the chains was perpetually heaving out the lead, without omitting it a moment; and under such circumstances did our navigator escape. It was natural for him to wish to enjoy the open sea; soon after he left
Endeavour
river, by ascending a lofty isle, he saw the opening in the reef in Lat. 14° 8′, which with consummate abilities and courage he attempted, and with success. The instant he got beyond the breakers, he met with a rolling sea, and no ground with a hundred and fifty fathoms of line; a certainty he had obtained his wish. The island from which he had made his observation, was one of the three called the islands of
Direction,
that strangers in future might find the passage.
NEW dangers now awaited him; a vast sea came rolling from the east, and brought him nearer and nearer the perils he sought to shun. The same billow which had washed the side of the ship, broke to a tremendous height upon the adjacent rocks, leaving beneath an unfathomable watery valley, no broader than the base of that single wave. Two light breezes saved them from the jaws of death. After the most arduous efforts, they got through another favorable opening in the reef, through which the ship was carried by a current of amazing rapidity. They now exulted in recovering that very situation they had so long labored to extricate themselves from. The opening was not more than a quarter of a mile wide; yet the force of the torrent carried the ship exactly in the mid-way. Here it was impossible not to be grateful to Heaven. Captain
Cook
called this salutary gap
Providential Inlet,
PROVIDENTIAL INLET.
and this proof of piety remains both in the book, and in the chart. The impiety of expunging it would have been too glaring.
THESE coral reefs are most surprising operations of nature;
CORAL REEFS.
they rise like a wall almost perpendicularly out of the unfathomable deep, and at low water are dry in many places; here the enormous waves of the vast southern ocean, meeting with so abrupt a resistance, break with inconceivable violence, in a surf which no rocks or storms in the northern hemisphere can produce.
To form these stupendous works, nature makes use of no other instruments than a little worm, contemptible to vulgar eyes. Well may we join in the fine apostrophe of
Pliny,
in his
tam parvis atque tam nullis, quae ratio, quanta vis, quam inextricabilis perfectio!
THESE reefs are composed of various kinds of coral. The
Tubipora musica
is mentioned among them, and they give shelter to numbers of beautiful shells, and
Mollusca;
among the former are the
Chamae,
some so large that two men can scarcely move them.
WITHIN the reef, from the inlet to
York Cape,
the whole channel is filled with small isles, rocks, or coral rocks.
York Cape
is in Lat. 10° 37′ south, the land trends from it fast to the west; the sea to the north-east is full of islands, one beyond the other. These captain
Cook
called
Prince of Wales's Islands,
and supposes they reach quite to
New Guinea.
The passage between
New Holland
he called
Endeavour
Streights;
ENDEAVOUR STREIGHTS.
exulting in having been the first who proved the entire insulation of this vast land. The length of the streights was ten leagues, the breadth about five, except at the north-east end, where they were contracted by the isles to two leagues; the depth from four to nine fathoms, and the tide rose twelve feet. He now hoisted
British
colours, took possession of the country in the name of his Majesty, and called the isle on which the ceremony was performed,
Possession Island;
most of the islands were well clothed with herbage and wood, apparently well inhabited; and the natives of both sexes quite naked.
CAPTAIN COOK now pursued his voyage to
New Guinea.
The distance between the opposite point of
New Guinea,
and the most northern of
New Holland
is only two hundred and ten miles. We here nearly rejoin the place we left to perform our circuit of the country. The land on the western extremity of
Endeavour
streight, and the eastern point of
Arnheim
Land, forms the entrance into the great gulph of
Carpentaria,
CARPENTARIA.
which runs due south far into the land. It received its name from the
Dutch
general
Carpenter,
the zealous promoter of discoveries in these parts about the beginning of the last century.
SPICY ISLANDS.
WE now proceed to the
Molucca
islands,
ARROU ISLES.
and taking a course due north, pass between those of
Timor-laut
and
Arrou.
The last is the most eastern of the
Timorian
chain, and forms a group consisting of three or four larger isles, and a multitude of little rocks and reefs closely clustered, adjoining the east end of
Arrou
proper. We are now arrived within reach of the perfumed air of the
Molucca,
or famous spicy islands, a land of romance, where nature assumes a new shape in picturesque scenery, and in the beautiful and singular form of numbers of the animal and vegetable creation, whether inhabitants of land or water.
THE long celebrated
Manucodialae,
BIRDS OF PARADISE.
or birds of paradise, first begin to appear in these islands. These birds, so singular in the structure and disposition of their feathers, so elegant in their form, and so romantic in their history, gave occasion, soon after their discovery, to the supposition of their having been the celebrated Phoenix of the antients. The learned
Forster,
with his usual depth of judgment, hath collected every thing relating to that ideal bird, in his
Latin
and
German
translation of the
Indian Zoology,
and effectually disproved that the invention originated from any one of this
genus.
I refer the reader to his disseration, and barely mention, that the antient describers of the
Phoenix,
give it the form and size of an eagle, with an exquisite richness of coloring; they say that it lived Dclx years, and at the completion of that period, formed its nest with the twigs of the most odoriferous trees, and died upon them. A young one sprung from its remains, and conveyed them to
Panchaia,
the city of the sun, performed the funeral rites, and placed them on the altar.
Pliny,
from whom this relation was taken, adds, that it was reported one had been brought to
Rome,
but, with his usual good sense, stamps on it the charge of fiction.
NOTWITHSTANDING the remoteness of the native country of this whole genus, I cannot absolutely affirm the impossibility of the antients being acquainted with some of the species. They had from distant times a regular trade with
India.
Before the days of
Ptolemy,
they pushed their navigation beyond the peninsula of
Malacca
to
Cattigara,
the modern
Ponteamas,
and the
Metropolis Sina,
the present
Cambodia.
Notwithstanding the antients might have penetrated no farther, yet, as the
Indians
were extremely commercial, the
Romans
might receive from them accounts of the most distant isles, their commodities, and even their curiosities. The birds of
India
were known to the
Romans;
it is possible that they might have seen, or at least heard of those of
Paradise:
no words could better suit these most singular species, than
discolores maxime et inenarrabiles
Plin. Lib. 10. cap. 11.
, birds of different colors, and not to be described; and few are more difficult to be represented in words, than those of this genus.
THE time in which they were brought to
Europe
was very early, and I suspect long before they were observed by any naturalists. There is reason to believe that the
Turks
received them by means of the
Arabians,
who procured them from
India
by their commerce on the
Red sea
or
Persian gulph,
and sold them for ornaments to the turbans of the great officers of the
Janissaries. Belon
first took notice of them, and credulously believed them to have been the
Phoenix;
in one place he supposes them to have been the
Rhyntaces;
he justly describes them as forming a vast mass of feathers issuing from a small body, out of which the
Arabians
had extricated the flesh; which agrees with the usual method of preparation.
Nicholas de Nicholai
actually gives the figure of a captain of
Janissaries
ornamented with its plumes:
Gesner
is the first who caused this bird to be engraven, and his figure and that of
Clusius
was long copied by succeeding naturalists.
FEW birds are more circumscribed in their limits than the Birds of Paradise. They are confined within the
Papua
islands, and that of
New Guinea,
and are found only from Latitude 8° south, to Lat. 3° north of the equator, and between Longitude 127 and 140.
SUCH is the general view of these wonderful birds.
COMMON.
The
Paradisea Apoda
Lin. Syst. 166. Pl. Enl. 254.
, of which there are two varieties called the greater and lesser birds of Paradise, chiefly inhabit the
Arrou
isles
Edw. 110. Latham, ii. 471.
. They are natives of both
New Guinea
as well as of these islands, are supposed to breed in the first, and to reside there during the wet monsoon, but retire to the
Arrou
isles, about a hundred and forty miles to the east, during the dry or western monsoons. In the east monsoon they moult their long feathers, but recover them in the west. They always migrate in flocks of thirty or forty, and have a leader, which the inhabitanss of
Arrou
call the
King:
he is said to be black, to have red spots, and to fly far above the flock, which never desert him, but settle where he settles. They constantly avoid flying with the wind, which ruffles and blows their loose plumage over their heads, and often forces them down to the ground, from which they are unable to rise without some advantage; hard showers of rain are equally destructive to them. When they are surprised with a strong gale, they instantly soar to a higher region, beyond the reach of the tempest; there they float at ease in the serene sky, on their light flowing feathers, or pursue their journey in security; during their flight they cry like starlings, but in the distress of a storm blowing in their rear, they express it by a note resembling the croaking of ravens.
WHEN they alight, it is on the highest trees, the
king
taking the lead; they prefer the
varinga parvifolia
Rumph. iii. tab. 90.
, on the berries of which these birds and various sorts of parrots feed; some say that they feed on nutmegs, on butterflies, and even small birds; the strength of their claws favors that opinion; yet that circumstance may also be requisite to birds, which are always to live perched. The natives of
Arrou
watch their arrival, and either shoot them with blunt arrows, or catch them with bird-lime or nooses; when taken, they will make a vigorous resistance, and defend themselves stoutly with their bills; they are instantly killed, exenterated, and the breast bone taken out, then dried with smoke and sulphur, and exported to
Banda,
where they are sold for half a rix-dollar, but on the spot for a spike nail, or a bit of old iron. They are exported to all parts of
India
and to
Persia,
to adorn the turbans of people of rank, and even the trappings of the horses, as I have before mentioned; they even reach
Turkey
In the spring of 1799, they formed an additional ornament to the elegant head dress of the British fair. E.
.
No birds have ever had so much fable mixed with their history; it was believed, that they remained always floating on the spicy
Indian
air, and of course not to be in want of legs or feet, of which they were supposed to be destitute; that when they wanted to sleep, they hung themselves by their two long feathers to the boughs of a tree; that they performed the act of love during their flight, and that even ovation, and exclusion of the young was discharged in that element, the male receiving the egg in an orifice nature had given it for that purpose; that they lived on the dew of Heaven, and had no evacuation like other mortal birds. From their being so much conversant in the higher regions, the
Portuguese
styled them
Passaros da sol,
or
Sparrows
of the
Sun;
the islanders
Manu-co-dewata,
or the birds of
God,
and most of the
Europeans
name them the
birds of Paradise.
So happily did the opinion work on the little kings of the isles, that seeing them descend (as it often happened) dead from the heavenly regions, they became converts to the truth of the immortality of the soul.
THE next that may be supposed to belong to this genus,
KING.
is chiefly brought from
Arrou
and
Sopelo-o.
It is called the
King
of the
Birds of Paradise,
and by the people of
Arrou, Wowi Wowi.
Our classical ornithologists style it, after
Linnaeus, Paradisea regia, Le roi des oiseaux de paradis
Sonnerat, 156. tab. 95. Pl. Enl. 496. Edw. tab. iii.
. I do not know what title it has to
King,
for it never associates with any other species, never aspires to lofty trees, but flits solitary from bush to bush to feed on berries. It is supposed to migrate to
Arrou
in the dry monsoon, and to make its nest in
New Guinea.
It is taken in snares of
Gumatty,
or with bird-lime prepared from the juice of
Sukkom,
bread fruit, or
artocarpus communis.
NOTWITHSTANDING voyagers give an exact locality to the different species of these birds, I cannot readily assent to the opinion, as the whole extent of the residence of the genus is so small, that it is improbable but that each of them must at times trespass beyond their pretended bounds.
THE
Arrou
islands have been under the jurisdiction of
Banda
since the year 1623; they are low, flat, and well peopled with blacks. It was reckoned that in 1703, there were about two hundred and forty christians. Off one of the islands is a fishery of small pearl, but the chief trade is
Sago;
and slaves, which they kidnap in
New Guinea,
and sell to the
Dutch
at
Banda.
I AM so deficient in materials, that I must hasten to the next isles, or those of
Banda;
let me premise, that the intervening expanse of water, has sparingly scattered over it several small islands, distant from each other, one of them called by
Dampier,
the
Burning Isle,
and was, when he passed by it in 1699
Voyages, iii. p. 180.
, a most fierce volcano.
THE
Banda
islands lie in about Lat. 4° 30′
BANDA ISLANDS.
, south, and are included under the general name of the
Spicy Islands.
Their names are
Gonnipo, Banda
(which gives name to the whole group)
Lontare, Poolaway,
and
Pooloroon.
These, and the neighboring
Moluccas,
were discovered at the same time, in 1511, by
Francis Serrano,
and
Antonio D'Abreau,
who were sent on that service by the great
Albuquerque;
they spent some years in the discovery. The
Portuguese,
to deter other nations from paying attention to these sources of wealth and luxury, gave out that they were scarcely approachable by reason of the shallowness of the seas;
Pigafetta
disproved the report, by sounding the coasts, and finding a depth of a hundred and two hundred fathoms.
THE
Chinese
were the first who had made themselves masters of these islands.
CHINESE.
The
Javans
and the
Malayan
Moors next succeeded, and with them were introduced the religion and language of
Mahomet,
which in these and the
Moluccas
found their most remote but wonderful extent.
PORTUGUESE.
The
Portuguese
arrived after them at the period just mentioned.
Argensola
represents some of the kings of these little islands as incredibly powerful, and asserts, that they could collectively raise above a hundred and twenty thousand fighting men. The prince of
Ternate
was the most potent; he was lord of seventy-two isles.
THE
Portuguese,
by violence or treachery, established themselves in these valuable possessions. The
Spaniards
indeed laid clame to them under the false pretence that they were first discovered by
Magellan;
the
Spanish
fleet, in the reign of
Charles
V. sailed to the
Moluccas:
the
Portuguese
were engaged in war with the king of
Ternate,
and the monarchs of
Tidor
and
Gilolo,
who sided with the
Spaniards;
but about that time
John
III. thought proper to make his brother-in-law
Charles
a present of three hundred and fifty thousand ducats, on condition the
Portuguese
should remain in quiet possession till the sum was repaid. Notwithstanding this,
Charles
offered them to sale to
Henry
VII. but the bargain never took place.
IT is ridiculous to consider that
Charles
V. clamed these islands by virtue of the famous line of
demarcation,
by which Pope
Alexander
VI. in 1493, divided, by his infallible power, between the
Spaniards
and
Portuguese,
all countries which should be discovered on the side of a certain meridian drawn by his holiness from pole to pole, allotting one part to
Ferdinand
and
Isabel
of
Spain,
the other to
John
II. of
Portugal,
and their successors
Osorio, ii. 268.
. This
Alexander
did in hopes of preserving peace in the world, but the effect proved the reverse. I must refer to
Osorio,
and others who have treated on the subject.
THE
Dutch,
DUTCH.
after some unsuccesful attempts for the discovery of a north-east passage to the
East Indies,
determined to follow the course of the enterprizing
Portuguese.
In 1595 they resolved to share in the rich adventure; four ships, with no more than two hundred and forty-nine men, sailed from the
Texel
on
April
2d; they saw the Cape of
Good Hope
on
August
4th; touched at
Madagascar,
and on
January
1st, 1546, reached the streights of
Sunda.
Near
Bantam
they met with their antient enemies the
Portuguese,
who had long been master of these seas; they instantly attacked some of their merchant ships, one of which, burnt by the
Portuguese
themselves, had fifty tons of cloves on board; another, which they took, had twenty; this foretaste of the riches of the islands, whetted their resolution of pursuing their plan, and of supplanting the tyrants in this invaluable branch of commerce. The second voyage was performed under the conduct of the great
Heemskirk
in 1598. From
Bantam,
he sailed with four ships to the very
Moluccas,
found the most cordial reception from the monarchs of
Amboina
and
Ternate,
and returned laden with cloves, nutmegs, mace, pepper, and cinnamon: fleet followed fleet: the
Dutch
attacked the
Portuguese
in all parts of the islands, and never desisted till they had, in 1603, completed the conquests of both the
Banda
and
Molucca
islands. At this period
Portugal
was subject to the crown of
Spain.
In 1605,
Philip
III. determined to recover these distant territories: he sent his orders to
Don Pedro D'Acunha,
a gallant officer, governor of the
Philippines,
to take the command of the expedition. He sailed with a numerous fleet, attacked
Ternate,
took that island, and in a short space reduced the whole to his master. This conquest was but short lived; the
Dutch
returned in great force, and favoured by the
reguli
of the islands, repossessed themselves of the whole, and to this day remain entire masters of what is justly styled the
gold mines of Holland;
they immediately destroyed every nutmeg-tree they could find on the adjacent islands, built small forts on every one that lay to the south and to the west, as out posts to prevent the access of other
European
nations, executed with the most cruel rigour all smugglers; and to this day became sole masters of the trade in nutmegs, mace, cloves, and cinnamon.
THE
English
visited the
Spice Islands
in the year 1602,
ENGLISH.
in their first voyage to the
East Indies.
Sir
James Lancaster,
during his stay at
Bantam
Purchas, vol. i. p. 162.
, fitted out a small pinnace, and furnishing it with such articles as he thought would be acceptable to the natives, dispatched it to the
Moluccas
under the command of Mr.
William Starky.
The pinnace returned after the departure of
Lancaster,
and forwarded to
England
the first cargo of nutmegs and cloves it ever received in a bottom of its own.
IN our second voyage the fleet was commanded by Sir
Henry Middleton,
knight, who, in 1604, after a month's stay at
Bantam,
sailed directly for
Amboina,
leaving two ships to take in a cargo of pepper. From
Amboina
the admiral went to the
Moluccas,
and dispatched the other ship, commanded by Mr.
Colthurst,
to
Banda;
we are not told the circumstance of this voyage, any more than that Sir
Henry
returned to
England,
and that the
Dragon,
his principal ship, lost by sickness forty-three out of fifty-three men, between
Bantam
and the Cape.
William Keeling,
commander of the expedition which was made in 1667, was the first who began a regular commerce with the
Spicy Islands.
He reached
Banda
on
February
8th, 1608; delivered his monarch's,
James
the First's, letter and presents at
Nera,
the capital town, and obtained leave to establish a factory at
Puloway;
he actually built a house, but the jealous
Hollanders
pulled it down, when
Keeling
returned to
England
with a rich cargo of spices. We persisted in our lucrative voyages, and, notwithstanding the numberless obstructions we met with from the
Dutch,
formed a settlement in these islands. The natives of
Banda,
on a quarrel with the
Dutch,
by a formal instrument, made a resignation of their island to us; and those of
Lantore
did the same. In 1620
Puloroon
and
Puloway
were also added to the
British
dominions, and our peaceful monarch assumed the title of king of those islands: he also received the most friendly epistles from his brother kings of
Ternate, Tidor,
and
Bantam.
The accounts given by old
Purchas,
vol. i. from p. 701 to 705, are well worth the reader's perusal. These cessions were confirmed by treaty between
James
I. and the
Dutch
in 1619; notwithstanding which, at the very conclusion of a treaty, they determined on our expulsion. They attacked with a strong force
Lantore
and
Poleroon;
they ravaged the islands, seized our factories and magazines, and after stripping the factors naked, first whipped them, loaded them with irons, and after all massacred them, by flinging them over the walls, and in the most savage manner dragged their remains in chains through the streets. The quantity of spices seized by these barbarians will serve to give an idea of the extent of our commerce: they found in our magazines twenty-three thousand pounds of mace, and a hundred and fifty thousand pounds of nutmegs. The narrative of these proceedings are preserved in the eighth volume of
Churchhill
's Collection, but it is too horrible to be repeated; and the apology of the
Dutch
so futile and so false as not to merit the recital.
Cromwell,
in 1654, had the glory of compelling the
Dutch
to restore to us the island of
Poleroon,
and to make ample satisfaction for their barbarities at
Amboina.
As to
Poleroon,
it was kept but a very short time; for in 1664, in the inglorious reign of his profligate successor, it was taken from us by a single ship.
THE Abbé
Raynal
gives the following description of these islands: "They seem," says he
Vol. i. p. 139.
,
to have been thrown up by the sea, and may with reason be supposed to be the effect of some subterraneous fire. Lofty mountains, the summits of which are lost in the clouds, enormous rocks heaped one upon another, horrid and deep caverns, torrents which precipitate themselves with extreme violence, volcanoes perpetually announcing impending destruction; such are the phaenomena that give rise to this idea, or assist in confirming it.
By the sequel of my account it will appear that the Abbé's description and inference seem to have been very well founded.
THIS is the general view of them. I collect the following particulars of those of
Banda
(the
Moluccas
I reserve till my arrival on their coasts): the first called
Gonnapo,
or
Goenong-api,
GOENONG-API.
in 1621 emitted fire, smoke, and cinder; and had, perhaps, long before left neither woods, fruits, or water. The eruptions have been at times so violent as to carry desolation to part of the neighboring island of
Banda,
overwhelming the woods and greatest trees, and to fling stones of three or four tons weight from one island to the other. Even in the last year (1791) we are informed, that it made a very considerable cruption. In the Phil. Trans. Abridg.
Vol. ii. p. 393.
is an account of a most horrible eruption of this mountain in
November
1694, attended with noises like the discharge of artillery. It cast up such a quantity of stones as entirely to fill a noted fishing place in the neighboring sea of the depth of forty fathoms, so as to leave it entirely dry. The same volume fully accounts for the appearance of these islands, and the
Banda,
so graphically described by the
French
Abbé. In the year 1693 and 1694 several other islands, as if by consent, raged with volcanic fury. The mountains of
Celebes, Sorea, Ternate, Banda,
and
Neyra,
at one time, cast up fire, lava, ashes, cinders, and boiling water. There was no approaching the water by reason of the excessive heat. In
Sorea
the ground sunk in, and discovered a great lake.
A fiery deluge, fed
With ever-burning sulphur, unconsum'd:
Which spreading farther and farther, threatening the whole island, terrified the inhabitants so much that they unanimously transported themselves to
Banda,
leaving their moveables behind for want of vessels. All these islands are subject to terrible earthquakes, which affect the sea so greatly as particularly to endanger the ships lying at anchor in the fine harbor between this island and
Banda.
I am not certain that
Goenong
is inhabited since the dreadful eruption.
Banda
is defended by a strong castle. The name of the capital is
Nera.
A powerful garrison is kept in this island, it being the seat of government, notwithstanding it is not above twelve leagues in circumference.
Lontoir,
LONTOIR.
the largest of all the group, is inaccessible on most parts, by reason of its lofty precipitous shores; yet the
Dutch
have given it the additional defence of a castle. It has not a tree on it but which bears fruit, and is particularly productive of nutmegs.
Pulo aya,
or
Puloway,
says my old informant
Humphrey Fitzherbert
Purchas, i. 698.
,
is the Paradise of all the rest, entermitting pleasure with profit. There is not a tree on that island but the nutmeg and other delicate fruits of superfluitie, and withall full of pleasant walkes, so that the whole countrey seemes a contriued orchard with varieties. They haue none but raine water, which the keep in jarres and cisternes, or fetch it frome the above-named islands, which is their only defect. The sea shore is so steepe, that it seemeth Nature meant to reserue this island particularly to herselfe. There is but one place about the whole island for a ship to anchor in, and that so dangerous, that he that letteth fall his anchor seldome seeth the weighing of it again; besides hee incurreth the imminent dangers of his ship.
Poloroon,
or more properly
Poeloron,
is the last.
POLOROON.
. These islands are the antient seats of the nutmegs,
NUTMEGS.
as the
Moluccas
were of the cloves. At first they grew spontaneously on most of the neighboring isles, and possibly we shall have occasion to shew, that they spread much farther than is generally known.
Marco Polo
Bergeron, 135.
speaks of the
Noix d'Inde,
and the
des clous de Girosle,
or cloves, as being found on the island of
Necuram;
but where that island stood I am not certain. Originally the
Arabs
engrossed this rich trade, and conveyed the spices up the
Red Sea,
and from thence to
Alexandria,
from whence they were dispersed to all parts of southern
Europe.
The general original name of the nutmeg-tree is
Pata.
The
Arabs
called the fruit
Giauz-hant
and
Gjeu-zottibi,
or the
aromatic nut;
it was never mentioned but by the later
Greek
writers, who named it
, and the
Latins, nux moschata;
so that it was not known till long after the clove. We retain the use of them in our dispensatory; they are an agreeable aromatic, and used as astringents in diarrhaeas and dysenteries: even in
India
they are prescribed in the same disorders.
Gerard
informs us, that in his days they were chewed to correct a bad breath;
that it is good against freckles in the face, quickeneth the sight, strengthens the belly and feeble liver; it taketh away the swelling in the spleene, stayeth the laske, breaketh winde, and is good against all cold diseases in the body.
IT is often used as an
aphrodisiac,
especially among the
Negroes.
The
Europeans
in
India
apply it as a philtre in cases of love. The eating the raw fruit is often attended with most dangerous consequences; idiotcy, and even phrenzy ensues, and sometimes death. This boasted perfumed air, which salutes the voyager at great distances from land, is pregnant with the most fatal diseases. Few countries are so very unwholesome as the
Spicy Islands.
As soon as the
Dutch
made themselves masters of the
Banda Islands,
they began with extirpating the nutmeg-trees and cloves on all those adjacent, in some by force, in others by employing the natives for hire. Some of the princes of the
Moluccas,
reduced by wars, consented to receive pensions for that purpose; the king of
Ternate
had about six thousand pounds a year, and the monarch of
Tidor
about five hundred. This treaty has been twice renewed.
WHEN the
Dutch
first took possession of the islands, they met with some difficulties. The natives were impatient of the yoke, and killed the Governor,
William Verhoeven,
as they could not see the justice of having their nutmeg-woods robbed by strangers, they thought themselves justified in putting to death any thieves they met within their limits; but the Captain General, the great
Koen,
came in force in the year 1621, and put a stop to the evil, by the radical cure of a general massacre.
THE white inhabitants, or rather
Creoles,
and chiefly the outcasts of the world, or refugees of the most abandoned principles, often sent here by their relations, so that
Banda
itself is called the house of correction. These are the colonists who repeopled the island, and who get slaves from the neighboring places to cultivate the land. Happily the climate is so unhealthy that very few of these exiles, we may call them, ever return to be a pest to their country or their relations.
IN the
Banda
group, the nutmeg trees are permitted to grow only on that island,
Lontoir,
and
Pulo aya;
the best are those of
Lontoir,
among the lofty and rocky mountains, and on the edges of the precipices, which makes the gathering of the fruit a work of great danger.
Pulo aya
is only two miles long, quite flat, and so destitute of water, either rain or spring, that they are obliged to get it from the neighboring isles, and preserve it in cisterns; yet here grow the loftiest trees, and so productive are they, that the whole world might be supplied from hence.
GARDENS OF NUTMEGS.
The island seems one beautiful garden of nutmeg trees.
THE trees are loaden with fruit the whole year, either mature or ripening, but it is gathered only at certain times. The principal harvest is in the middle of the rainy season, or in part of
July
and
August,
there is another in
November,
and a third in
March
and
April.
The nuts are carried home and cleansed, and the mace carefully taken off with a knife, and exposed to the sun to be dried. The exterior coat is thick, like that of a walnut; the mace is the immediate covering of the nutmeg, and possesses the same virtues. The oil is a well-known article in our shops.
AFTER some time the nutmegs are divided into three heaps; the first consists of the finest and largest, which are sent to the
European
markets. The next is reserved for that of
India;
and the third, which is composed of the damaged nuts, is never sent abroad, but reserved for the oil which is expressed from them.
THE green or unripe nuts are frequently preserved with sugar, and disposed of in all parts of
India
and
China;
and even some are sent to
Europe.
THERE are, besides the genuine species, six others of the wild kind, called
Palae,
with some distinguishing epithet, and also
Palalae.
After saying that these trees are of little or no use but for the wood, I refer to
Rumphius,
who
Vol. ii. p. 24. 27.
has given descriptions and plates of the several sorts.
THE references to this plant among the best botanical writers are as follows:
Nux myristica femina, Clus. Exot.
13. 14.
Nux Moschata, Gerard,
1536.
Bauhin, Pinax,
407.
Nux Myristica, Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 14. tab. 4.
Myristica officinalis, Linn. Supp.
265.
Le Muscadier, Sonnerat, N. Guinée,
p. 194. tab. 116. 117. 118: and nutmeg tree,
Woodville, Medic. Bot.
ii. 363. tab. 134.
NUTMEGS are the food of a variety of birds,
FOOD OF BIRDS.
such as Cockatoos, different sorts of pigeons,
Jaar vogels,
or the wreathed
Horn-bills, Latham,
i. 358. The pigeons are generally supposed to be the disseminators of these valuable spices, and have been absurdly imagined as the only instruments of their propagation; but the nuts grow equally well by the common method of sowing. The pigeons pull off the external coat, before they devour the nut; the mace is digested, but the kernel passes through them entire; such as falls among the thick grass, is sure to succeed. By this accident the trees are spread over all the islands, and some which are very distant, so as to elude the utmost diligence of the
Dutch
to effect the total extirpation of the nutmeg.
THE
Columba aenea
of
Linnaeus, Pl. Enl.
164,
NUTMEG PIGEON.
or the
Nutmeg Pigeon
of
Latham,
iv. 636. and
var A.
637,
Sonnerat,
168. tab. 102, is the first species. The whole upper part of the body is green glossed with gold and copper. A bird of this kind, perhaps a variety, or perhaps of a different sex, was shot by
John Reinhold Forster
on the island of
Rotterdam,
with two undigested nutmegs in its craw, a proof how remotely this spice may be disseminated; what folly it is therefore in the
Dutch
to endeavour to consine it to the narrow bounds of the
Mollucca
or
Banda
groups, when the very fowls of the air are able to baffle so unjust a monopoly.
THE next, the
White, Latham,
638;
Sonnerat. N. Guinée,
169. tab. 105, is wholly of a pure white, except the greater feathers of the wings, and the tail, which are black.
LET me question whether (from its name) the
Aromatic Pigeon, Latham,
iv. 631;
Pl. Enl.
163, does not feed on these pretious fruits, and contribute likewise to their dispersion.
Amboina
is about 30 leagues to the north-west of the
Banda
isles.
AMBOINA.
This is in respect to cloves, what those are in respect to nutmegs. The
Dutch
have made it the great and sole plantation of that valuable spice. They destroy with the same zeal all that they can find on the islands within their reach, or bribe or compel the natives to do it for them. The governor of
Amboina
makes annually in great state the tour of the islands, with a fleet of perhaps fifty sail of
Corocoros,
the vessels of the country, to enforce obedience, and to shew his power to the people, and the inhabitants of the ten islands dependent on it.
SOME gold dust several years ago was observed to be washed down by the mountain torrents;
GOLD.
it was traced to the source, and the mine discovered. I am not able to give my readers the consequences, nor the present state of the produce. This island has also its volcano. The
Brimstone
mountain called
Wawani,
in 1695 made a dreadful eruption.
Amboina
lies in Lat. 4° 25′ south, and is divided very nearly in two by a long bay, which, with the sea, contracts it into two peninsulas, joined at the eastern end by so very narrow and sandy an isthmus, that small vessels may easily be dragged over. The larger or more northern portion is called
Hitoe,
the other
Ley Timor.
The whole island is full of mountains, covered not only with woods of clove trees, but with the richest productions of
Flora;
for variety and singularity of vegetation, no part of the torrid zone can (in even far greater space) vie with it in numbers and elegancy. The whole length of the greater portion of this double island, I may call it, is seventy miles. The intervening space of water is a most secure and beautiful meandering bay, with numberless streams falling from the hills, a blessing enjoyed by every side of the island.
Dampier
Voyages, iv. p. 184.
tells us, that the sea surrounding it is a hundred fathom deep; the bottom sandy and unfit for anchoring, except at the
Ley,
at the west end, where it may be done in twenty fathoms.
Amboina
was discovered by
Antonio d'Abreu
Lonquêtes des Portugais, vol. iii. p. 41.
,
WHEN DISCOVERED.
about the year 1511. It is said to have been even then peopled with
Malayans,
and possibly some of the
Aborigines,
represented as a most barbarous race. Their present religion is
Mahometanism
mixed with
Paganism.
By the wooden print given at p. 10. of the old edition of
Heemskirk
's Voyage, some of the people had no more than a wrapper round their middle, others were cloathed in long garments, and the military in a shirt and sort of short breeches. Their weapons were spears, scymetars, poisoned darts blown out of tubes, and even matchlocks, as early as the year 1598, which last they probably got from the
Portuguese,
their first masters: their defensive arms were shields, very long and narrow.
Nieuhoff
gives a print of an
Amboinese
soldier in the
Dutch
service at
Batavia:
many
Amboinese
are settled there, and are represented as a most dangerous and turbulent people.
THE conquest of
Amboina
by the
Portuguese
arose from this circumstance.
CONQUERED BY THE PORTUGUESE.
In 1546
Galoun,
governor of
Ternate,
had observed great numbers of small vessels resorting from
Java, Macassar, Banda,
and even this island, to the
Moluccas,
for the sake of the cloves. This trade he resolved to suppress; sitted out his fleet; and by his admiral defeated that of the
Indians;
landed, and forced the natives to submit to his will: and in the year 1564 the sovereignty of
Amboina
was vested in the
Portuguese
by the king of the island.
Stephen de Sa
built a fort there in the same year, and his countrymen kept possession till about 1607, when the
Dutch
made themselves masters of
Amboina,
and of all the
Spicy Islands.
The
English
laid in their clame for a share of the commerce, and after many disputes, in 1619 a treaty was signed between the two nations, stipulating that the
Moluccas, Amboina,
and the
Banda
isles should be common to both: that the
English
should have one third of the produce, and the
Dutch
two, at a fixed price, and that each should contribute to the defence of the islands in proportion to the benefit received. The inquisitive reader may find the whole of this curious treaty in
Rymer
's
Foedera
Vol. xvii. p. 170.
. It has often been remarked, that after a treaty so well calculated to establish lasting peace and harmony between the two companies, nothing could interrupt those blessings. The reverse took place. The
Dutch,
actuated by their insatiable avarice, determined, by the most diabolical means, to free themselves from all competitors.
MASSACRE OF THE ENGLISH.
They forged a plot of the
English
against their lives and liberties; but such a plot that none but idiots could have been supposed to have projected. The charge was, that ten factors, and eleven foreign soldiers, were to seize on the castle, garrisoned by two hundred men. A foolish question asked by an
Indian
soldier, as to the strength of the place, was the foundation of the tragedy. He was seized, and put to the most exquisite tortures that hell itself could invent; and in his agonies answered the artful interrogatories in the manner the Fiscal could wish. Our countrymen, and the eleven foreign soldiers underwent the same horrid torments, which were continued at intervals during eight days. The means are too dreadful for the humane pen to recite, or the humane ear to bear. The constancy of the poor sufferers was often overcome; they made such answers as they thought would soonest free them from the rack, and which they recanted as soon as the torture ceased. They were then recalled to their torments. At length the record of examination was read, and the greater part were relieved by a speedy execution: those who were reprieved could drag but a miserable life, with mangled bodies or dislocated limbs. The sufferers, before death, were confronted with each other,
English
with
Indians:
both bewailed their infirmity, for accusing the other under the pressure of torture, and mutually exchanged forgiveness. A full account is given of this horrid transaction by the ingenious
Campbel
Vol. i. p. 877.
, in his collection of travels; we could well excuse his speaking to our eyes by a most horrible print. The foreign soldiers
Vol. ii. p. 10
7.
, from good authority, he supposes to have been
Koreans,
an adventurous naval people even in that early time.
THE name of the castle, after this cruel deed,
VICTORIA CASTLE.
was changed to
Victoria. Dampier
was shewn the place into which the bodies of our unhappy countrymen were thrown, for the savage
Dutch
did not think them worthy of the rites of burial. The natives who live in the mountains are a brave race of men, disdain a dependent life, and never fail to sacrifice the
Dutch
to their fury, whenever they make their descent from their heights.
BY means of the
Arabs,
CLOVES.
the clove was introduced into
Europe
by the common passage over the
Isthmus
of
Suez;
but before their conquests towards the
Indian Archipelago,
it was carried to the ports of western
Hindoostan,
and from thence, by
Roman
merchant ships, to
Myoshormus,
the great
emporium
on the
Red Sea.
I cannot but think that the clove was early known, and that the
Garyophyllon
of
Pliny
Lib. xii. c. 7.
was the spice which he might truly say,
"tradunt in Indico luco id gigni. Advehitur odoris gratia."
The
Romans
were particularly fond of aromatic perfumes.
Pliny
may not be over accurate in his description; but he is exact in place and property; and the name, except in one letter, agrees entirely with the
Latin
retained to this day.
THE native place of the clove is said by
Rumphius
to have been
Machian,
one of the
Molucca
islands, which we shall have occasion soon to mention. The
Dutch
thought proper to confine the growth of them to
Amboina,
and to extirpate them in every other island in the manner we have related. There are none here growing wild, but all are raised from the seed, and disposed of in plantations. They are also disseminated and propagated by the pigeons,
Horn-bills,
and
Casuary,
in the same manner as the nutmegs. Of quadrupeds, hogs and deer are found in this island.
No country was ever so happy in a Florist as
Amboina.
OF RUMPHIUS.
The celebrated
George Everard Rumphius,
made it his residence a great number of years. He was born in 1627, and became doctor of physic in the university of
Hanover.
He went over to this island in character of con
l and merchant; and applied his leisure moments to the study of botany; but by the vast fruits of his labors, he must be supposed to have dedicated his whole time to that pursuit. Buy his continual researches after plants, and other objects of natural history on this burning soil, he had, at the age of forty-three, the misfortune of losing his sight. Notwithstanding this he persevered in his pursuits, and being deprived of his visual faculties, acquired that of distinguishing plants by the senses of feeling and smell. He formed a
Hortus Siccus,
in ten folio volumes, and in 1690 dedicated them to the governor and council of the
East India
Company, who deposited it in the
India
house of
Amsterdam;
with them he probably deposited his description of fishes, and other animals of the island. His botanical labors were not printed during his life; they had the good fortune to fall into the hands of that able naturalist Doctor
John Burman,
who published the first volume of the celebrated
Herbarium Amboinense
in 1740, and completed the whole by the year 1751. It consists of six folio volumes, and an
Auctuarium,
which are illustrated with seven hundred plates, relative to the subject, besides two portraits, one of
Rumphius,
in the sixty-eighth year of his age, in a state of blindness. He is represented feeling the plants and shells, placed before him on a table; the other portrait is of his publisher, Doctor
Burman.
I do not know for certain the time of his death; it probably was at
Amboina,
for he dates the dedication of his
Hortus Siccus,
from the castle of
Victoria,
1690, in the 63d year of his age.
GOVERNOR
Loten
gave a curious anecdote in respect to the fate of his drawings and description of the fishes of the island. There is reason to suppose that they were sent into the world in 1726, in a work published by
Francis Valentyn,
a
Dutch
clergyman who had resided in the
Molucca
and
Bonda
islands. Baron
Imhoff,
governor general of the
Indies,
communicated to Mr.
Loten
his suspicions, that
Valentyn
got the materials out of the
India
house by means of his son-in-law, who was first clerk to the secretary of the company; these
Valentyn
basely applied to his own use, not daring to make the acknowlegement; certain it is, they never could be found, notwithstanding the most diligent search has been made after them.
Valentyn
's work was published under the title of
India Orientalis antiqua et nova,
in five volumes folio. The figures of the fishes lie under the imputation of being fictitious, from the extravagancy of their forms; but I am told it is far from being the case, nature having sported wonderfully in the construction of those of the
Amboinese
seas.
THE other works of the great
Rumphius
were the
imagines piscium testaceorum,
first printed at
Leyden
in 1711, and reprinted in 1739: The figures are finely executed. He might have added
crustaceorum,
for there are besides in that work numbers of the lobster and crab kind. No sort of letter-press attends this work, except a catalogue of the subjects, with the names in different languages, especially the
Indian.
From the immensity of his labors, he justly left behind him the title of the
Pliny
of the
Indies.
THE west end of
Ceram
is at a very small distance from
Amboina.
CERAM.
That island stretches across the channel from east to west, a length of about eighty leagues.
Ceram
and
Buero
divide nearly in two equal parts the
Spicy sea:
this the geographers will find to be a new name, but I think fit to distinguish by that epithet, all the space which comprehends the
Banda
isles, the
Molucca,
the
Papuan,
with
Ceram
and
Buero,
the central isles; bounded on the south by the
Timorian
chain, on the west by
Celebes,
and on the east by
New Guinea.
The inhabitants of its water, of the air, and the vegetation of the islands, are all most singular, which make it merit a title of distinction from all the rest of the
Indian
ocean. The breadth of
Ceram
is inconsiderable; the land near the sea is low, swampy, and wooded; within, it rises into mountains of great height. It is wonderful how little I can collect concerning this great island; Mr.
Forrest
says that it produced clove trees, possibly in places inaccessible to the
Dutch.
On the authority of
Rumphius
Herb. Amb. i. p. 76.
, we may say that there are vast forests of the
Sago tree
on this island; the pith is prepared there into bread, and is exported to other places in great quantities; let me add from
Dampier
Voy. i. 310.
, that it is much used in
Mindanao,
and our honest traveller gives us the process of preparing that useful viand.
Manipa
and
Keylan
are two small islands, but very lofty,
MANIPA AND KEYLAN.
seated a little to the west of the western end of
Ceram.
In the time of
Dampier
they were well inhabited by
Malayes;
on the first was a
Dutch
corporal and six soldiers, employed to cut down the clove trees. On
Manipa
grew abundance of those valuable trees, and also of rice; both which were sent in quantities by the little
Dutch
garrison to
Amboina.
THE island of
Buero
is a few leagues to the west of
Manipa
and
Keylan;
BUERO.
the sea round it is of a vast depth, from whence the shore rises gradually, and surrounds the whole island like a steep wall. The mountains seemingly rise to the very sky, and in some parts are so lofty as to aspire above the clouds, and may sometimes be seen at the distance of twenty-eight leagues. The circumference of
Buero
is about sixty leagues; near the coasts it is extremely well wooded, and productive of most of the tropical trees; a green ebony and an iron wood is mentioned among them. The ground in general is very fertile, but like the other islands much subject to earthquakes.
THE inhabitants are almost black, and both sexes go naked, excepting when a wrapper covers their waists: they were nominally subject to the king of
Ternate;
but in 1660 the
Dutch
built a fort, and compelled all the natives to live about the bay of
Keyel,
in fourteen villages neatly built of cane; they also compelled them to cut down and burn the woods, and turn them into fields, gardens, and orchards; before that time they lived in the most wretched hovels. They bemoan their dead relations with great lamentations, but after the corpse is buried, they make great rejoicings; they line the graves with brick, and cover them with clay and stones.
IN the mountains are the
civet weesel,
WEESELS.
Hist. Quad.
No 274, from which the natives procure the civet, and sell it very cheap. In this island is that very curious hog, called the
Babyroussa
or
horned,
No 79, the
Sus Babyrussa
of
Linnaeus, Seb. mus.
i. p. 80. tab. 50;
Raii. Quad.
p. 96;
Bontius, fig.
61;
Grew,
p. 27;
Nieuhoff,
p. 195. tab. p. 96; and
de Buffon,
xii. p. 379.
THE last author, and perhaps a few others, extend this species to
Africa,
but the kind they mistake it for is my
Cape Verd
hog, No 77.
Linnaeus
makes it an inhabitant of
Borneo,
and
Gmelin
of
Java,
and others
Purchas, v. 566.
of
Celebes
and
Mindanao,
but possibly they mistake for it the
Aethiopian,
which is found in the last
Lib. viii. c. 52.
:
Pliny
had certainly heard of it, for he describes some hogs found in
India
with four horns.
In India Cubitales dentium flexus gemini ex rostro, totidem a fronte seu vituli cornua, exeunt, Pilus Aereo similis agrestibus, caeteris niger.
As to the
of
Aelian, de Nat. Anim.
lib. xvii. c. 10, it certainly is the
Aethiopian.
The species appears to me to be limited to this island, and perhaps is the most local of any of the greater quadrupeds. I am decidedly of opinion that it is found wild in
Buero
only. It may possibly be domesticated on some adjacent isles. As to those of
New Guinea,
the
Papuan
isles, and the
Moluccas,
I cannot find sufficient authority for their existence in those places: Mr.
Forrest
never speaks of this singular animal; he gives figures of those of the
Papuan
isles, but not the least intimation of their differing from other hogs. They are made in their bodies like our common hog, and have not the elegant deer-like form given it by
Nieuhoff.
They are sometimes kept tame in the
Indian
isles, live in herds, have a very quick scent, feed on herbs and leaves of trees; never range gardens like other swine; their flesh well tasted. When pursued and driven to extremities, rush into the sea, swim very well, and even dive, and pass thus from isle to isle; in the forest often rest their head, by hooking their upper tusks on some boughs. Their tusks, from their form, useless in fight.
OVER the upper portion of the
Spicy sea
are scattered several islands,
UPPER PART OF THE SPICY SEA.
which extend rather irregularly from the isle of
Celebes
to the coast of
New Guinea.
I have now before me M.
D'Anville
's map, and that of our countryman captain
Forrest,
who with infinite hazard examined or past by most of the islands of this part of the sea, for the patriotic design of procuring the nutmeg tree for the benefit of our country. I shall add his names to those of the
French
geographer, as more familiar to us. The most westerly on the coast of
Celebes
is
Bangy;
then appears grouped
Xulla, Xulla bessy,
and a larger, the
Xulla Mangoli
of
D'Anville,
and two or three lesser isles. Farther to the east, in Lat. 1° 40′ south, is the long island of
Ouby,
with the little ones of
Tappa, Mya, Lyong,
and
Gomman,
near its coasts. To the east is
Mixoal,
or
Mysol,
a triangular isle of some extent. To the north-west is the small isle of
Kanari,
and north of that are the very small isles of
Polo Pisang, Bo,
and
Popo.
Ouby
is one of the larger isles.
OUBY.
The
Datch
have a small fort on the west side; the inhabitants of this island are fugitive slaves from
Ternate,
and other places, who have no communication with any people except some
Buggesses,
who come in their prows to buy the cloves (which
Ouby
produces) from the runnaways. The general form of the mountains of this island are given by Mr.
Forrest
in his fifth plate.
Lyong
is a small isle off the east end of
Ouby;
LYONG, PULO PISANG, &c.
to the east of that are to be seen the pretty wooded isles of
Liliola, Tapiola,
and
Pulo Pisang,
in Lat. 1° 30′ south, most beautifully covered with trees
Forrest, tab. 6.
.
STILL more to the east of
Ouby,
MIXAOL:
is the triangular island of
Mixaol,
of a moderate height, even at top
Ib. tab. 15.
, and the shore bold. On the south side is the secure harbor of
Ef-be,
EF-BE HARBOR:
in Lat. 2° 12′ south, with several picturesque islands off the entrance, one in particular, named
Crown
island, topt with wood.
Mysol
is well wooded, and water is got there without any difficulty. The village of
Linty
consists of about thirteen houses,
VILLAGE OF LINTY.
built in the water upon posts. The island is but very thinly inhabited; the natives reported that the
birds of Paradise
came there in flocks from the eastward, settled on the trees, and were caught with bird-lime.
THE
Kanari
islands are a little to the north-west of the western end of
Mysol;
KANARI ISLANDS.
they also are of a moderate height, and tolerably even
Ib. tab. 15.
, covered with wood, and the sides in some places clifty. They take their name from the timber being chiefly of that turpentine kind called by
Rumphius,
Vol. ii. p. 141. tab. 47.
Kanari.
He describes, at p. 151, 154, 155, 156, and tab. 48, 49, many more kinds; they grow to a great height; some afford very good masts, and bear an eatable oily nut.
OFF the north-east part is a cluster of little isles, such as the
Canister,
the
long,
the
round,
and the
turtle.
On the first is a grove of the pine tree, called by the
Malayes, Arrou;
none of the
Kanari
isles are inhabited.
Bo
and
Popo
Forrest, tab. 8. 15.
are two clusters of little isles,
BO AND POPO.
lying in the clear expanse of water, north of the
Kanari
isles, in Lat. 1° 17′ south. They are well inhabited, and produce plenty of fish, salt, and coco nuts, and the
Kima Chama.
Almost contiguous to
Popo,
are nine or ten small low isles, said to be well inhabited, and the residence of a
Rajah.
DUE north of
Oubi
are the celebrated
Molucca
islands,
MOLUCCA ISLANDS.
which form a chain from the little isle of
Seland,
in Lat. 0° 50′ south, to
Ternate,
in about Lat. 0° 50′ north. Within that space are contained the immense treasures of cloves in possession of the
Dutch.
Their history and fate are so nearly similar to those of
Banda,
and so intermixed, that we have included them in our account of those islands. The names of the
Molucca
group, are
Ternate, Tidor, Motir, Matchian,
and
Batchian.
M.
D'Anville
makes these rich islands comprehend the whole from
Moratay
or
Morty,
at the north of
Gilolo,
quite to the
Timorian
chain; but the above is the true definition of the
Molucca
isles.
THE small isle of
Selang
may be spoken of as an appurtenance to
Batchian;
ISLE OF SELANG.
it is nearly united to its southern end by a coral reef, which has in the middle a gap of a hundred fathoms in width, and twelve in depth, with a muddy bottom; on each side of the reef is a safe harbor. The island is moderately high, affords good water, and produces nutmeg trees of a great height. Mr.
Forrest
saw the fruit lying on the ground, and in a state of vegetation. He gives, in plate 5, a plan of the harbor, and a view of part of the island, and of the high wooded hills of
Labukat,
on the isle of
Batchian.
Batchian
is the largest of the
Moluccas.
BATCHIAN.
It is governed by a sultan, the least dependent on the
Dutch
of any of these
Reguli.
He is sovereign of
Ouby, Ceram,
and
Goram,
an isle in Lat. 4° 5′, to the south-east of
Ceram.
So prevalent is the
Mahometan
religion, that there are on this little spot thirteen mosques; this is the most castern extent of the religion of the arch impostor. The inhabitants of all the sultan's dominions are
Mahometans;
they paid the highest respect to
Tuan Hadjee,
pilot of Mr.
Forrest
's vessels, because he was a descendant from an
Arabian Scherif.
So zealous are they in their religion, that they always go to sea with the
Alcoran,
and have a place set apart for their devotions called the
Koran,
as was the case in Mr.
Forrest
's vessel.
Lasitau
Vol. iv. p. 76.
says that there was a total conversion of this island,
MOLUCCAS CONVERTED TO CHRISTIANITY.
and the rest of the
Moluccas,
to Christianity, by the labors of
St. Francis de Xavier:
the sultan himself was baptized: but these changes produced civil wars, for whole villages soon abjured the new faith; the
Portuguese,
as may be imagined, took an active part in behalf of the believers. It is said that as late as the year 1722, the king of
Ternate
was a Christian, but those of
Tidor
and
Batchian
had relapsed into
Mahometanism.
These three monarchs firmly believe that their ancestors were the wise men of the East, who visited our Savior at
Bethlehem,
and who are so well known by the name of the three kings of
Cologne.
THE
Portuguese
for a time remained in favor with the natives; but unable to bear their habitual tyranny, especially what they suffered in 1530, united in a general league of all the islands against their oppressors.
WE find in
Purchas
Pilgrim, i. 699.
, that the
Dutch
had a castle on this island in 1621, and that the cloves lay three or four inches thick on the ground, for want of people to gather them.
Batchian
rises to a considerable height, swells into waved eminences, and in some parts into hills terminating in points, and well wooded. On the greater part of its coasts, as of all the
Moluccas,
and other islands in the various
Indian
archipelago, are prodigious rocks or coral reefs, of infinite variety and beauty.
THE
Sooloo,
and other fleets which sail annually to cruise among the
Philippines,
depend solely for their subsistence on the fish, and shell fish, which the reefs afford, and only lay in some rice and sago bread. Mr.
Forrest
gives a view, in plate 5, of a coral rock off
Batchian,
and a man gathering the
Gigantic Chama.
Among other shells there represented, is a figure of a turbinated one of a great size.
I AM uncertain of the number of parts into which this island is divided. In the map, on the western side is streight
Labuhat;
I do not know whether it penetrates quite through. On this is fort
Barnevelt,
the fortress that awes the
Batchians.
A little farther to the north is a great bay,
ISLE OF BALLY.
with the isle of
Bally
in the middle, in Lat. 0° 30′ south; it is about two miles round, and well supplied with wood and water. At the bottom of the bay is a very narrow passage, that divides
Batchian
in two; the northern division is called the isle of
Mandioly,
the residence of the sultan. The passage widens considerably towards the west, and opens in the streights of
Patientia,
which divide this island from the great one of
Gilolo.
I think
Mandioly
to be the island
Fitzherbert,
in
Purchas,
calls old
Bachan.
The
Portuguese
and
Spaniards
established garrisons here, and formed leagues with the natives; but the
Dutch
in 1610 expelled them, and became successors to their advantages and oppressions.
IN
Bissory
harbor, in Lat. 0° 18′ south,
BISSORY HARBOR.
on the western side of the island, is excellent anchorage, in twelve or fifteen fathoms water. The entrance is marked by some elegant little isles, with rocky precipitous bases, and beautiful rounded wooded heads
Forrest, tab. 3.
. This island gave shelter to Mr.
Forrest
for some time, when the pilot went on a visit to his relation, the sultan
Tuan Hadjee.
OFF the north-western end of
Mandioly
is
Tappa,
ISLAND OF TAPPA.
a small isle, with three large rocks, hollowed into caves, harboring the swallows which make the delicious edible nests; it lies only a few minutes to the north of the equinoctial line. Between
Tappa
and the isle
Lalaletta
are the streights of that name,
LALALETTA:
about a mile and a half long, and scarcely forty yards wide, with deep water. A fragrant smell is wafted from the shores.
Tappa
has also that comfort to mariners, a delicious pond of fresh water. Mr.
Forrest
Plate 3.
gives us a view of these islands and rocks. On the north-west part is the little snug harbor or cove of
Malaleo,
where a ship may lie safe in four fathoms water,
HARBOR OF MALALEO.
with the cable fastened to trees.
DUE north of
Mandioly,
in Lat. 0° 25′ north, are the
Giaritchas,
GIARITCHAS.
a cluster of small isles, consisting of rocks of a moderate height, mixed with trees; and about six leagues more to the north is the island of
Matchian,
ISLAND OF MATCHIAN.
one of the little kingdoms of the
Moluccas,
subject to the king of
Ternate;
it is of a conic form, soars above the clouds, and has not in its whole extent a level place. In 1621, before the
Dutch
had determined to fix the seat of cloves at
Amboina,
they had here three factories, and a castle, very difficult of access by sea, placed on one of the rude cliffs which bound the island, and built, after they had dispossessed the
Spaniards,
in 1609.
Motir
is the next,
MOTIR.
in form, but not in size, resembling the former.
Fitzherbert
says,
That
Venus
and voluptuousness had here their habitation.
Tidor
is a fine and fertile island,
TIDOR.
and the seat of a monarch. There were violent wars waged between that prince and the king of
Ternate,
which the
Europeans
took advantage of. In the time of
Charles
V. the
Portuguese
and
Spaniards
fought against each other for the possession of these rich spots, and with great animosity; the people of
Ternate
sided with the first, and those of
Tidor
and
Gilolo
with the latter. By the cession of the
Moluccas
to the
Portuguese
by
Charles,
these seas were for a time left in peace. The
Dutch
next arrived, in 1607, and made a fruitless attack on the
Spaniards;
they even suffered a signal defeat, in 1610, off this very island; their admiral,
Willert,
was defeated and slain, and three capital ships taken, by the gallant
Spaniard, Don Juan de Sylva;
but at length, by the assistance of the king of
Ternate,
the
Hollanders
made themselves masters of the fort, and were received by the monarch of
Tidor
in the most friendly manner. The island had been four times most barbarously ravaged by the
Portuguese
and
Castilians.
The
Tidorians
naturally considered these new
Europeans
as their deliverers from most inveterate enemies. Here are twenty-five mosques, the chief of which belongs to the sultan. As to his temporalities, he possesses, besides
Tidor,
great part of the south and east of
Gilolo,
and clames the
Papuan
isles of
Waygiou, Mysol,
and
Patenta.
Ternate
is the most northern and most important of all the
Moluccas,
TERNATE.
yet it is not more than eight leagues in circumference. Dependent on its monarch are the greatest part of the north of
Gilolo,
and of the north-east of
Celebes;
the isle of
Morti,
that of
Batchian
and
Motir;
and several other distant isles, such as
Xula, Bucro, Sanguir,
and
Veranulla,
near
Amboina;
he had even part of
New Guinea,
and received a tribute of gold, amber, and
birds of Paradise.
All these,
New Guinea
excepted, contribute their quota of militia. Mr.
Forrest
gives
P. 34.
a regular list of the number formerly furnished, exactly proportioned to their size or population, as we do at present in the regulation of the militia to be raised in each
British
county; the sum total amounted to 90,700. The naval power was also very considerable, and they and the
Tidorians
have had some wellcontested battles with the
Europeans.
Soon after the arrival of the
Portuguese,
they burnt at once all the forests of cloves; but they speedily revived with as much vigor as ever. The
Portuguese
rendered themselves masters of the island, and built a strong fort. The natives thrice abandoned their country; till at length, desperate with the oppressions of strangers, in 1530 they returned in the night, and burnt and destroyed even their own habitations.
THE
Dutch,
on their arrival, were received as deliverers; but the natives soon discovering that the object of every
European
was the same, they took to arms, and had a long and severe contest for independency. At length the invaders effected by fraud, what might have cost too dear to obtain by violence. In 1638 they wisely entered into a league with the king of
Ternate,
and the lesser princes, as we have before mentioned. This treaty has been twice renewed; but in order to enforce the observance, three strong forts, with suitable garrisons, are established in
Ternate,
and others in the neighboring isles.
THE sultan resides at
Ternate
in great state,
SULTAN.
but neither he nor the prince of
Tidor
are better than fettered monarchs. The
Dutch
pay to him all external respect, but at the same time curb him in every commercial attempt. If he fits out a
proa
of any size, the
Dutch
must know the place of its destination; if bound to any distant parts, for cloth or other species of merchandize, they immediately say they are happy that they can supply him with better from their own magazines, and all is at his service; if his Majesty continues obstinate, they send him a present of the finest callicoes, such as they know will be acceptable to his ladies, and add bribes to his favorite females, who generally divert him from his design; if that fails, they always obtain leave to send a trusty officer with the vessel, for the
Dutch
are studious to avoid an open rupture.
Myo
and
Tyfory
are two small isles to the north-east of
Ternate,
MYO AND TYFORY.
and subject to its sultan; the first is in Lat. 1° 33′.
Myo
was once inhabited when the
Spaniards
were possessed of the
Moluccas;
but the
Dutch,
to prevent the smuggling of spices, removed the inhabitants. It has on it many goats, is productive of cloves, and possesses a good harbor. In old times these isles furnished their quota of four hundred militia men to the sultan of
Ternate.
THE shipping of the
Molucca
isles consists of a sort of vessels called
Corocoro,
SHIPPING.
with a high arched stem and stern like the point of a half moon; the largest are of about ten tons burden. On each side of the vessel are out-riggers or frames made of timber, intersecting each other, and extending like wings far over the water, of different dimensions, according to the size of the
corocoro.
The rowers, or rather paddlers, sit in a most singular manner on the intersections of the suspended frames over the water. In a smooth sea they move with vast swiftness. Mr.
Forrest
gives figures of several of these singular vessels
Plates 3. 4. 5. 10.
; but the most magnificent is a
corocoro
of
Banda,
represented at p. 13 of the old
Dutch
voyages. Some have banks of rowers, like the
Roman triremes.
M.
de Pages
Voy. vol. i. p. 169.
gives a curious description and figure of one he saw in the
Manilla
isles.
No
Chinese
vessel is allowed to come farther than
Macassar.
The
Sooloos
vessels trade to
Ternate,
but nobody dare send one to
Sooloo;
in a word, the most jealous attention is paid to the prevention of smuggling any of the pretious products of the isles. The
Sooloos
may possibly be the carriers for the
Chinese;
their lading consists chiefly of articles from
China,
and they bring back rice,
suallo,
shark fins, tortoise shells, some small pearls, and abundance of
Loeri
parrots.
THE religion of the island is that of
Mahomet:
here are some mosques, one
Dutch
church, and the ruins of several once belonging to the
Portuguese;
but none are permitted to be used; and the people who call themselves
Portuguese,
are now as black as the very natives.
IN respect to the nature of the island, it consists of very high land, abounding with good water, which streams from the clouded peaks.
Ternate,
and every other of the
Moluccas,
have their volcanoes: in 1693 that of
Ternate
burnt in a dreadful manner; stones and other matters are frequently cast out of the craters, and noises (by the force of fancy compared to the crying of many people) are almost constantly heard within the bowels of the mountains. I think it was at the same time that the mountains
Kemas,
or the
two brothers,
in the district of
Manado,
in the isle of
Celebes,
a part correspondent with
Ternate,
were blown up with a dreadful noise; the sound, like that of thunder, reached
Ternate,
attended with great darkness, and the tremendous convulsions of an earthquake. Through all these chains of islands, even to
Banda,
are possibly chambered galleries, which convey the train from isle to isle, whenever the great Author of Nature directs those awful admonitions.
THE list of the quadrupeds of the
Moluccas
is easily made out:
QUADRUPEDS.
they have goats, deer, and hogs; but the species of deer are unknown to me.
THE
Molucca Opossum; Hist. Quadr.
i. No 218.
Seb. Mus.
i. p. 64. tab. 39; is not only found in these islands, but in those of
Arrou;
in the former they are called
Coes Coes;
they are reckoned delicate eating, and are frequent at the tables of the great, who rear the young in the same places in which they keep their rabbits.
THE great bat called the
Ternate,
No 495; the
Cordated,
No 499;
Schreber,
tab. 48; and the
Molucca,
No 508, a largeheaded species,
Schreber,
tab. 41, deform, I may say, the spicy air of these countries.
THIS class is numerous, and of singular beauty;
BIRDS.
for want of further information I must at once pass to the parrot tribe.
HERE are three species of cockatoos; a great one,
PARROTS.
described by Mr.
Latham,
i. 256.
Pl. Enl.
263. 115.
Raii. Syn. Av.
30.
Wil. Orn.
112. tab. 15. This is as big as a common fowl, wholly white, except the quil and lateral feathers of the tail, which are sulphur colored.
THE next is the
red crested; Latham,
i. 257.
Pl. Enl.
498. 116.
Edw.
tab. 160. The under part of the crest is red; the rest of the plumage white.
THE third is the
lesser white; Latham,
i. 258.
Pl. Enl.
14. 118.
Edw.
317. This has the under part of the crest sulphur colored, and is less and more docile than the preceding. These birds are found in infinite numbers in all the islands, and deafen people with their screams; yet still, by their snowy plumage, give great spirit to the gloom of the woods.
Gramineous Loeri; Latham,
i. 279.
Pl. Enl.
862. 132.
LOERIS.
The least brilliant of any; the crown and primaries pale blue; a black stripe from each eye to the bill; all the rest of the plumage green.
THERE are several other elegant birds, I possibly might add to this division; but as they are given by ornithologists to other islands, I here omit them, notwithstanding my suspicions are strongly in favor of the
Moluccas.
I would add still greater beauties to the picturesque trees of the islands. The
Erythrina Corallodendron
Rumph. ii. 232. tab. 76.
, with its elegant coral colored spikes of flowers, are the greatest haunt of these birds. Both contribute to enliven the shores of numbers of the islands. These trees love watery places, and hang waving over the sea. The beautiful birds which inhabit its branches, constitute a valuable article of commerce; the natives lying in wait for them, catch numbers by twigs limed with the
viscus
of the
Socci-lacte.
THE red
Amboina Loeri; Latham,
i. 210.
Pl. Enl.
248. 88; is the most splendid of the gay kind. The head and body rich scarlet; wings green; back and tail of rich blue.
Red-breasted; Latham,
i. 212.
Edw.
232.
Pl. Enl.
61. 90. The character of this species is a scarlet breast, barred with rich mazarine blue. The rest of the colors are of the most vivid brilliancy.
Blue-headed; Latham,
i. 212.
Pl. Enl.
743. 91. Upper part of the body and tail green; the last very long; two middle feathers far exceed the others in length; breast and belly of rich red, blue, and yellow.
Black crowned; Latham
i. 213.
Seb. Mus.
i. 63. Wings, tail, and upper part of the body, rich blue; under part fine light red.
THE late earl of
Orford
had a parrot, a true
Macaw,
which he was certain came from the
East Indies;
it was as large as the
Brasilian;
the upper part blue; the lower part of the breast deep yellow. This account was transmitted to Lord
Barrington,
in a letter from Lord
Orford, August
28th, 1786.
Violet, Indian; Latham,
i. 217.
Pl. Enl.
143. The predominant colors are violet and red; the primaries rich yellow.
Beautiful, Latham,
i. 217, composed of the richest colors; back brown, edged with red.
Moluccas?
Crimson Loeri; Latham,
i. 273.
Edw.
170.
Pl. Enl.
518. 127.
Brown illustr.
tab. 6. The head, front of the neck, the breast, back, tail, and wings, except the primaries, crimson; primaries, belly, and hind part of the neck deep blue.
Gilolo Loeri; Latham,
i. 274.
Sonnerat,
177. Tab. 112.
Pl. Enl.
519. 128: entirely scarlet, except a blue spot on the vent, a few black spots on the wings, and the primaries, which are also black.
Scarlet Loeri; Latham,
i. 269. 270. No 76.
A. B. Edw.
172.
Pl. Enl.
216. 123: of transcendent beauty; head and body scarlet; a rich spot of yellow on the back, and on the ridge of each wing; wings and tail of a fine green; primaries black, the rest scarlet.
Grand Loeri; Latham,
i. 275.
Pl. Enl.
683.
Vosmaer,
tab. 7; of equal beauty; head, back, and wings, and upper part of the tail rich scarlet; neck, breast, belly, and primaries fine deep blue; vent and tip of the tail yellow; a large species.
Vosmaer
certainly mistakes
Ceylon
for its place.
Green and red Loeri; Latham,
i. 278.
Pl. Enl.
514. 130.
Edw.
231.
Sonnerat,
174. tab. 108. The head, neck, breast, belly, back, and coverts of wings the richest green; ridge of the wings and primaries fine blue; under coverts of the wings scarlet; on the belly a few blood-red and blue spots.
Molucca;
HORN-BILL.
Wil. Ornith.
tab. xvii.
Pl. Enl.
283. 173; the
Indian, Latham,
i. 351, with a slatted concave plate on the head and bill; and the
wreathed, Latham,
i. 358; the
Jaar Vogel
of the
Dutch,
are found on these islands, and that of
Banda.
That called the
Indian
raven of
Bontius,
described by Mr.
Willughby,
p. 126, and engraven in tab. xvii. from
Bontius,
p. 62, is another kind, with a very thick bill, the upper mandible greatly incurvated; the temples colored like those of the turkey; the head and neck black.
Bontius
gives us no further description; but says it feeds on the nutmegs, is good eating, and has an aromatic taste. All these birds are very detrimental to the plantations of this rich spice. M.
Salerne,
p. 91, says it is kept tame, and is very useful in destroying the rats and mice. He confounds the species tab. 283.
Pl. Enl.
with this kind; see his figure, tab. ix.
THE
Moluccas
have the
short-tailed pie;
PIE.
Latham,
i. p. 399;
Pl. Enl.
257. 207; in form but not in color resembling that of
Ceylon.
Brown;
WOODPECKER.
Latham,
ii. 577.
Pl. Enl.
748. 313. The upper part of the body, wings, and tail, of a brownish black waved with white; beneath whitish, marked with irregular black spots pointing downwards; head full of feathers, dusky, and slightly spotted with white; cheeks white: size of the smaller
English
spotted woodpecker.
Ternate;
KINGFISHER.
Latham,
ii. 634.
Pl. Enl.
116. 350. The bill and legs of this fine species are scarlet; the head, upper part of the neck, the back and wings of a most rich mazarine blue; from the chin to the vent white; the tail white, and equal at the end; the two middle feathers only are longer than the others by about five inches; they are only webbed near the base, which is white, marked on the outward sides with a pale blue spot; the shafts are naked, and black almost to the ends, which are white, and dilate to the form of a
Spatula.
This species is of the size of a stare. The natives of
Ternate
call this bird the
Goddess,
on account of the exquisite brightness of its colors.
Green-headed; Latham,
ii. 620.
Pl. Enl.
783. Head green, surrounded with a band of black; back, wings, and tail of the same color; on the two last changing to bluish green; throat and neck white: inhabits
Buero.
Molucca; Latham,
ii. 684.
Le Polochion de Buffon,
BEE-EATER.
vi. 477. cheeks black; nape mixed with white; general color of the rest of the plumage grey, deepest on the upper part; tail composed of feathers of equal length.
Crested; Latham,
ii. 691.
Seb. Mus.
i. tab. 30. fig. 5. Head,
PROMEROPS.
throat, and neck of a fine black; head most elegantly crested; wings, tail, and upper part of the body pale chesnut; lower parts light ash; length from tip of the bill to the tail five inches; of the tail fourteen and a half; the two middle feathers fourteen, of the outmost feathers only three.
Seba
calls it a
Manucodiatae,
or bird of Paradise.
Amboina; Latham,
ii. 741.
Seb. Mus.
ii. tab. 62. fig. 2.
Cucopit,
CREEPER.
Rumph.
v. 113. Head and neck yellow, edged with green; breast of a rich red; wings black, edges of the feathers yellow; rest of the plumage, grey above, green beneath, all most glossy and brilliant. This species has a tubular tongue, and extracts with it the honey of the flowers. It perhaps might be ranged among the
Melisugae.
Amboina;
THRUSH.
Latham.
iii. 74. vii. 143.
Seb. Mus.
62. fig. 4. Head; upper part of the body, primaries and tail, reddish brown; under side of the tail golden yellow; breast and belly light yellow: rather bigger than a lark; sings finely; flirts its tail quite on the back in the season of love.
Molucca;
GROSBEAK.
Latham,
iii. 141.
Pl. Enl.
139. Forehead, front, and sides of the neck, black; hind part of the head, back, and primaries brown; breast and belly transversely striped with black and white; tail and its coverts black.
Amboina;
TANAGRE.
Latham,
iii. 244.
Seb. Mus.
i. tab. 38. fig. 6. Crown black; back variegated with black and blue; cheeks, throat, and breast blue; coverts of the wings blue, marked with a purple spot; belly white; tail brown.
Green Turtle;
PIGEON:
Latham,
iv. 653.
Pl. Enl.
653. Forehead and throat cinereous; the predominant color of the rest of the bird a green gold, glossed with copper; on the front of the neck a beautiful violet purple; length only seven inches and three quarters.
THIS makes the sum of the birds I can collect in the islands; the list is small, but their beauty will compensate.
WE know very little of their reptiles.
REPTILES.
The
Boa
is found in
Ternate,
and other of the isles, of a vast size. I suspect also that the
Cobra de capello,
or
Naja,
inhabits
Amboina. Rumphius,
ii. 131, mentions the
Munalatu,
a broad-headed serpent, a most dangerous kind; the bite of which excites great heat, and dreadful anxiety; numbers of people die of the consequences; but it is curable with the root of the
Soulamoe,
or
Rex Amaroris,
described in the same volume, p. 129. tab. 40.
Rumphius
also speaks of the
Lacerta chalcidica
as a very dangerous species of lizard. This possibly is the
Anguis quadrupedes
of authors, and the
Seps
of M.
La Cepede,
i. 433. tab. 31, which is found in
Java
and
Amboina.
As to fishes and shells they are extremely numerous;
FISHES.
the first very singular in their forms; the last of great beauty.
THE large island of
Gilolo
or
Halamahera
is not classed among the
Moluccas,
but lies nearly contiguous to them,
GILOLO.
and extends north and south from Lat. 3° 10′ north, to Lat. 0° 50′ south. The equator passes over the lower part. The western side is straight, and runs parallel with those islands, and at the southern end finishes opposite to
Batchian,
but at the northern extends very far beyond
Ternate.
On the east side is a branch that points due east, and from the base of that another, due north, leaving between it and the western extent of the island, a bay extremely narrow, but of a vast length, penetrating above half of the length of the whole.
Dampier
Voy. i. 425.
reckons this among the low islands of the
Indian
seas; yet in the interior parts it rises into very lofty horns or peaks.
IT is said to have been once governed by one sovereign, a
Scherif
from
Mecca.
We have mentioned that the Sultans of
Ternate
and
Tidor,
now are masters of a considerable part of
Gilolo;
the chief towns are
Maba, Weda,
and
Patanay.
The last is at the extremity of the eastern branch; it stands on what is called
Patany Hook,
a point in Lat. 0° 20′ north,
PATANY HOOK.
three miles in circumference, of great strength, faced with precipices; flat at top, containing many houses and gardens, and inaccessible unless by ladders.
THIS island abounds with oxen, buffaloes, goats, deer, and wild hogs, but scarcely any sheep.
THE natives have a turn to manufactures, but it is checked by the
Dutch;
notwithstanding this, they import a great deal of cotton yarn from
Balli,
and the
Buggess
country, which they fabricate into cloth.
IN
Gilolo,
SAGO TREE.
in all the
Moluccas,
and other islands of that district, and even in
New Guinea,
grows the
Rima
or
Bread Fruit.
I have before mentioned that useful tree, the
Cycas circinalis, Sago
or
Libby tree,
which appears first in
Siam,
grows in
Sumatra, Borneo, Johor, Java,
and
Mindanao,
is continued through all the islands, and becomes in these countries a vegetable of the first importance, for the subsistence of the inhabitants. It is as wheat to the
Europeans,
mayz to the
Americans,
dates to the
Arabs,
and rice to the
Hindoos.
The use of rice, the great food of
India,
ceases; either the ground is unfit for the cultivation, or the natives are too lazy to sow it, when nature offers them a more ready food. The sago trees grow in great numbers in every one of these islands. It sometimes attains the height of thirty feet, and the branches extend twenty; the circumference of the stem is as much as a man can embrace; the head spreads into leaves like a palm, to which genus it bears a great resemblance; but
Linnaeus
chooses to fling it among the ferns.
Rumphius
(who is very diffuse in his account of it) places it among the palms, under the name of
Sagu,
and
Palma farinaria
Rumphius, i. 72 to 83. tab. 17.
; Mr.
Forrest
gives the best account of this most necessary article: I shall therefore borrow from him what is to be said on the subject.
THE sago or libby tree, has, like the cocoa-nut tree, no distinct bark that peels off, and may be defined a long tube of hard wood, about two inches thick, containing a pulp or pith, mixed with many longitudinal fibres. The tree being felled, it is cut into lengths of about five or six feet; a part of the hard wood is then sliced off, and the workman coming to the pith, cuts across (generally with an adze made of hard wood called a neebong) the longitudinal fibres, and the pith together, leaving a part at each end uncut, so that, when it is excavated, there remains a trough, into which the pulp is again put, mixed with water, and beat with a piece of wood; then the fibres, separated from the pulp, float at top, and the flour subsides. After being cleared in this manner by several waters, the pulp is put into cylindrical baskets, made of the leaves of the tree; and if it is to be kept some time, those baskets are generally sunk in fresh water.
ONE tree will produce from two to four hundred weight of flour; no wonder then if agriculture be neglected, in a country, where the labour of five men, in felling sago trees, beating the flour, and instantly baking the bread, will maintain a hundred. I have often found large species of the sago tree on the sea-shore, drifts from other countries. The sago, thus steeped in the salt water, had always a four disagreeable smell; and in this state, I dare say the wild hogs would not taste it. The leaf of the sago tree makes the best covering for houses of all the palm kind; it will last seven years. Coverings of the
Nipa
or common
Attop,
such as they use on the south-west coast of
Sumatra,
will not last half the time. When sago trees are cut down, fresh ones sprout up from the roots; the wild hogs frequent the places where sago trees have lately been cut down, and the flour or pith has been taken out; they there feast and fatten on the remains.
WE seldom or never see sago in
Europe
but in a granulated state. To bring it into this state from the flour, it must be first moistened, and passed through a sieve into an iron pot (very shallow) held over a fire, which enables it to assume a globular form.
THUS all our grained sago is half baked, and will keep long. The pulp or powder of which this is made, will also keep long, if preserved from the air, but, if exposed, it presently turns sour.
THE
Papua
oven for this flour is made of earthen ware;
SAGO OVEN.
it is generally nine inches square, and about four deep; it is divided into two equal parts by a partition parallel to its sides; each of those parts is subdivided into eight or nine, about an inch broad (tab. 27.); so the whole contains two rows of cells, about eight or nine in a row. The sago bread, fresh from the oven, eats just like hot rolls. Bread thus baked will keep, I am told, several years; I have kept it twelve months, nor did vermin destroy it in that time.
OTHER writers who have treated of this useful tree are,
Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot.
897;
Thunberg, Fl. Jap.
229;
Raii. Hist.
pl. 1360;
Seb. Mus.
i. 39. tab. 25;
Dampier,
i. 310; and
G. Forster, Flor. Austr. ins.
p. 78, who says it is found in the
Friendly Isles
and
New Hebrides. Rumphius
describes some other species of this tree, or of the palm which contains the sago. To that most admirable writer I must refer the reader for a copious history of the valuable nutriment.
ON this tree, perhaps more frequent than any palm, is found lodged in the center of the pith the insect called
Curculio Palmarium,
CURCULIO PALMARIUM.
Lin. Jacq. Am.
278;
Merian, Surin.
tab. 48. fig. 3; the
Cossus Saguarius
of
Rumphius,
i. 78. 79. 83. tab. 17. Its
Cossus,
or caterpillar, is esteemed a delicacy among the natives of both
Indies,
as the
Cossi Altiles,
or fatted caterpillars, were among the
Romans. Pliny,
lib. xvii. c. 24, says that the largest and most delicious were those of the oak, which his luxurious countrymen fattened with flour.
Morty,
MORTY.
an island that nearly divides the mouth of the long bay at the north of
Gilolo,
rises with great beauty out of the sea; it is particularly noted for the sago trees; is thinly inhabited, but much frequented by parties from
Gilolo,
for the sake of cutting the trees for the pith; the
Dutch,
therefore, to prevent the smuggling of the spices, constantly keep some of the country vessels cruizing between the two islands.
Morty
belongs to
Ternate.
WE now arrive at the
Papuan Islands,
PAPUAN ISLANDS.
the group which lies between
Patany Point
and
New Guinea
(they take their name from the land of
Papua,
or
New Guinea),
and as low as the island of
Ceram.
The names of the principal are
Waggiou, Gammon, Patanta, Salwatty,
and
Myxoal,
surrounded by others, small, and of little note, unless by being the places where the adventurous
Forrest
touched in his voyage in search of the nutmeg trees. He had the double hazard of falling into the hands of the
Dutch,
or perishing by the fury of the wild natives; but the first he fortunately escaped; and by his own prudent and conciliating behavior (added to his having a crew entirely
Indian,
excepting two), he sailed not only unmolested, but even befriended, by these apparent barbarians.
THE most western of these islands is
Gibby,
GIBBY.
under the equator, to the south-east of
Patany Hook,
and about six leagues distant. Its length is four or five leagues, its breadth small, and its appearance like two hills divided by a low isthmus, and full of inhabitants.
VISITED BY THE FRENCH.
The
French,
actuated by the laudable spirit of improving their colonies by the introduction of nutmeg trees, made more than one voyage for the procuring that valuable spice. The first was in the year 1769, in which the celebrated naturalist M.
Sonnerat,
and the more celebrated philosopher M.
Le Poivre,
embarked and sailed from the isle of
France.
They studiously concealed the names of the islands they visited, and the means they used to accomplish the ends of their mission. M.
Sonnerat
went a second time, in 1771; has published the account of his voyage, but has given us only a description of the more curious birds, and of the
Papuans,
the natives of the isles, and of
New Guinea.
The
French
touched at the island of
Gibby,
which they call
Gweby.
During their stay there they were visited by the rajah or prince of
Patany,
the sultan of
Tidor,
and even received an embassy from one whom they stiled the emperor of
Salwatty.
They were most respectfully treated by these potentates; and by the friendship of the prince of
Patany,
obtained the object of the voyage. They carried forty thousand nutmeg trees to the island of
Bourbon,
and others were sent to the isle of
France;
another cargo was sent to the isles of
Sechelles.
If I recollect right, we found on the
Grenades
nutmeg trees, when we took those islands, which had been planted by the
French.
Those which had been transported to the isle of
France
bore fruit, but, I believe, not to that perfection as they do in their native soil.
Gag
is a small uninhabited island, in Lat. 0° 18′ south,
GAG.
but has the advantage of a safe bay, of fresh water, and of timber, which induces people to touch there.
Syang,
SYANG.
another little isle north of the line, in Lat. 0° 30′, has also both wood and water; Captain
Forrest
procured the last by observing, that on cutting a tree he calls the
Arrow Plant,
that water distilled from it; he then dug, and found a spring. On a little sandy isle called
Pulo eye
he met with the eggs of the turtle, directed to them by the marks of the sins on the sand.
OTHER small isles, that lie a little to the north and to the south of the line, in about Long. 127° east from
Greenwich,
may be mentioned, to shew the indefatigable industry of our countrymen: such are
Ruib
and
Een,
or fish isle, to the north;
RUIB.
and to the south is
Waglol,
a small flat isle, the residence of a
synagee.
WAGLOL.
or chieftain, of the country, distinguished by having half his coat, and long drawers, clouded with red, white, and yellow; the other half with blue, white, and green; the turband was of white calico, pinked; the clouded part of the dress was
Hindoostan
calico, dyed by the natives of the
Moluccas.
Some of these chieftains are men of most polished manners.
Tomoguy,
and the two islands of
Patang
and
Pally,
TOMOGUY.
form between them the safe harbor of
Manafuin;
a streight four miles long, with a mud bottom.
Piamis
and
Tamuay
are isles of no note,
SALWATTY.
still more south; but
Salwatty,
the most remote of the
Papuas,
and of a considerable size, is divided from the coast of
New Guinea
by the narrow streight of
Galoway.
It is of a lozenge shape, very populous, and governed by a rajah. In 1770 the rajah, with more than a hundred of the
Papuan
boats, from that island,
Arrou,
and
Myxoal,
made the tour of the isles, and sailed up the streights which divide
Gilolo
from
Batchian.
The
Dutch,
apprehensive of some mischief, made their chieftains presents of cloth, &c. Their stay was short, for after fishing and hunting a few days, they dispersed and went home, the rajah excepted, who, with a few of his people, remained behind, without offering the least offence. The
Dutch
treacherously inveigled him to
Ternate,
and even made him a present of a bag of dollars, to be laid out in any of the
European
articles he chose out of their magazines. He entered the fort with a few of his men, and was immediately informed that he was a prisoner. His people instantly gave signs of
running a muck
to save their master, or to sell their own lives dearly. The generous rajah whispered to them an order of forbearance, and to endeavor their own escape, which they effected. The prince gave up his
cris,
and was soon transported to the Cape, to join the miserable exiles on
Robben Island.
THE
Dutch
might have some cause for their fears, it being customary for the
Papuans
of
New Guinea
and
Salwatty
to assemble in great numbers in the months of
March
and
April
(when the seas are generally smooth), and make war on
Gilolo, Ceram, Amboina,
and as far as
Aulla Bessi.
In 1765 they plundered the isle of
Amblou,
near
Buero,
and carried away many of the inhabitants.
THE
Papuans,
the inhabitants of these isles,
PAPUAN PEOPLE.
and of the land of
Papuas,
or
New Guinea,
and (according to Mr.
Forrest,
p. 68.) the internal parts of the
Moluccas,
are a most singular race of men, of a horrible appearance and great ferocity; brave, says M.
Sonnerat,
lovers of war, cruel, suspicious, and treacherous. Mr.
Forrest
saw them frequently, but his account of them is brief; they behaved to him easy and familiar, and even furnished him with fish, or such provisions their islands afforded.
Forrest
conciliated their affection. It is highly probable that
Sonnerat
received his accounts from some
Europeans
who had provoked them by their insults. They live chiefly on fish or turtle, of which they have abundance, and neglect every species of agriculture. When they want bread, they carry live turtle, and sausages made of their eggs, dried fish, &c. to the island of
Waggiou,
where they exchange them for
sago,
baked or fresh. Their own isles furnish the trees in quantity; but so lazy are they, that they very seldom will give themselves the trouble of cutting them down. They also bring with them tortoise-shell and
suallo,
which they sell to the
Chinese
whom they find trading in the different islands. Their wives and children accompany them in these voyages, which are performed in boats like those we call punts, square at each end, and furnished with an out-rigger of a single frame; they row with very broad oars. They take with them their bows, arrows, and lances; and for fishing are provided with a small round net, distended at the end of a pole, of the same kind as our
English
landing net. Add to this two or three fox-looking dogs, for the purpose of pursuit by sea or land; for the
Papuans
have a most singular water chase, which is that of hogs;
WATER CHASE OF HOGS.
they follow those animals as they are swimming among the small islands, and shoot them with their arrows, or transfix them with spears. The swine swim in a line, and the hindmost hogs rest their snouts on the backs of the preceding. Mr.
Forrest
Tab. xi.
gives us a representation of this kind of hunting, and also of the persons, boats, and the naval apparatus of these sportsmen. They are excellent archers; their arrows are often six feet long; the bow is generally of slit
bamboo,
and the string of split
rattans.
THE aspect of these people is frightful and hideous;
FORM OF THE PAPUANS.
the men are stout in body, their skin of a shining black, rough, and often disfigured with marks like those occasioned by the leprosy; their eyes are very large, their noses flat, mouth from ear to ear, their lips amazingly thick, especially the upper lip; their hair woolly, either a shining black or fiery red: M.
Sonnerat
imagines the last to be owing to some powder. It is dressed in a vast bush, so as to resemble a mop; some are three feet in circumference, the least two and a half; in this they stick their comb, consisting of four or five diverging teeth, with which they occasionally dress their frizzled locks, to give them a greater bulk; they sometimes ornament them with feathers of the birds of
Paradise;
others add to their deformity by boring their noses, and passing through them rings, pieces of bone, or sticks; and many, by way of ornament, hang round their necks the tusks of boars. The heads of the women are of less size than those of the men, and in their left ear they wear small brass rings. The men go naked, excepting a small wrapper round their waists, made of the fibres of the coco. The women use a covering, in general of the coarse
Surat baftas,
tucked up behind, so as to leave their bodies and thighs exposed to view. The children have no sort of cloathing.
ON an isle in Lat 3° 44′,
WOMEN.
Schouten
observed that the women were more hideous than the men; their face resembled that of a monkey; their breasts hung down to their middle; their stomachs enormously large, and their limbs most disproportionally slender; one squinted; a second had an arm monstrously swelled; a third, a leg; in short, there was not one but had some defect that indicated an unwholesome climate. Such is the account given in
Vol. i. p. 400.
Les Navigations aux Terres australes.
OFF the north-west part of
Salwatty
is the long isle of
Patanta,
PATANTA.
divided from the former by a narrow but long passage, called
Pitt
's streights; Mr.
Dalrymple
gives views of both of the islands. The land is high on each side, but that of
Patanta
remarkably so; the mountains are double and treble, and rise above each other into most exalted summits, ending in points, or in rounded forms, and quite cloathed with fine woods.
Dampier,
in 1699, sailed between the north side of
Patanta
and the adjacent island, through a streight seen in the maps under the name of the new
Passage; Dampier
mistook the isle of
Patanta
for the extreme north-west part of the
Papuas
land, or
New Guinea,
and passed under cape
Monkaite,
the most westerly point of
Patanta,
which he supposes to have been the cape
Maho
of the
Dutch.
Immediately afterwards he fell in with some small islands, which he named
Cockle
isle,
ISLE OF KING WILLIAM.
Pigeon
isle, and king
William
's isles Mr.
Dalrymple,
in his view of headlands, gives a point on the last the title of cape
Maho;
that judicious writer makes king
William
's island the northern boundary of the new streight, or as he names it
Dampier
's streight; king
William
's island is very mountanous and woody, and greatly resembling that of
Patanta. Dampier
visited a small low island, off the western part of king
William
's, which he called
Pigeon
isle, from its swarming with a species of those birds.
THE third he named
Cockle
isle,
COCKLE ISLE.
from the number of the
Chama Gigas
of
Linnaeus,
which he found on the coral rocks. This monstrous shell is described by
Rumphius,
tab. 47. fig. E;
Bonanni, lib.
ii. tab. 88;
Seb.
iii. tab. 86. fig. i;
Argenville,
tab. 23. fig. E;
Born,
p. 80;
Da Costa, Conchyl.
tab. 7. fig. 4; and
Chemnitz,
vol. vii. tab. 9. fig. 495.
Dampier
calls them cockles; he says that at first he could get only small ones of ten pounds weight, but afterwards his men brought him a single shell that weighed two hundred and fifty-eight pounds,
VAST CHAMAE.
so that the pair must have weighed five hundred and sixteen pounds, exclusive of the fish, which in some weighs thirty pounds. This is esteemed very good stewed, and, with the
Sago
bread of these islands, may at any time be a sure relief to navigators. By reason of the size of these shells, it is unsafe to attempt taking them into a small canoe: the method of managing them in such circumstances, is to put a pole into the gaping shell, which instantly closes, and holds so fast that it may be drawn up to the surface of the water; the fish, on being stabbed with a cutlass, dies immediately, and may be taken out, and the shells dropped into the sea. M.
Da Costa
says that sometimes a pair of shells weigh six and even seven hundred pounds. Mr.
Gmelin
Lin. Syst. 3300.
relates that the fish is large enough to feed a hundred and twenty men, and that the shells are able to snap a cable in two, or to cut off a man's hand! the last I can credit, possibly the first is an exaggerated proof of their strength.
MR.
Born,
p. 81. (from
Davila)
informs us, that from the ligament of the hinge is made a gem called
Pavonium
by lithologists.
NORTH of
Patanta
is a narrow anonymous isle, lying midway, and at but a small distance from it, that of
Gammon,
situated near to
Waygiou,
one of the greatest of the
Papuan
isles.
WAYGIOU.
On the south this is divided by two great bays, which penetrate deeply into the country; the northern side is gently incurvated, and bends at each end towards the south; the equator passes over the middle of the island. The land is very lofty, and the mountains divide frequently into peaks, the loftiest of which is distinguished by the name of the
Buffalo's Horn.
The island is faid to be forty leagues in circumference, to be governed by chieftains, and to contain a hundred thousand inhabitants, who are perpetually at war with each other. On the south side are two very good harbors,
Piapis
and
Offak.
Mr.
Forrest
gives plans of them in his ninth plate, and of the picturesque harbor of
Rawak,
in plate 10. In the same, and also in tab. 9, are views of the island itself.
BESIDES the little isles, such as
Ruib, Een,
and others, to the north and north-west of the harbor of
Piapis,
are several which are to be found to the north-east of that of
Offak,
OFFAK.
and among them is
Manouanan
Forrest, 82. tab. xi.
, an island of a middling height, precipitous on the sides.
THE group of the little isles of
Aiou
or
Yowl,
ISLES OF YOWL.
are in about Lat. 0° 38′ north, at some distance to the north-north-east of
Manouanan,
and inclosed in regular reefs
Forrest, tab. 7.
; the number of islands is sixteen. In the lesser cluster is included
Aiou Baba,
or
Father Aiou,
the largest of the whole, and of the height of more than five hundred feet, and about five miles in circumference; all the other islands, except
Abdon
and
Konibar,
are low.
IN the greater group are
Abdon,
ABDON.
Konibar,
and several others of lesser note: the reef here forms a very considerable bed, running from north to south, but the reef itself must be passed in order to get at the isles.
Abdon
is in Lat. 0° 36′ north. The soil on this island and
Aiou Baba
is rich, and rudely planted with
Papaws
trees, or
Carica Papaya
Rumph. i. 145. tab. 50. 51.
, lime trees, or
Citrus limon,
and
Capsicum,
or
Cayenne
pepper;
Konibar
with yams, potatoes, and sugar canes. On
Aiou Baba
is a pool of fresh water; that article is to be found by digging, even on the low grounds. The seas abound with fish, turtle, and
Suallo,
which the
Papuans
sell to the
Chinese,
who must always be furnished with
Dutch
passes. Let me not leave these little isles, without saying that Mr.
Forrest
met with the utmost hospitality from the natives, and from the
Moodoos,
LAND OF PAPUAS.
or chieftains, even a species of politeness. These islands command a view of the lofty mountains of the land of
Papuas,
or
New Guinea.
HERE the reader may be told that this country was discovered in 1528,
WHEN DISCOVERED.
on the day of the
Epiphany,
by
Don Alvar de Saavedra,
who sailed from a port in
Mexico,
by order of the great
Ferdinando Cortez,
who was instigated to it by an ecclesiastic of the name of
Juan d'Arragzaga,
in order to promote a farther knowlege of the spicy isles. He reached the
Moluccas,
where he found some remains of the fleet of
Magellan;
from
Tidor,
he took his departure on his return to
Mexico,
and fell in with the
Papuan
isles, and the land of
Papua
itself, which he called
New Guinea,
on the mistaken opinion that it lay in the same meridian circle as the
African Guinea.
THE first remarkable place on this part of that vast island is the cape of
Good Hope
Forrest, p. 92, and plate at p. 150.
,
CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.
lying very nearly under the equator, it is to be seen at the distance of thirty-six miles, sloping down to the very water. Abundance of drift wood was observed, not only here, but about
New Britain,
and all the islands to the north.
THE whole coast continues very lofty, and the land a vast succession of mountain above mountain, richly cloathed with woods. The little isle of
Yowry,
in Lat. 0° 15′ south, Long. 130° 45′ east,
ISLE OF YOWRY.
has behind it a safe harbor, and on it the nutmeg tree; farther is the land of
Dory,
with a small hooked promontory of the same name, and within that, in Lat. 0° 21′ south, Long. 131° east, is the harbor, of an appearance most uncommonly beautiful and picturesque, bounded by ranges of mountains rising above each other to amazing heights, and finely wooded.
MOUNTAINS OF ARFACK.
Those of
Arfack
are the most distant from the coast, and appear to soar above the rest. Numbers of fires were seen, possibly made by the mountaneers.
THE shores were planted with coco palms,
PAPUAN HOUSES.
and varied with the grotesque inhabitants, and their singular habitations, built over the water on stages erected on posts, far projecting into the bay, and constructed exactly like some of the stairs on the river
Thames.
A few yards from this is another stage in deeper water, on which stands a small more elevated hut; the first tenement is the largest, and contains fourteen cabins (some are lesser) seven on a side, besides a common hall. In the last the women sit, some making mats, others pots out of the ductile clay, which they afterwards burn with dry grass or brush wood; the women do most of the work; they often are seen with an axe preparing the timber for the stages, while the men indulge in indolence, or preparation for the chase of wild hogs. The married people, with their families, live apart from the batchelors in the greater houses; the batchelors in those on the end of the stage; such is said to be the case with the
Battas
on
Sumatra,
and the
Moroots
on
Borneo.
The frontispiece to Mr.
Forrest
's book gives a full idea of these tenements, and the surrounding scenery, and in tab. 12. is a beautiful view of the entrance, with one of those little round-headed button-shaped islands, covered with wood to the water edge, and which characterise the archipelagos of these parts of the
Indian
seas.
IN the inland part of the country is a race of men called
Haraforas,
HARAFORAS.
who are a sort of gardeners, and cultivate the plantanes, and some other esculents; these they supply the
Papuas
with, by a certain tenure; for if a
Papuan
presents a
Harafora
with an axe or chopping knife, his lands and labor are subject to a tax for ever to the donor. If the
Harafora
loses his axe, he is still subject to the tax; if he breaks or wears it out the
Papuan
must supply him with another, or the tax ceases. The
Haraforas
wear long hair, but are
Pagans
like the
Papuans.
They live in trees, which they ascend by a long notched pole, which they draw after them to prevent surprise.
I CAN give no account of the religious rites of either of these people.
TOMBS.
The
Papuans
form tombs of the rude coral rock; Mr.
Forrest
saw one with the wooden figure of a child about eight years old, completely dressed; a real scull, with a wooden head, was placed in the upper part.
THEIR commerce is chiefly with the
Chinese;
COMMERCE.
from them they purchase their iron tools, chopping knives, and axes, blue and red
baftas, China
beads, plates, basons, &c. The
Chinese
carry back
Misory
bark, which they get to the eastward of
Dory,
at a place called
Warmasine
or
Warapine,
it is worth thirty dollars a
pecul
on
Java.
They trade also in slaves, ambergris,
Suallo,
or sea slug, tortoise-shell, small pearls, black
Loeries,
large red
Loeries,
birds of Paradise, and many kinds of dead birds which the
Papuans
have a particular way of drying. As to the
Misory
bark, the
Chinese
carry it to the island of
Java,
and sell it to the natives, who reduce it to powder, and rub their bodies with it, as the
Gentoos
on the
Coromandel
coast do with the sandal wood.
AFTER this extract, let me observe how very prevalent is the infamous trassic in our fellow creatures, for it reaches possibly to the remotest part of
New Guinea.
The man I mention at p. 34 of this volume, engraven by
Le Brun,
was one of six seized on the coast of
New Guinea
in 1706, by the commander of the
Vink,
a
Dutch
ship, who brought them to
Batavia,
where they were treated with great humanity; it having been the design of the
Dutch
to send them back to their own country, in order to conciliate the affections of the natives. The
Papuans
trade in their brother
Papuans,
and carry them to any chance customers they may meet with. Captain
Forrest
met with a boat with only four men, two of which were slaves for sale; each had round his neck a rattan collar, with a log of wood cut into the form of a sugar loaf, and of five or six pound weight, pendant behind. These were offered very cheap to the captain, but he declined the purchase. He seems to have been before provided, for he tells us
P. 100.
he bought a linguist at
Yowl.
I AM reminded of the ornithology of
New Guinea
and the
Papuan
islands, by the curious birds, which make another article of commerce; nature here grows voluptuously rich in the forms of various of the feathered tribe which wanton in its spicy air.
BIRDS OF PARADISE.
The birds of Paradise, The grand
Promerops,
and a few other species, are distinguished by some eccentricity of plumage. I shall continue my account of the former as the most eminent, and refer to p. 148 for the preface to the genus, and history of the first species. I shall resume the subject with the
Shague,
SHAGUE.
a smaller bird of Paradise
Forrest's Voy. 137. Latham, ii. 474.
, differing from the former chiefly in size; it has all the characters of the common, but its colors are less bright; the back is of a greyish yellow, bill lead color.
THIS inhabits the
Papuan
isles only; a chain which extends from the south end of
Gilolo,
to the west extremity of
New Guinea.
They never migrate, but roost on the loftiest trees of the most mountanous parts of the country, and are likewise said to have their king or leader. They are shot with blunt arrows by the natives of
Mixoal;
others say, that when the natives observe where they come to drink, they poison the water with the
Cocculi Indici,
which so stupifies them that they are caught readily. They love to feed on the fruit of the
Tshampedeh,
which they pierce with their bills, and extract the kernel. The natives preserve them by drawing the entrails, and searing the inside with a hot iron, after which they put them in the hollow of a bamboo for their security. The
Papuans
call them
Shag
or
Shague.
They differ from the former in being residentiary birds, otherwise I might have been tempted to have joined this and the former as varieties. They likewise might clame the title of
Manu-co Dewata,
for like the preceding, they aspire to the heavenly regions. A fable (not unlike part of that of the
Phoenix)
is related of this species, that when it finds its end approaching, it soars directly up to the sun, till exhausted with its flight, it falls dead upon the earth.
Magnificent; de Buffon,
iii. 166.
Pl. Enl.
631.
Sonn. N. Guinée,
MAGNIFICENT.
163. tab. 98.
Latham,
ii. 477. tab. xix; inhabits
New Guinea;
I shall not trouble the reader with description, but refer to the beautiful figure given by Mr.
Latham.
Crested; Manucodiata cirrhata, Aldr.
lib. xii. c. 25. p. 401;
CRESTED.
with a long black bill somewhat hooked; at the junction of the bill, the feathers were yellow; head, neck, and wings black; near the nape of the neck a crest composed of stiff yellow bristles, rather than feathers, three inches high; length, to the end of the wings, eighteen inches: most probably an inhabitant of
New Guinea,
but seems unknown since the days of
Aldrovandus.
Gorget;
GORGET.
Latham,
ii. 478. tab. xx. This was undescribed till Mr.
Latham
favored us with an account of it; he supposes it to be the same with one mentioned by captain
Forrest,
p. 140, who says that the
Alfoories,
or inhabitants of the mountains in
Mixoal,
shoot these birds, and sell them to the people of
Tidore.
Superb;
SUPERB.
Sonn. N. Guinée,
157. tab. 96.
De Buffon,
iii. 169.
Pl. Enl.
632.
Latham,
ii. 479. The
Black, Forrest,
139. An inhabitant of
New Guinea,
its history unknown. M.
Sonnerat
places a small bird in its claws, so one may conclude it to be a rapacious species, but it is a most elegant kind; the long feathers springing from the shoulder are best expressed in the figure given in
Les Planches Enluminces:
in Mr.
Sonnerat
they are left quiescent.
Furcated;
FURCATED.
Latham,
ii. 480. 2d paragraph.
Lev. Mus.
with the head wholly black; the wings had been cut off, but near their origin rises a tuft, like those of the preceding, on the upper part of the belly.
Six-wired;
SIX-WIRED.
L'oiseaux de Paradis a gorge d'or; Sonn. N. Guinée,
158. tab. 97.
Le Siselet, ou manucode a six filets; de Buffon,
iii. 171.
Pl. Enl.
633.
Latham,
ii. 481. Size of a turtle. The long shaftless feathers on each side of the neck, make it the most singular species of any we are acquainted with.
Damasked blue green;
DAMASKED BLUE GREEN.
Latham,
ii. 482.
Sonnerat,
164. tab. 99.
Pl. Enl.
634. This species has none of the eccentric feathers of the others, yet each feather on the head and body appears curled at the edges. The color is that of damasked steel, reflecting blue, green, and purple. The feathers in the bird described by Mr.
Sonnerat,
lie quite close on each other; length sixteen inches.
Golden; Edw.
112.
Latham,
ii. 483.
GOLDEN.
This species is of a brilliant gold color; throat of a velvet black; edge of the wings and tail black.
White; Forrest,
140.
Latham,
index, p. 197.
WHITE.
These are very uncommon; one is said to be quite white, the other black and white: found only in the
Papuan
islands, especially in
Waggiou.
White-winged; Latham,
vii. Supp. 92. Its general color is black;
WHITEWINGED.
about the neck glossed with copper; primaries white, edged with black; the middle feathers of the tail twenty inches long, the exterior only seven.
I NOW pass to another genus which produces species inferior only to the preceding. The
Grand
of Mr.
Latham,
ii. p. 695.
GRAND PROMEROPS.
Le grand Promerops de la Nouvelle Guinée; Sonn. Voy.
p. 166. pl. 101.
Pl. Enl.
639.
Le grand Promerops a paremens frisès; Buf. Ois.
vi. p. 472.
THE extravagancy of the plumage is admirably expressed in the figure referred to; the size is that of a middle sized pigeon; the tail is most enormous; the middle feathers being two feet four inches long.
THE
rayed
is the other species;
New Guinea, brown; Latham
ii. 694.
Le Promerops brun de la Nouvelle Guinée; Sonn. Voy.
164. tab. 100.
Le Promerops brun a ventre rayèe; Buf. Ois.
vi. p. 471. pl. 22.
Promerops de la Nouvelle Guinée; Pl. Enl.
638. The tail of this species is also long, but far inferior to that of the other, which is a
chef d'oeuvre
of nature in its kind.
THESE birds being peculiar to the land of
Papua
or
New Guinea,
I have, out of all system, began with them. I now resume the regular order, and go on with the first proper genus of the list.
New Guinea;
PARROT.
Sonnerat,
174. tab. 108.
Latham,
i. 296: with upper mandible pale yellow, lower black; head, neck, breast, coverts of wings, and the tail of a bright grass green; primaries of an indigo color, inner coverts carmine: inhabits
New Guinea.
Papuan Loeri; Latham,
i. 215.
Sonn. N. Guinće,
iii. 175: with red bill and legs; head, neck, and breast of a lively carmine color. On the hind part of the head is an oblong transverse spot, of a most striking blue above, and violet black beneath; on the middle of the neck behind is another of a violet black; wings short, and of a gay green; back, between the shoulders, of the same color; the rest of the back is ornamented with a stripe of bright blue quite to the tail, bounded on each side by lively red. On each side of the breast, and beneath the thighs, is a spot of bright yellow; upper part of the belly and vent feathers red; middle of the belly blue. The tail is for two thirds of its length green, lower part yellow: two of the middle feathers exceed the others greatly in length. This also is a native of the
Papuan
isles.
Great-billed Loeri; de Buffon,
vi. 122.
Pl. Enl.
713.
Latham,
i. 178: with a bill of a blood red, most disproportionably large; head blue; neck of a bright green, glossed with gold; back of a sea blue; breast and belly yellow, shaded with green; coverts
wings black, edged with yellow; primaries glossed with sky blue and green; tail azure, tipt with yellow; length above fourteen inches. Inhabits
New Guinea.
Black Loeri; Latham,
i. 221.
Sonnerat,
175. tab. 110: with a dusky bill; whole plumage black, with the gloss of metallic blue, and the appearance of velvet; tail below of a sordid green; legs dusky. Inhabits
New Guinea
and the
Papuan
isles.
Gueby Loeri; Latham,
i. 219.
Pl. Enl.
684.
Sonnerat,
174. tab. 109: with a pale red bill; head, neck, breast, belly, vent, and middle of the back rich scarlet; behind each eye an oblique stroke of black; breast, hind part of neck, and the belly, crossed with short semilunar spots of dark violet; coverts of wings scarlet; the lower irregularly spotted with black; primaries and secondaries black, varied with a few red spots; a great triangular spot of dark violet marks the farther parts of the wings about the scapulars, and covers the adjacent part of the back; tail of a copper color; length about nine inches. Inhabits
Gueby,
between
Gilolo
and
New Guinea.
Gilolo Loeri; Latham,
i. 274.
Sonnerat,
177. tab. 112.
Pl. Enl.
519: with the whole plumage scarlet, except the first primaries, and the ends of the others, which are black; on the coverts are two blue spots, and on the vent another; tail of a sine carmine, the end chesnut. Inhabits
Gilolo.
IT may be observed that the name of
Loeris
is given to such parrots as have the bill weaker, less crooked, and more sharp pointed than the others; which have a more lively look, greater alacrity and suddenness in their movements; their voice more piercing, and the note having some similitude to the word
Lori
they learn to speak with amazing facility, and will repeat words even at the first hearing. They are also to an individual natives of the
Molucca
isles or
New Guinea.
New Guinea
CROW.
;
Dampier
's Voy. iii. 187; with the outside of the feathers black, their insides white; in size and form resembling the
English
crows, and the white color imperceptible, unless the feathers are examined. Inhabits
Pulo Sabuda,
an isle on the coast of
New Guinea.
Barred;
JACKDAW.
Choucas de la Nouvelle Guinée; de Buffon,
iii. 80.
Pl. Enl.
629.
Latham,
i. 381: with a strong black bill; from the forehead a black stroke passes beneath, and beyond each eye; head, neck, and upper part of back cinereous; breast, belly, lower part of back, and rump, white barred with black; tail, wings, and legs black; length near thirteen inches. Inhabits
New Guinea;
has the appearance of a Jackdaw.
Grey; Le choucari de la N. Guinée; de Buffon,
iii. 81.
Pl. Enl.
630: with a small black spot beginning at the bill, and surrounding the eyes; head, neck, wings, back, and tail of a deep cinereous grey, declining into dirty white on the breast and belly; legs cinereous; length above eleven inches: found in
New Guinea.
Pied
ROLLER.
;
Latham,
i. 415.
Pl. Enl.
628. The bill strong and thick; head, neck, and upper part of the back black; primaries and tail black, and most remote tertial; the exterior feathers of the last tipt with white; rest of the plumage white; length thirteen inches.
Great Brown;
has been mentioned at p. 124,
KING-FISHER.
among the birds of
New Holland.
The Spotted; Sonnerat,
171. tab. 107; or the
New Guinea, Latham,
ii. 614; is most remarkable in its colors, being black, universally marked on head, back, wings, and tail, with small round spots of white; and on the neck, breast, and belly, with short downward streaks of the same color. On the sides of the cheek is a large elegant pear-shaped white spot, and beneath that, another exactly circular. This species is as large as a crow.
New Guinea; Latham,
iv. 789.
Sonnerat,
170. tab. 105.
QUAIL.
This is a dwarf species, of half the size of the
English
Quail; color brown; coverts of the wings edged with dirty yellow; primaries black.
Great crowned; Latham,
iv. 620.
Edw.
338.
PIGEON.
Columba Coronata; Lin.
282.
Pl. Enl.
118.
Sonnerat,
169. tab. 104. The head of this species is adorned with a vast superb circular crest of feathers, standing erect, and composed of loose unconnected webs of a fine pale bluish ash; the eyes lodged in a shuttle-shaped band of black; the lesser coverts of the wings, and upper part of the back of a dark reddish purple; the first greater coverts white, edged with red. All the rest of the plumage, wings, and tail, of the color of the crest.
THIS is the giant of the kind,
MANNERS.
being equal in size to a common turkey. It has been misnamed a pheasant, but besides the generical marks, it has the manners of a pigeon, billing, inflating its breast, and cooing; but the last (as might be expected from the bulk) is so sonorous, as to approach, when in fulness of love, the sound of bellowing; at which season it brings its head to its breast, and emits its amorous note. They soon grow tame, and take to the food which is placed before them; they are pugnacious, and will strike a hard blow with their wings, which are armed with a horny excrescence. It is said that they are kept in the
East Indies
in the court yards as domestic poultry. They have been brought alive to
France,
where the female has formed its nest in a tree in the Menagery, and laid eggs, but they never produced young. They breed in their native country on the highest trees, and lay a very large egg. Our authority,
Dampier,
saw a bird of this kind shot on the coast of
New Guinea
as big as the largest dunghill cock. M.
Bougainville
met with them in the same country; they alarmed his crew by the loudness of their note, who mistook it for a savage roaring of the natives. It is a species very local, confined to
New Guinea, Pulo, Sabuda,
a small isle off the same country, and
Tomoguy
another. The
Molucca
people call them
Mulutu,
the
Papuas Manipi.
M.
Sonnerat
gives them the name of
Goura;
the
Dutch
stile it the
Kroon vogel
or
Crown bird. Sonnerat
denies that these birds are natives of
Banda,
and asserts that they are only brought there, and purchased by the
Dutch.
Papuan; Latham,
iv. 532.
Pl. Enl.
707. The head and whole upper part of the body, wings, and tail black, the lower white, with an orange spot on the middle of the belly.
New Guinea
HERON.
;
Latham,
v. 71.
Pl. Enl.
926. The whole of this species is black. Length only ten inches.
Patagonian;
PINGUIN.
Latham,
vi. 563.
Pl. Enl.
975;
Sonnerat,
179. tab. 113;
Phil. Trans.
lviii. 91. tab. 5;
Gen. Birds,
p. 66. tab. 14. I refer the reader to the
Philosophical Transactions
for my account of this gigantic species. The figure there is bad, taken from an ill-stuffed skin; that in my
Genera of Birds
excellent, done from one taken from the life by Doctor
Forster.
This species extends from near the equator to the most frozen regions of the south.
Collared; Latham,
vi. 571;
Sonnerat,
181. tab. 114. This species has the neck, and all the upper part of the body black; in front of the neck is a collar of white, reaching only half round; the eyes surrounded with a naked skin of blood red; breast and belly white: length eighteen inches.
Papuan; Latham,
vi. 565;
Sonnerat,
181. tab. 115. The head and whole upper part of the body black; the hind part of the head marked with a white spot; breast and belly white: length two feet and a half.
I WILL conclude this incomplete list by saying, that the circumambient seas of
New Guinea,
as well as the
Spicy Sea,
have all the pelagic birds of the tropical regions,
PELAGIC BIRDS. TROPIC BIRDS.
besides those which wander within them from the north and from the south. Tropic birds are here seen hovering at amazing heights, or darting on the flying fishes, driven out of their element by the pursuit of the
Bonito, Albicore,
and other of their congenial enemies; sometimes resting on the water, or on the backs of the sleeping tortoises, stupidly suffering themselves to be taken by the navigators who happen to pass by. They breed in several places within the
Tropics,
in the
Atlantic
and
Pacific Oceans,
both on the ground, and in trees along with the
frigates,
and in such numbers, that the trees are loaden with these picturesque birds in a most singular manner.
THE
frigate
birds appear gliding in the air at times at stupendous heights,
FRIGATE.
and often making the clouds their place of rest, sustaining themselves long motionless on their vast expanse of wing. Then, from a situation so lofty as to render them scarcely visible, will, by virtue of their penetrating eyes, see and dart down on a fish with astonishing rapidity, and with their prey as suddenly regain their former aerial situation. Gulls are often their attendants, and dispute the booty with them.
Petrels
of different kinds are seen skimming the surface;
PETRELS.
some are accustomed to snatch the fishes as they pass along; others, collected in multitudes, suddenly dart in concert beneath the water for their food, rise again, and repeat their exercises in long succession.
Pelecans,
PELECANS.
and the duller
Corvorants,
keep near to the shores. The
Pelecans
are often seen in the air shifting from place to place; their snowy color, and vast bulk of body, and expanse of wing, render them astonishing objects; they fly, like wild geese, in wedge-shaped phalanxes, and afford a most amusing variety in the animated atmosphere.
THE fin-winged
Pinguins
keep erect on the shore,
PINGUINS.
till, compelled by hunger, they are driven in search of food into the sea. Their rapid diving is among the wonders; they are seen beneath the transparent waves darting after their prey with all the swiftness of the
Albicore
or
Bonito.
WATER spouts are phaenomena most frequent in these seas;
WATER SPOUTS.
they appear hanging out of the clouds in a funnel shape, the base uppermost, but at times assume different forms. Let me speak to the eyes, by referring to
Phil. Trans. Abridg.
ii. 104. tab. p. 164; vol. iv. part 2d, p. 103. tab. 1; vol. viii. 655. tab. 6; to
Gentil
's Voy. ii. tab. 9; but above all, to
Thevenot, Engl. Trans.
folio, p. 185, in which their shapes and progress are variously represented, either rising in a thick column from the sea, or falling from the clouds, to the terror of the mariners, who expect to be overwhelmed by the quantity and weight of water, an accident that never has been well proved to have happened.
Dampier,
who was most conversant in maritime phaenomena of any man in his, or perhaps any other time, confesses he never knew of any damage done by a water spout except once
Vol. i. p. 452, 453.
; and that appears to have been by the cause, and not by the spout itself, which fell into the sea, near the ship, with a vast noise and agitation of the water: the mizen mast, fore mast, and boltsprit were snapped short off; but this injury arose entirely from the rage of the whirlwind which formed the spout: its first blast blew the ship all along on one side, and almost overset her; then suddenly whirling round with the same fury, very nearly overset her on the contrary side. Sailors are always full of terrors at the appearance of spouts; they discharge cannon into them, in order to break and make them fall at a distance, but never with effect. The experienced
Dampier
concludes with saying, "that the fright was always the greatest harm."
I NOW resume the element of earth. Off the harbor of
Dory
extends the island of
Manaswary;
it is about five miles in compass, and full of trees. Here Captain
Forrest
accomplished the end of his mission; he found on it abundance of nutmeg trees
P. 158, 110.
, and paid five pieces of
baftas,
his promised reward, to any person who discovered them. The fruit was pendent on the old trees, and the young plants growing under their shade. He took up above a hundred, put them into baskets with earth round them, and then hastened on his return to
Balambangan.
CAPTAIN FORREST finished his voyage at port
Mansingham,
PORT OF MANSINGHAM.
at a very small distance from
Dory
harbor. The land from that port recedes deeply to the south, and forms a large bay, gradually narrowing to the bottom. In Mr.
Arrowsmith
's map the lower part is under the suspicion of being an island; it is marked on each side with double dotted lines, expressive of streights, which opens southerly towards the
Arrou
isles. The promontory of
Dory
and
Geetvinks Point
are the two horns of this bay.
Long Island
lies at a small distance to the north of
Geetvinks Point;
LONG ISLAND.
SCHOUTENS'.
and in Lat. 0° 46′ S. is
Schouten
's, named in honor of the great circumnavigator who discovered it in 1616. It is about twenty leagues in length, high and fertile, populous, and the inhabitants an active race. The coast extends far to the east. Off it is a succession of small isles, several of them volcanic, and called by
Schouten, Vulcans,
and by
Dampier,
burning isles.
Jamna
and
Moa
are other small islands,
JAMNA AND MOA
well inhabited, and abounding with cocoa nuts and various fruits. Captain
Forrest
gives us two prints representing the natives and their canoes: their hair is flatted on the top of the head; some decorate it with a feather, and others bind a wreath round their temples and head. They wear great ear-rings, and bones stuck through their ears and nostrils. Men women and children go armed with bows and arrows.
AFTER proceeding along the coast farther eastward, the discoveries of our famous navigator
Dampier
thicken on us; an archipelago appears with the
Crown Island,
that of Sir
Robert Rich,
another long island, Sir
George Rooke
's, and several others,
SIR G
ROOKE
many of which were active volcanoes.
IN Lat. 1° 18′ S.
Dampier
discovered a new land to the north, divided from
New Guinea
by a streight from six to seven leagues wide, each side marked by a lofty cape; to one he gave the name of
King William
's, to that on the north side Cape
Anne,
and within each was a very high mountain, sloping gradually to the sea; the mountains and lower lands finely cloathed with trees, intermixed with beautiful
Savannas
of the most flourishing verdure.
NEW BRITAIN.
This northern land he named
New Britain.
WE will follow his track as far as will prove it to be an island, or possibly more than one. Let me observe, that
Dampier
's approach was the reverse from that which we now take. In Lat. 6° 10′ south, he put into a bay named by him
Port Montagu.
PORT MONTAGU.
The country was mountanous, wooded, full of rich vallies and pleasant streams of fresh water. The trees were of various kinds, some in flower, others bore berries, and others large fruits, and cocoa palms in abundance, but the nuts were small; here were also yams, and other good esculent roots, and ginger. The quadrupeds were hogs and dogs; possibly it was from hence that the South Sea isles were stocked with those animals, being the nearest place they could be supplied from. Among the birds were parrots, cockatoos, pigeons, crows, and abundance of other species. There was also fish in plenty. How unfortunate were our convicts, that this rich island was not thought of as the place of their involuntary retreat.
A VERY little to the north of
Montagu Bay
was discovered, in 1767, another streight, of small breadth, but which severs
New Britain
into two islands, leaving the northern the largest. It was not
Dampier
's fortune to discover it; he passed it by, and, in Lat. 5° 25′ south,
CAPE ORFORD.
saw a headland he named Cape
Orford.
The country continued very mountanous, full of people; the men armed with lances, their head gay with feathers; the women had no sort of ornaments, and nothing to hide their nakedness except a bunch of green leaves behind and before. There were tame hogs in great abundance, which ran about near the hovels of the natives.
WITHIN cape
Orford
was an inlet, which
Dampier
supposing to be a great bay, named by him that of
St. George,
and a cape on the northern side, in Lat. 5° south, Long. 152° 19′ east, correspondent to cape
Orford,
CAPE ST. GEORGE.
he called cape
St. George.
These two headlands proved the distinguishing mark of the entrance into a streight, which divided
New Britain
into a second island. This discovery was made by that able officer Captain
Carteret, September
9th 1767, on his disastrous return from the South Seas. When he got into
St. George
's bay, he found so strong a current to the north-west, that he could not return to pursue
Dampier
's track. Captain
Carteret,
soon after he doubled cape
St. George,
met with several islands in the southern side of the streights; the nearest, about three leagues from the cape, he named
Wallis
's, which lay before an harbor he called
Gower
's.
WALLIS'S ISLE.
The island was lofty, well wooded, and inhabited; farther on were two coves, with fresh water rivers falling into their bottom. About four leagues from
Wallis
's isle, still to the west, was a good harbor, on which was bestowed the respectable name of the discoverer; across it lay
Cocoa-nut
isle. On this coast were trees of enormous growth, all the kinds of palms, the betel tree, aloes, bamboos, rattans, a fruit the sailors call a
Jamaica
plumb, and probably many of the tropical fruits and plants; he also found the nutmeg tree in plenty; possibly this place is its most remote situation to the north.
THE country abounded with land birds, seemingly the same with those of
New Britain;
among them was a large black bird, that made a noise like the barking of a dog, which I suppose to have been a
Buceros.
MR.
Carteret
pursued his own discovery, and sailed directly westward.
NEW IRELAND.
He gave the name of
New Ireland
to the island on the northern side, and distinguished three capes on the southern by the names of
Buller, Palliser,
and
Stephens.
CAPE STEPHENS.
Between cape
Palliser
and cape
Stephens,
is an island, to which Mr.
Carteret
gave the name of the Duke of
York
's, quite level, deliciously cloathed with lofty woods in the inland parts, and near the shore planted with cocoa groves, intermixed with the houses of the islanders.
TO the east of cape
Stephens,
is in mid-channel an isle he called the isle of
Man.
Cape
Stephens
is the supposed most extreme western point of
New Britain;
all that side, as far as cape
Gloucester,
still remains undiscovered. A little to the south of cape
Stephens
are three singular hills, the
Mother
and
Daughters,
and behind them a vast volume of smoke arose, out of one of the numerous volcanic hills of the country. The land, like the rest of
New Britain,
was very lofty and wooded, with many clear spots, the signs of plantations, and frequent fires, the marks of inhabitants. The general breadth of these streights are about fifteen leagues
Hawksworth, iii. 596.
; no bottom was found with a line of a hundred and forty fathoms. Captain
Carteret
modestly declined giving his own name to this important discovery, but called it
St. George
's channel;
ST. GEORGE'S CHANNEL.
the streights properly end at cape
Stephens.
As soon as that promontory is passed, there is one expanse of sea, probably quite to
New Guinea,
but the name of
St. George
's channel is continued along the shores of
New Ireland,
to its western extremity, where it is broken into a smaller isle, named by our navigator
Hanover,
and the extreme point, in Lat. 2° 29′ south, Long. 148° 27′ east, queen
Charlotte
's foreland; the approach to it is through a narrow passage, between an isle called
Sandwich,
and
New Ireland.
The land of
Hanover
isle is high, finely covered with trees, mixed with plantations, exhibiting a most beautiful landscape.
THE whole length of
St. George
's channel,
LENGTH OF.
from cape
St. George
to queen
Charlotte
's foreland, is three hundred miles; that of
New Ireland,
from cape
St. George
to cape
Biron,
the western extremity, is two hundred and forty miles; cape
Biron
is possibly the same with that we see in
Dampier
's map under the name of cape
Solomaswar.
As to the form of
New Ireland,
it is extremely narrow the whole way; the greatest part runs north-west, but towards the east end, reverts and bends like a hook to the south, terminating in cape
St. George.
BEYOND these was a group of small isles Mr.
Carteret
named the
Admiralty,
in Lat. 2° 18′ south, Long. 146° 44′ east. By the views of them they appear less elevated than
Hanover
isle, and we may collect, from the multitudes of canoes that sallied out to attack our commander, that they must be very populous; they were manned with people nearly black, with woolly heads. The natives were very hostile,
NATIVES.
and flung with great force lances headed with flint; they chewed betel, went quite naked, but their bodies were ornamented with shells, their faces streaked with white, and their heads as finely powdered with white powder as an
English
beau ready for a
Bal parè.
One of their canoes, apparently the least, was taken, yet it measured full fifty feet in length. In it were specimens of their arts, such as earthen pots, in which they dressed their victuals, and a quantity of matting which served for sails and awnings; there were besides cocoa nuts, and other fruits unknown to our people.
SOME of the canoes of
New Ireland
were ninety feet long,
CANOES.
formed out of a single tree; a proof of the vigorous growth of timber in this country; they were manned by three and thirty men, black and woolly headed, but they had not the thick lip or flat nose; in ornaments and powdering they resembled the former; some had cock's feathers in their heads, a proof that they did not want poultry. They had lances by way of arms, and cordage and fishing nets very skilfully manufactured; all this country is probably well inhabited, and very fertile in trees and fruits; the sea abounding in turtle and fish. The very distressed state of Captain
Carteret
and his crew, is the sad but true apology for our wanting, from his able pen, a fuller account of this interesting island.
ON
July
5th 1768, M.
Bougainville
anchored in the same bay as Captain
Carteret
did, and named it
Port Praslin.
He observed here the pepper plant, and found wild hogs, numbers of birds, and among others the great crowned pigeon; variety of snakes, scorpions, and the singular insect the walking leaf.
AMONG the serpents was the sea snake, of that species which, at p. 131, is suspected to have been poisonous; this was verified here. A sailor was bitten as he was hawling the
Seine,
he was very soon affected with violent pains all over his body; his side (the part on which he received the wound) became livid, and swelled greatly, the blood taken from him appeared dissolved: he suffered much for five or six hours; at length, by the assistance of the
Venice
treacle, or
Theriaca Andromachi,
with
flower de luce
water, he fell into a violent perspiration, and was quite cured
Bougainville's Voyage, translation, p. 334.
. The natives of
Otaheite
assert that the bite is mortal.
Dampier
coasted the whole northern side. Captain
Carteret,
in his approach to the eastern end, fell in with a group of little isles, to which he gave the name of the
nine isles.
He passed between two larger, the more southern he called Lord
Anson
's; the more northern, Sir
Charles Hardy
's, in Lat. 4° 50′ south, was flat, verdant, and appeared well inhabited. He soon after saw St.
John
's isle,
ST. JOHN's ISLAND, &c.
discovered by
Schouten,
and seen by
Dampier.
It is nine or ten leagues round, rises into high hummocks full of lofty trees, with plantations and groves near the shores, and seemingly very populous. We now fall in with
Dampier,
with cape St.
Mary's,
in Lat. 5° 2′ south. The country was mountanous, high, and wooded, with many points of land running into the sea, forming between them as many fine bays. Here a man of large size approached the ship, and spoke a language different from those
Dampier
had before seen. Proceeding north-westward, the whole extent of
New Ireland,
or the coast opposite to St.
George
's channel (afterwards traced by Captain
Carteret
) appears before us. At some distance from it is a chain of isles, of which St.
John
's may be deemed one. They had been all named by the
Dutch. Antony Cave
's is lofty.
GERARD DENNIS's.
Gerard Dennis
's is the next, fourteen or fifteen leagues in circumference; high, wooded, and mountanous, thick set with plantations, and full of cocoa trees. The shape was irregular, full of points, forming sandy bays; the ground cleared for plantations, and the soil of a brownish red color. The next island, named
Wishart
's,
WISHART'S.
resembled the preceding.
Dampier
also discovered two other islands somewhat farther to the west: One, ten leagues long, he named
Mathias;
like many others, mountanous and woody, mixed with
Savannas,
and cleared land; and near that a low and plain island, cloathed with tall and large trees, as close to each other as they could stand. This he called the
squally,
from the violent gales he met with off the coast.
IN respect to the north shore of
New Ireland,
I find that our navigator attempted to touch at only one place, which he named
Slinger
's bay. This country seems prodigiously populous;
SLINGER'S BAY.
his ship was surrounded with prows filled with men, who assaulted him with stones flung out of engines; and the shores were lined with the natives from end to end.
NATIVES.
All the inhabitants of this, and the adjacent isles, were a warlike race, hostile to strangers, and very suspicious. They were tall, even above the size of the common race of men, strong, and well made, had curled short hair, often shaved in different forms, and stained with white, red, and yellow; their heads were round faces broad; they had great bottle noses, and substances stuck through the gristle, passing from cheek to cheek. Their weapons were lances, swords, slings, and bows and arrows; their speech clear and distinct. All these are the same kind of people, from the remotest of the
Papuan
isles to this island; varying a little in the dressing of their hair, and other trifling matters.
THEIR prows were very neatly built,
PROWS.
with out-riggers on one side; the head and stern elevated, and most ingeniously carved with figures of fish, fowl, and on one was a man's head, done most surprisingly well, considering the rude instruments of stone they had to work with; for they seemed ignorant of the uses of iron; their paddles were very neat; and they made their way with amazing swiftness through the water.
A VERY legendary tale is told, in
L'Histoire de Navigations aux Terres Australes
P. 434.
, respecting the origin of the
Negro
race in these
Asiatic
isles, which is first met with in some of the
Manillas,
continued through the
Papuan
isles and
New Guinea,
and even through
New Holland.
I have mentioned them before in my account of the
Manillas,
and if I recollect right, one of these islands is called the isle of
Negroes,
from its being inhabited by a curled headed people.
I NOW return from cape
Biron,
or
Solomaswar,
taking a course due south, along the western coasts of the isles of
New Britain.
Near the extreme western part of the farthest is an headland, called by
Dampier, Cape Gloucester.
At a small distance to the west is a little island, which at the time our navigator passed it, was a raging volcano. It flung up columns of flame twenty or thirty yards high, attended with a noise like thunder, followed by an overflowing of red-hot lava, which ran down the sides of the mountain till it reached the sea. This continued two days and nights, or as long as this tremendous phaenomenon continued in sight.
I NOW repass
Dampier
's streights eastward, and turn to the south. In Mr.
Arrowsmith
's excellent map of the world,
New Guinea
is continued by dotted lines, farther to the east; and on the south side, near the extremity of that line, the uncertainty is taken away by a tract of land discovered by M.
de Bougainville
in 1768, which he named
La Louisiade,
and the extreme eastern point
Le Cap de la Deliverance,
in memory of his narrow escape from a violent tempest. The great bay which he calls
Le Golfe de la Louisiade
is just to the south of the cape. Such a confusion, occasioned by the fears and distresses of the great
French
navigator, is so apparent in this part of his voyage, that nothing more can be collected respecting this portion of
New Guinea.
WE must therefore steer along another dotted line till we arrive at
Prince of Wales
's islands,
PRINCE OF WALES'S ISLES.
Lat. 10° 33′ south, Long. 142° east. The largest is long and narrow, and lies parallel with the coast. This part of the sea between
New Guinea
and
New Holland
is called
Torres
's streights,
TORRES'S STREIGHTS.
for having been passed in 1606 by
Don Baes de Torres,
admiral under
Fernandez Quiros;
correspondent to them, beyond another set of islands, named also the
Prince of Wales
's, is the
Endeavour
streight, passed, as I have before mentioned, by our boasted
Cook.
IN proceeding along the coasts, I find names of places, but nothing more. Captain
Cook,
on his quitting the coast of
New Holland,
crossed the intervening water, and touched in Lat. 6° 15′ at a place on this side of
New Guinea,
to which he has neither left a name, nor yet even the mark of landing in his chart. We are told that it lay sixty-five leagues to the north-east of
Waelche
cape. The country was low, but covered with such a luxuriancy of wood and herbage as scarcely can be conceived; and among them such numbers of aromatic trees, as perfumed the air even at a distance from shore. The natives were hostile, went quite naked, and had much the appearance of the
New Hollanders.
They shouted defiance, and from a short stick or hollow cane they swung in their hands,
FIRE-ARMS.
was emitted flashes of fire, exactly like the effect of gunpowder; these explosions were innocent, nor could our navigators ever learn the cause. After each explosion, which was done by a single man, his companions flung their bearded darts. All that we learn farther of this country is, that it produced sine cocoa-nuts, plantanes, and bread fruit.
CAPE
Waelche
or
Walsh,
the most western point of this coast,
CAPE WAELCHE.
lies in Lat. 8° 32′ south, Long. 137° east. From hence the land runs strait, inclining to the north-east, when it takes another turn towards the north-west. The space between the trendings is occupied by the tract, marked in Mr.
Arrowsmith
's map as pervious by two streights. The
Arrou
isles lie transverse, at some distance from this part of
New Guinea.
FARTHER to the north-west, nearly parallel to the end of
Ceram,
is
Freshwater
bay, in Lat. 1° 33′ south. This was visited by
Dampier
in 1699. The country was wooded and mountanous, like the other parts of
New Guinea,
and the trees of great size; here his people killed one of those magnificent pigeons called the
crowned.
The bay received its name from the plenty of fresh water; and another, a little farther north, was called
Mackerel
bay, from the great quantity of that fish,
MACKEREL BAY.
or one resembling it, which was taken there.
OPPOSITE to this bay, in Lat. 2° 43′ south, is
Pulo Sabuda,
PULO SABUDA.
a lofty island, about three leagues long and two broad, not far from the coast of
New Guinea;
it is in general rocky, but so mixed with rich yellow and black soil, as to be productive of many of the tropical fruits and trees. The sago tree and the
Jacca
are found there. The natives gave
Dampier
two or three nutmegs, seemingly fresh gathered; but he could not tell whether they were the produce of the isle or of
New Guinea.
The inhabitants do not seem to be aboriginal. They are tawny, have long black hair, and differ little from the
Mindanayans,
and the people of the other eastern isles; the women wear a callico covering; the men go almost naked, and are very skilful in striking fish; they have great boats in which they often visit
New Guinea,
where they procure slaves, beautiful parrots, &c. which they carry to
Goram,
and exchange for callicoes. They keep many of the poor
Papuans
for their own use to do the laborious work. This island has the same birds as the main land, and bats of an enormous size.
I CANNOT quit this part of the coast without mentioning a singular communication made to Captain
Forrest
(p. 149.) by the natives of
Ess-be
in the island of
Mixoal,
that on the coast of
New Guinca,
not far from a gulph about a day's sail from
Wanim
or
Onin,
a place about twenty leagues from the northeast of the isle of
Goram,
was a set of people who wore large turbans. He imagines them to have been the posterity of a colony of
Arabs.
ARABS.
If this is true, their discovery will be just as important to the world as that of the race of
Owen Gwynedd,
long lost to the
Britons,
till it has been lately credited that they still exist in
America,
under the title of
Padoucas
or
Welsh Indians.
THAT the western side of
New Guinea
(probably all parts,
PLENTY OF NUTMEGS.
if properly examined) abound with nutmeg trees, is very certain. A
Portuguese
ship, which was forced by a storm from its anchorage at
Timor,
was driven to this coast, and there anchored in order to repair the damage she had received. The captain, during the interval, procured a sufficient loading of nutmegs, with which he sailed directly to
Macao,
and sold them, without ever returning to his former place of destination.
FROM
Mackerel
bay, the coast trends to the north-west as far as the streights of
Galowa
and
Salwatty
island. From thence it turns to the north-east, terminating at the Cape of
Good Hope.
Thus have I performed the circuit of the great island, and concluded this the last great labor of my life.
DOWNING,
OCTOBER 27, 1792.
FLORA INDICA.
MONANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
CANNA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. p. 2.
Fl. Coch.
i. 13.
Fl. Zeyl.
1. Cannacorus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 177. t. 71. f. 2. Katu Bala,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 85. l. 43. Flowering Reed,
Gerard,
39.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 316.—Inhabits all parts of
India,
is found also in
Africa
and
South America.
Called
Indian Shot,
from the form of the seeds, of which the
Catholics,
and the
Mahometan
negroes, make rosaries.
RENEALMIA
exaltata, Linn. Suppl.
79. Globba Sylvestris, major et minor,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 140. tab. 62, 63. Grows in the wet fields of
Celebes,
and, rarely, behind
Victoria
castle, in
Amboina.
The fruit is of little use, but for its perfumed scent; is greedily eaten by the green parrots. The form of that of the
Sylvestris
of singular growth. All the species given by
Rumphius
have the
Ternatic
name of
Globba.
MYROSMA
Cannaefolia, Linn. Suppl.
80. Narukila,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. 67. tab. 34.
AMOMUM
Zingiber, Syst. Pl.
i. 2.
Fl. Zeyl.
3. Zingiber Maius,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 156. t. 66. f. 1. Inschi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 21. t. 12.
Outlines,
i. p. 141.
Gerard,
61.—Common to the hotter parts of
Africa,
particularly on the Red Sea, on the
Troglodytic
coast, the inhabitants of which were called by the
Arabs, Zingi,
from whom the plant derived its name. It was also brought from the neighboring
Barbaria,
as appears from
Galen,
lib. vi. Medic. Simpl.
AMOMUM
Zerumbet,
3.
Fl. Zeyl.
2.
Fl. Coch.
i. 3. Lampucium,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 148. t. 61. f. 1. Katou-Inschi-kua,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 27. t. 13. Zerumbeth seu Zedoaria rotunda,
Gerard,
34.
AMOMUM
Cardamomum, Syst. Pl.
i. 4.
Fl. Zeyl.
4.
Fl. Coch.
i. 4. Cardamomum minus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 152. t. 65. f. 1. Elettari,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 9. t. 6.
Sonnerat,
ii. 240. tab. 136.
Gerard,
C. minus, 542. Cardamomum.
Plinti,
lib. xii. c. 7.
Outlines,
i. p. 141.—In use among the antients,
Gerard
prescribes them in sack to cure the ague, and to warm the cold and feeble stomach.
AMOMUM
Granum Paradisi,
3. Grana Paradisi Officinarum,
Bauh. Pin.
413.
Roseum, Pl. of Coromandel,
ii. tab. 126. Elettari,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. t. 6.
Gerard,
1542.
COSTUS
Arabicus,
3.
Fl. Zeyl.
v. Costus Arabicus,
Bauh. Pin.
36. Tsiana kua,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 15. t. 8.
Gerard,
1620.
Outlines,
i. 25. —The
Costus
is now expelled from our dispensatory. The root was highly esteemed by the antients, and sold at a high price, being used in medicine, and as a rich ointment. The best was brought from
Patala,
near the mouth of the
Indus,
and from
Persia. Horace
speaks of the
Achaemenius Costus
among the highest luxuries.
Pliny
describes its qualities,
Radix gustu servens, odore eximio, frutice alias inutile. Bontius
speaks in high terms of its virtues, which he experienced in
India.
MARANTA
Galanga,
4. Galanga,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 143. t. 63. Amomum Galanga,
Fl. Coch.
i. 7.—Once in our dispensatory as a bitter, but now omitted. Grows every where in wet places from
Hindoostan
to
China,
and in all the isles. The roots are jointed, and surrounded with circular
striae;
are hot, bitter, and sharp; much used in
India
to promote the appetite, and more for that purpose than for medicine. Of this plant is made the
Bocassan,
composed of a sort of shell-fish steeped in vinegar, and the pickle called
Achar,
as famous as the
Garum
of the
Romans.
These are much in use on the
Malabar
coast.
MARANTA
Malaccensis, Rumph.
v. 177. tab. 71. fig. 1.
CURCUMA
rotunda,
5.
Fl. Zeyl.
6.
Fl. Coch.
i. 11. Curcuma,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 168. t. 68? Manja-kua,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 19. t. 10.
Outlines,
i. p. 216.—Root consists of clusters of jointed parts, to which are connected small oval appendages; the roots are of the richest golden color. Grows in
Hindoostan, Java, Balli,
and
Ceram.
Keeps its place in our dispensatory.
CURCUMA
longa,
5.
Fl. Zeyl.
7.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 162. t. 67.
Fl. Coch.
i. 11. Manjella-kua,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 21. t. 11. Long-rooted
Turmeric, Woodville, Med. Bot.
ii. 359.
Gerard,
33. 1631. Crocus Indicus,
Saffran de tierra.
Cyperus Indicus,
Dioscorides,
lib. i. c. 4.—The root retained in our dispensatory, and prescribed in the jaundice and other visceral chronical obstructions. Is the richest of yellow dyes, but no art can give it durability. It enters into the composition of that filthy ingredient in the dishes of our orientalists,
Curry,
or
Karri,
powder. Its roots are also much used as a food in
India
and many of the islands.
Bontius,
c. 39. speaks highly in its praise, not only for its virtue in visceral complaints, but for its efficacy in female disorders; and also for its excellency in promoting parturition. The
Malayans
call it
Borbori,
which properly signifies an ointment made of the root.
KAEMPFERIA
Galanga, Syst. Pl.
i. 5.
Flor. Zeyl.
8. Sonchorus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 173. t. 69. f. 2. Katsjula kelengu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 81. t. 41.
Outlines,
i. 207.
KAEMPFERIA
rotunda,
5.
Fl. Zeyl.
9.
Woodville,
ii. 360. Zedoaria Rotunda,
Bauh. Pin.
36. Malan-kua,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 17. t. 6.
Gerard,
34.—The root round. Supposed to have been used in antient medicine, and still preserves a place in the
British
Pharmacopoeia.
BOERHAAVIA
diffusa,
7.
Fl. Zeyl.
10. Tatu-dama,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 105. t. 56.
Brown Jam.
123.
DIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
NYCTANTHES
Arbor Tristis, Syst. Pl.
i. 15.
Fl. Zeyl.
ii. Myrto similis,
Bauh. Pin.
469. Mania Pumeran,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 35. t. 21.
Rai. Hist.
p. 1698.
Gerard,
1527.
Outlines,
i. p. 216.
NYCTANTHES
Arbor Sambac,
15.
Fl. Zeyl.
12.
Bauh. Pin.
398. Flos Manoiae,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 52. t. 30. Arabian Pipe,
Gerard,
1400. No 3. —
Rumphius
styles this the noblest of
Indian
flowers, not on account of its beauty, but its exquisite scent. Like others of the genus, it opens in the night, and emits an unparalleled fragrancy. It is the delight of all ranks of people; is gathered and worn by the youth of both sexes, braided in their hair, or elegantly scattered over their dress.
NYCTANTHES
undulata,
15.
Rai. Hist.
1601. Tsieregam Mulla,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 97. t. 55.—Grateful as the former for its admirable scent, which it never loses, and has a perpetual succession of flowers.
NYCTANTHES
hirsuta,
15. Rava Pow,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 99. t. 48.
Rai. Hist.
1602.
Sonnerat,
ii. 228. tab. 128.—A lofty tree with a thick stem. Flowers extremely fragrant.
NYCTANTHES
angustifolia,
16. Katu-pitsiegam Mulla,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 93. t. 53.
Raii. Hist.
1602.—Grows in the sandy soil near
Cranganor.
NYCTANTHES
elongata, Linn. Suppl.
p. 82.
Berg. Act. Ang.
lxi. p. 289. tab. xi.— A tedious description without any history.
NYCTANTHES
acuminata, Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 87. t. 39.
NYCTANTHES
triflora, Burm. Ind.
iv. t. 2.
SCHREBERA
Swietenoides, Pl. of Coromandel,
ii. 101.
JASMINUM
officinale, Syst. Pl.
i. 16.
Fl. Coch.
i. 24.
Bauh. Pin.
397.
Gerard,
892.—The common Jasmine, for which we are beholden to
India.
The use of its flowers in medicine now omitted in our dispensatory.
JASMINUM
grandiflorum,
16.
Bauh. Pin.
ii. p. 101.
Rai. Hist.
1600.
Pitsiegam Mulla, Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 91.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 217.
JASMINUM
Azoricum,
16.
Fl. Zeyl.
13.
Burman Zeyl.
127. tab. 58. fig. 1.
Outlines,
i. p. 217.
JASMINUM
odoratissimum,
17.
Mill. Dict.
n. 5.
CHIONANTHUS
Zeylonica,
20.
Fl. Zeyl.
14.
Burm. Zeyl.
31.
DIALIUM
Indicum,
21. Cortex Papetarius,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 212. t. 137.—Grows to be a lofty tree.
JUSTICIA
Adhatoda,
40.
Flor. Zeyl.
16.
Malahar
Nut,
Miller Dict.
No 4.
Kew Garden,
i. p. 28.—Inhabits
Malabar
and
Ceylon,
yet will live in
England
in the common green-house. In gardens since 1699. Once supposed to bear the leaf and nut
of the Betel
chewed by the
Orientalists. Ray,
in
Hist. Pl.
iii. 651. says that
Ahotoda
signifies in the
Malabar
a medicine used to bring away a dead foetus.
JUSTICIA
acaulis, Linn. Suppl.
p. 84.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 127.
JUSTICIA
ciliaris, Linn. Suppl.
p. 84.
Burm. Zeyl.
88. t. 38.
JUSTICIA
Tranquebarensis, Linn. Suppl.
p. 85.
JUSTICIA
Gandarussa, Linn. Suppl.
p. 85.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 70. t. 28.
JUSTICIA
Echolium, Syst. Pl.
i. 40.
Fl. Coch.
i. 29. Carim Curini,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 31. t. 20.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 217.
JUSTICIA
betonica,
40.
Flor. Zeyl.
18. Bem-Curini,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 126. t. 21.
JUSTICIA
picta,
41.
Fl. Coch.
i. 29.
Folium Bracteatum, Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 73. t. 30. Tsiude Maram,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. t. 60.—Is a middlesized tree. There are two varieties, the white and the red; the first with leaves beautifully blotched with white in the middle. The elegant leaves of the white are used to ornament the tables and couches at nuptial feasts.
JUSTICIA
infundibuliformis,
41. Manja-kurini,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 121. t. 62.
JUSTICIA
procumbens,
43.
Fl. Zeyl.
19.
JUSTICIA
repens,
44.
Fl. Zeyl.
20.
JUSTICIA
Echioides,
44.
Fl. Zeyl.
21.
JUSTICIA
nasuta,
45. Pulcolli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 135. t. 69.
JUSTICIA
Moretiana, Rumph. Amb.
vi. 53. t. 23. fig. 1.
JUSTICIA
purpurea, Syst. Pl.
i. 45.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 51. t. 22. f. 1.
Fl. Coch.
i. 31.
JUSTICIA
bivalvis,
45. Adel-odagam,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 81. t. 43.
JUSTICIA
gangetica,
46. Carua Caniram,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 109. t. 56.
DIANTHERA
Malabarica, Lin. Suppl.
85. Cara Carinam,
Rheed. Mal.
v. 9. p. 109. t. 56. Justicia,
Mal. Hort. Kew.
i. 27.
GRATIOLA
rotundifolia, Syst. Pl.
i. 47. Tsianga-puspam,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 111. t. 57.
GRATIOLA
byssopoides,
48.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 128.
Fl. Coch.
i. 26.
GRATIOLA
virginica,
48. Tsieria Maya Nari,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 165. t. 85.
GRATIOLA
juncea, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 129.
UTRICULARIA
caerulaea, Syst. Pl.
i. 52.
Fl. Zeyl.
23. Nelipu,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 137. t. 70.
UTRICULARIA
stellaris, Linn. Suppl.
86.—Inhabits the rice grounds of
India.
VERBENA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 52.
Mill. Dict.
n. 9.
SALVIA
Indica,
65.
Jacq. Hort.
t. 78.
Mill. Dict.
n. 9.
THOUINIA
nutans, Linn. Suppl.
p. 89.
GLOBBA
longa, Syst. Pl.
i. 74.
Rumph.
vi. 134. tab. 60.
GLOBBA
crispa, Rumph.
137. tab. 61. fig. 1. 2. Amomum villosum,
Fl. Coch.
i. 4.
GLOBBA
vivisormis, Syst. Pl.
i. 74.
Rumph.
138. tab. 59. fig. 2.
GLOBBA
marantina,
73.
Mantissa,
170.
DIANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
PIPER
nigrum, Syst. Pl.
i. 75.
Fl. Coch.
i. 37.
Fl. Zeyl.
26. P. Rotundifolium nigrum,
Bauh. Pin.
411. Melago Codi,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 23. t. 12.
Outlines,
i. 137.
Gerard,
1538.
Arrian,
173.
Woodville,
iii. 513.
PIPER
caninum, Rumph.
v. 49. tab. 28. fig. 2.—Grows in long clusters of very small round fruit, of no use.
PIPER
betle, Syst. Pl.
i. 75.
Fl. Coch.
i. 39.
Fl. Zeyl.
27. Betela Codi,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 29. t. 15.
Gerard,
1541.
PIPER
malamiris,
75.
Fl. Zeyl.
26. Sirium,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 336. t. 116. f. 2. Amalago,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. t. 16.—Cultivated from
Hindoostan
quite to
China.
The fruit very slender, about two inches and a quarter long.
PIPER
macropiper, Rumph.
v. 46. tab. 28. fig. 1.—The fruit extremely slender, of the length of four inches. Grows in
Java, Amboina,
&c.
PIPER
siriboa, Syst. Pl.
i. 76.
Fl. Zeyl.
29. Siriboa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 340. t. 117. f. 2.—This species bears fruit six inches long, is peculiar to the
Moluccas,
is a very strong pepper. This and the preceding much used in chewing with the
Pinanga,
or nut of the
Areca
palm.
PIPER
longum, Syst. Pl.
i. 76.
Fl. Zeyl.
30.
Bauh. Pin.
412.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 333. t. 116. f. 1. Cattutirpali,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 27. t. 14.
Outlines,
viii. 49.
Gerard,
1539.
Arrian,
170.
Transt.
— Our common long pepper.
PIPER
decumanum,
76. Sirium decumanum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 45. t. 27.— The leaves extremely large, and heart-shaped, often a foot in length. The fruit very slender, and four inches long. The twigs used against the power of magic.
PIPER
peltatum,
75.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 133. t. 59. f. 1.
PIPER
cubeba, Linn. Suppl.
p. 90.
Gerard,
1548.—Inhabits
Java,
also
Guinea.
Inferior in its powers to the common pepper.
Gerard
gives the figure of the berry.
TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
OLAX
Zeylanica,
92.
Fl. Zeyl.
34.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 217.
scandens, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 102.
TAMARINDUS
Indica,
92.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 488.
Fl. Zeyl.
14.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 90. t. 23.
Rai. Hist.
1748. Ballampulli,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 39. t. 23.
Gerard,
1607.
Bauh. Pin.
403.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 217.
RUMPHIA
Amboinensis,
92.
Rai. Hist.
156. Tsiem-tani,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 25. t. 11. Named in honor of the great florist of the island of
Amboina.
ROTALA
verticillaris,
94.
Mant.
175.
IXIA
Chinensis,
98.
Fl. Coch.
i. 46. Ralemcanda-Schularmandi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 73. t. 37.
COMMELINA
vaginata,
115.
Mant.
177.
COMMELINA
Benghalensis,
113.
Fl. Coch.
i. 49.
Burm. Zeyl.
70.
COMMELINA
nudiflora,
115.
Fl. Zeyl.
31.
COMMELINA
cucultata, Syst. Pl.
i. 115.
Fl. Coch.
i. 49.
Burm. Ind.
xviii. t. 7. f. 3.
COMMELINA
spirata,
116.
Mant.
ii. p. 176.
HIPPOCRATEA
Indica, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 130.
XYRIS
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 116.
Fl. Zeyl.
35. Katsjiletri-pullo,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 139. t. 7.
SCHOTNUS
niveus,
120. Pee-mottenga,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 99. t. 53.
SCHOTNUS
lithospermus, Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 16. t. 6. f. 2.
SCHOTNUS
paniculatus, Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 22. t. 8. f. 1.
SCHOTNUS
coloratus, Syst. Pl.
i. 120.
Fl. Coch.
i. 52. Gramen capitatum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 8. t. 3. f. 2.—According to the
Malayes,
a stalk of this grass sent to any person denotes that the bearer is a restless fellow, and does not know what to do with himself.
CYPERUS
haspan,
124.
Fl. Zeyl.
37.
CYPERUS
esculentus,
124. Dulcis,
Rumph.
vi. tab. 3. fig. 1.—An
European
species.
CYPERUS
rotundus,
124.
Fl. Coch.
i. 53.
Fl. Zeyl.
36.
CYPERUS
difformis,
125. Pluk. alm. t. 317. f. 5.
CYPERUS
iria,
125. Iria, seu Balari,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 105. t. 56.
CYPERUS
elatus,
125.
Fl. Coch.
i. 54.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 301.
Sloan. Jam.
p. 36.
CYPERUS
pumilus,
128.
Fl. Coch.
i. 54. Pluk. alm. 179. t. 191. f. 8.
CYPERUS
triflorus,
128.
Mant.
180.
CYPERUS
monti, Lin. Suppl.
102.
Fl. Coch.
i. 53.
Mant.
p. 102.
CYPERUS
distans, Lin. Suppl.
103.
Mant.
p. 103.
SCIRPUS
trigynus, Syst. Pl.
i. 130.
Mant.
180.
SCIRPUS
articulatus,
130. Tsieli,
Rheed. Malah.
xii. p. 135. t. 71.
SCIRPUS
capillaris,
135.
Burm. Zeyl.
108. t. 47. f. 2.
SCIRPUS
dichotomus, Syst. Pl.
i. 136.
Fl. Zeyl.
40.
SCIRPUS
echinatus,
136.
Fl. Zeyl.
38.
SCIRPUS
miliaceus,
137.
Fl. Coch.
i. 55.
Burm. Ind.
t. 9. f. 2.
SCIRPUS
cyperoides,
137. Koll-pullu,
Hort. Malab.
xii. p. 119. t. 63.
SCIRPUS
luzulae,
139.
Pluk. Mant.
97. t. 417. f. 3.
SCIRPUS
corymbosus,
139. Kadira-pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xix. p. 97. t. 43.
SCIRPUS
squarrosus,
140. Motta-pulla,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 72. t. 38. Ruenacu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 72. t. 36.
SCIRPUS
intricatus,
140. Scirpus capitatus,
Burm. Fl. Ind.
p. 21.
SCIRPUS
michelianus,
141.
Bauh. Hist.
ii. p. 523.
SCIRPUS
ciliaris,
141.
Mant.
182.
SCIRPUS
cephalotus,
142.
Brown. Jam.
129.
SCIRPUS
grossus, Lin. Suppl.
104.
KYLLINGA
monocephala, Lin. Suppl.
104.
KYLLINGA
triceps, Lin. Suppl.
104.
KYLLINGA
panicea, Lin. Suppl.
105.
KYLLINGA
umbellata, Lin. Suppl.
105.
NARDUS
ciliaris, Syst. Pl.
145.
NARDUS
Indica, Lin. Suppl.
105.
Fl. Coch.
i. 56.
Outlines,
i. 133.
NARDUS
Thomaea, Lin. Suppl.
105.
POMMEREULLA
cornucopiae, Lin. Suppl.
105.
TRIANDRIA DYGINIA.
BOBARTIA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 145.
Fl. Coch.
i. 58.
Fl. Zeyl.
41.
SACCHARUM
spontaneum,
147.
Fl. Coch.
i. 65.
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 85. t. 46.
SACCHARUM
officinarum,
147.
Fl. Coch.
i. 66.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 186. t. 74. f. 1.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 146.
SACCHARUM
spicatum, Syst. Pl.
i. 147.
Fl. Coch.
i. 67. Tieria kuronpullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 117.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 17. tab. 7. f. 2. A.
PHALARIS
zizanoides,
151.
Fl. Coch.
i. 62.
Mant.
183.
PASPALUM
scrobiculatum,
152.
Mant.
29.
PANICUM
polystachion,
153.
Fl. Coch.
i. 58. Gramen caricosum alterum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 17. t. 7. f. 2. B.
PANICUM
glaucum,
153.
Fl. Zeyl.
44.
PANICUM
Italicum,
154.
Fl. Coch.
i. 58.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 202. t. 75. f. 2.
PANICUM
crus corvi,
154.
Fl. Coch.
i. 59.
Scop. Carn.
ii. n. 71.
PANICUM
colonum,
155. Gramen articulatum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 13. t. 5. f. 3.
PANICUM
brizoides,
155.
Pluk. alm.
174. t. 191. f. 1.
PANICUM
dimidiatum,
156.
Burm. Ind.
25. t. 8. f. 3.
PANICUM
hirtellum,
156.
Burm. Ind.
t. 12. f. 1.
PANICUM
conglomeratum,
156.
Mant.
324.
PANICUM
lineare,
158.
Burm. Ind.
25. t. 10. f. 2.
PANICUM
distachyon,
158.
Mant,
138.
PANICUM
compositum,
159.
Fl. Zeyl.
42.
PANICUM
ramosum,
159.
Mant.
29.
PANICUM
miliaceum,
160.
Fl. Coch.
i. 59.
Bauh. Pin.
26.
Theatr.
502.
PANICUM
arborescens,
161.
Fl. Zeyl.
43.—Equal in height to the tallest trees, yet not thicker than a goose's quill.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 217.
PANICUM
curvatum,
161.
Syst. Nat.
xii. p. 730.
PANICUM
patens,
162. Hippogrostis Amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 14. t. 5. f. 3. Tsiama pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 75. t. 41.—The common food of horses, cows, and sheep in
Amboina.
PANICUM
brevifolium,
162.
Stum. Jam.
i. p. 115. t. 72. f. 3.
PANICUM
elatius, Lin. Suppl.
107.
PANICUM
helvolum, Lin. Suppl.
107.
ALOPECURUS
hordeiformis, Syst. Pl.
i. 166.
Fl. Coch.
i. 60.
Pluk. Alm.
177. t. 119. f. 1.
MILIUM
cimicinum,
168.
Mant.
184.
AGROSTIS
matrella,
172.
Mant.
185.
AGROSTIS
Indica,
176.
Sloan. Jam.
35.
Hist.
i. p. 115. t. 73. f. 1.
AGROSTIS
radiata,
177.
Fl. Coch.
i. 63.
Brown. Jam.
137.
AGROSTIS
tenacissima, Lin. Suppl.
107.
POA
amabilis, Syst. Pl.
i. 188.
Fl. Zeyl.
46.
POA
Malabarica,
189.
Burm. Ind.
t. 11. f. 2.
POA
Chinensis,
189.
Fl. Coch.
i. 69.
Burm. Ind.
t. 11. f. 3.
POA
tenella,
189. Gramen sumi,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 4. f. 3. Tsiama pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 75. t. 4.
POA
Amboinensis,
191. Phoenix Amboinica montana,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 19. t. 7. f. 3.
POA
punctata, Lin. Suppl.
109.
UNIOLA
mucronata, Syst. Pl.
i. 196.
DACTYLIS
lagopoides,
197.
Burm. Ind.
t. 10. f. 1.
CYNOSURUS
corocanus,
200.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 203. t. 76. f. 2. Tsittipullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 149. t. 78.
CYNOSURUS
Indicus,
201. Gramen vaccinum femina,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 10. t. 4. f. 2. Kauara-pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 131. t. 69.
CYNOSURUS
Aegyptius,
200.
Bauh. Pin.
7.
CYNOSURUS
Indicus,
200.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 10. tab. 4. f. 2.
STIPA
arguens,
220. Gramen arguens,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 15. t. 6. f. 1.
STIPA
spinifex,
220. Cyperus littoreus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 6. t. 2. f. 2.
ARUNDO
bambos,
227.
Fl. Coch.
i. 70. Ily,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 25. tab. xvi. Bambos Arundinacea,
Pl. of Cor.
i. 79. where it is attached to the class of Hexandria Monogynia.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 142.
ARUNDO
donax, Syst. Pl.
i. 227.
Fl. Coch.
i. 69.
Hort. Cliff.
26.
Osbeck's Travels,
i. 25.—This is the
Kaneh
of the
Hebrews.
My friend the Rev. Samuel Dickinson's remarks on this article are worthy the reader's attention.
This species grows in the warmer parts of
Europe,
and also in
India
and
China,
and is much used for walking sticks and fishing rods. This is a fragile staff, and the only cane in use that has that property. Upon an accidental bruise it will break in shivers. It is the Kaneh of the Hebrews; and from its brittle quality we see the propriety of Rabshakah's allusion, 2 Kings, xviii. 21.
Now behold thou trustest upon the staff of this bruised reed (kaneh), even upon Egypt, on which if a man lean, it will go into his hand and pierce it; so is Pharaoh king of Egypt unto all that trust on him.
The Hebrew word having been introduced not only into the Greek and Latin, but most of the modern languages of Europe. The Spaniards call it Cannas, and the Italians Canna. It gave the name of Cane to all the sticks which resembled it, when they were first imported by the Dutch, &c. from the East Indies.
ARUNDO
phragmites,
227. Common reed,
Gerard,
36.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 20. t. 5.
ANTHISTERIA
ciliata, Lin. Suppl.
113.
ARISTIDA
arundinacea, Syst. Pl.
i. 230.
Mant.
186.
ARISTIDA
hystrix, Lin. Suppl.
113.
ROTTBOLLA
compressa, Lin. Suppl.
114.
ROTTBOLLA
dimidiata, Lin. Suppl.
114.
ROTTBOLLA
exaltata, Lin. Suppl.
114.
ROTTBOLLA
corymbosa, Lin. Suppl.
114.
LOLIUM
distachion, Syst. Pl.
i. 213.
Mant.
187.
HORDEUM
nodosum,
237.
Rai. Ang.
iii. p. 397. t. 20. f. 2.
TRIANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
ERIOCAULON
quinquangulare, Syst. Pl.
i. 243.
Fl. Zeyl.
48.
ERIOCAULON
sexangulare,
243.
Fl. Zeyl.
49.
Burm. Ind.
t. 9. f. 4.
ERIOCAULON
setaceum,
244.
Fl. Coch.
i. 77.
Fl. Zeyl.
50. Tsieru-kotsijelleti pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 129. t. 63.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 17. tab. 7. f. 1.
HOLOSTEUM
hirsutum,
246.
Amoen. Acad.
iii. p. 21.
MOLLUGO
oppositifolia,
248.
Fl. Zeyl.
52.
MOLLUGO
pentaphylla,
248.
Fl. Zeyl.
51.
TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
MONETIA
barlerioides, L'Heretier Stirp. nov.
1. Lycium Indicum,
Sch. Thes.
i. p. 21. tab. 13. f. 2.
Hort. Kew.
i. 160.
SCABIOSA
atropurpurea, Syst. Pl.
i. 283.
Clus. Hist.
ii. p. 3.
HEDYOTIS
fruticosa,
289.
Fl. Zeyl.
63.
Burm. Zeyl.
227. t. 107.
HEDYOTIS
auricularia,
289.
Fl. Zeyl.
64. Muriguti,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 63. t. 32.
HEDYOTIS
herbacea,
289.
Fl. Coch.
i. 98.
Flor. Zeyl.
65.
HEDYOTIS
maritima, Lin. Suppl.
119.
HEDYOTIS
pumila, Lin. Suppl.
119.
HEDYOTIS
graminifolia, Lin. Suppl.
119.
SCABRITA
scabra, Syst. Pl.
i. 290.
Linn. Pfl. Syst.
iii. p. 89.
GYROCARPUS
Jacquini, Pl. of Cor.
i. 1.
Le Brun's Voy.
ii. p. 257.
SPERMACOCE
hispida, Syst. Pl.
i. 290.
Burm. Zeyl.
163. t. 20. f. 3.
SPERMACOCE
articularis, Lin. Suppl.
120.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 6. p. 25. t. 10.
SPERMACOCE
stricta, Lin. Suppl.
120.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 6. p. 25.
SPERMACOCE
procumbens, Sp. corymbosa, Spec. Pl.
ii. p. 149.
KNOXIA
Zeylonica, Syst. Pl.
i. 298.
Fl. Zeyl.
400.
Rai. Sup.
246.
IXORA
coccinea,
311.
Fl. Coch.
i. 95.
Fl. Zeyl.
22. Flamma sylvarum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 105. t. 46. Lohetti,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 17. t. 13.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 218.
IXORA
alba,
311.
Fl. Coch.
i. 96.
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 19. t. 14.
PAVETTA
Indica,
312.
Flammula
sylvarum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 107. t. 47.
Rai. Hist.
1581. Pavette, f. Malleomothe,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 19. t. 10.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
CANSIERA
scandens, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 103.
CALLICARPA
Americana, Syst. Pl.
i. 313.
Fl. Coch.
i. 88.
Catesb. Carol.
ii. p. 47. t. 47.
CALLICARPA
tomentosa,
314.
Spec. Pl.
ii. p. 172.
Fl. Zeyl.
59.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
EXACUM
sessile,
318.
Fl. Zeyl.
61.
EXACUM
pedunculatum,
318.
Pluk. Mant.
43. t. 343. f. 3.
EXACUM
punctatum, Lin. Suppl.
124.
CISSUS
vitiginea, Syst. Pl.
i. 328.
Fl. Coch.
i. 105.
Fl. Zeyl.
60.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 446. t. 164.
CISSUS
quadrangularis,
329.
Fl. Coch.
i. 106. Funis quadrangularis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 83. t. 44. f. 2.
CISSUS
trifoliata,
330.
Fl. Coch.
i. 105.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 447.
SAMARA
lecta,
333.
Fl. Zeyl.
469.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
SIRIUM
Myrtisolium,
335.
Linn. Psl. Syst.
iii. p. 128.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 2.—White and yellow
Sanders,
or
Sandal
Wood, so esteemed for its fragrance. Grows to perfection on the
Malabar
coast.
LUDWIGIA
oppositifolia, Syst. Pl.
i. 336.
Fl. Zeyl.
66.
LUDWIGIA
erigata,
336.
Mant.
40.
OLDENLANDIA
repens,
337.
Fl. Coch.
i. 98. Crusta ollae minima,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 460. t. 170.
OLDENLANDIA
biflora, Syst. Pl.
i. 338.
Fl. Zeyl.
68.
OLDENLANDIA
umbellata,
338.
Fl. Zeyl.
67.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 3.—
Indian
Madder produces a fine yellow dye.
OLDENLANDIA
paniculata,
338.
Fl. Coch.
i. 99.
Burm. Zeyl.
161. t. 71. f. 2.
OLDENLANDIA
stricta,
339.
Pluk. Mant.
ix. t. 332. f. 2.
OLDENLANDIA
hirsuta, Linn. Suppl.
127.
AMMANNIA
octandra, Linn. Suppl.
127.
AMMANNIA
pinnatifida, Linn. Suppl.
127.
ELEAGNUS
latifolia, Syst. Pl.
i. 343.
Fl. Coch.
i. 113.
Fl. Zeyl.
58.
SANTALUM
album,
344.
Fl. Coch.
i. 109.
Woodvile's Med. Bot.
iv. 136.
Bauh. Pin.
392.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 42. t. 11.
Outlines,
i. 140. Syrium
myrtifolium?
SALVADORA
Persica,
347.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 26.
CANTHIUM
parvifolium, Pl. of Cor.
i. 51.—Its thorny branches constitute an excellent fence. The fruit and leaves are edible.
GYROCARPUS
sacquini, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 1.—The wood is much used in
India,
on account of its lightness; to make rafts or
catamarans.
TETRANDRIA TETRAGYNIA.
ILEX
Asiatica, Syst. Pl.
i. 354.
Lin. Sup.
11.
COLDENIA
procumbens,
355.
Fl. Zeyl.
69.
Rai. Sup.
281.
PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
HELIOTROPIUM
Indicum, Syst. Pl.
i. 380.
Fl. Coch.
i. 126.
Fl. Zeyl.
70.
HELIOTROPIUM
parviflorum,
380.
Fl. Zeyl.
470.
Rai. Sup.
271.
BORAGO
Indica,
397.
Fl. Zeyl.
71.
BORAGO
Zeylanica,
398.
Burm. Ind.
41. t. 14. f. 2.
TOURNEFORTIA
argentea, Lin. Sup.
133.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 119. t. 55.
CYCLAMEN
Indicum, Syst. Pl.
i. 415.
Fl. Zeyl.
401.
MENYANTHES
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 416.
Fl. Zeyl.
72. Nymphaea ceramica,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 173. t. 72. f. 3. Nedel ambel,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 55. t. 28.
MENYANTHES
cristata, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 105.
HOTTONIA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 417. Tsiunda Tsiera,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 71. t. 36.
OTHIORHIZA
munges,
426.
Fl. Zeyl.
402.
AZALEA
Indica,
428.
Rai. Hist.
1895.
PLUMBAGO
Zeylonica,
430.
Fl. Zeyl.
73. Tumba codiveli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 15. t. 8.
PLUMBAGO
rosea,
430. Radix vesicatoria,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 453. t. 168, Schetti-codiveli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 17. t. 9.
PORANA
volubilis,
433.
Burm. Ind.
51. t. 21. f. 1.
CUSCUTA
reflexa, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 104.
CONVOLVULUS
medium, Syst. Pl.
i. 436.
Fl. Coch.
i. 130. Tala-neli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 113. t. 55.
CONVOLVULUS
hederaceus,
436.
Hort. Cliff.
67.
CONVOLVULUS
obseurus,
437.
Fl. Coch.
i. 131.
Dill. Elth.
98. t. 83. f. 95.
CONVOLVULUS
angularis,
437.
Burm. Ind.
46. t. 19. f. 2.
CONVOLVULUS
batatas,
438.
Fl. Coch.
i. 131.
Rai. Hist.
728.
Bauh. Pin.
91.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 367. t. 130. Kappa-kelengu,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 95. t. 50.—This plant is much cultivated in the southern parts of
Europe;
the root is sweet and nourishing.
CONVOLVULUS
Malabaricus,
439.
Fl. Coch.
i. 132. Kattu-kelengu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 105. t. 51.
CONVOLVULUS
anceps,
439.
Mant.
43.
CONVOLVULUS
peltatus,
440.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 428. t. 157.
CONVOLVULUS
turpethum,
440.
Fl. Zeyl.
74.
Bauh. Pin.
149.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
CONVOLVULUS
sericeus, Syst. Pl.
i. 440.
Burm. Ind.
44. t. 17. f. 1.
CONVOLVULUS
vitifolius,
442.
Burm. Ind.
45. t. 18. f. 1.
CONVOLVULUS
paniculatus,
443. Modecca,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 39. t. 20.
CONVOLVULUS
reptans,
446. Olus vagum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 419. t. 155. f. 1.
CONVOLVULUS
hirtus,
447.
Mill. Dict.
n. 10.
CONVOLVULUS
Indicus, Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 432. t. 158.
CONVOLVULUS
pes caprae, Syst. Pl.
i. 447.
Fl. Coch.
i. 134.
Fl. Zeyl.
75. C. marinus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 433. t. 159. f. 1. Schouanna-adamboe,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 117. t. 57.
CONVOLVULUS
sublobatus, Lin. Sup.
135.
CONVOLVULUS
maximus, Lin. Sup.
137. Tiru Tali,
Rheed. Mal.
v. 11. p. 109. t. 53.
IPOMOEA
quamoclit, Syst. Pl.
i. 448.
Fl. Coch.
i. 137.
Fl. Zeyl.
77. Flos cardinalis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 421. t. 155. f. 2.
Bauh. Pin.
398. Tsiura-cranti,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 123. t. 60.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
IPOMOEA
bona nox,
450.
Bauh. Pin.
296. Munda valli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 103. t. 50.
IPOMOEA
campanulata,
450.
Fl. Coch.
i. 138. Adambae,
Rheed., Mal.
ii. p. 175. t. 56.
IPOMOEA
hastata,
451.
Burm. Ind.
50. t. 18. f. 2.
IPOMOEA
hepaticifolia,
452.
Fl. Zeyl.
79.
Burm. Ind.
50. t. 20. f. 2.
IPOMOEA
pes tigridis,
452.
Fl. Zeyl.
79. Pulli Schouadi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 121. t. 59.
NAUCLEA
orientalis,
473.
Fl. Coch.
i. 174.
Fl. Zeyl.
53. Katu Tsiaca,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 29. t. 33. Bancalus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 84. t. 55.
NAUCLEA
parvifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. 52.
NAUCLEA
cordifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. 53.
NAUCLEA
purpurea, Pl. of Cor.
i. 54.
RONDELETIA
Asiatica, Syst. Pl.
i. 474.
Fl. Zeyl.
80. Cupi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 37. t. 23.
Rai. Hist.
1494.
VALLARIS
pergulanus, Rumph.
v. t. 7. v. 28. p. 51.
SCAEVOLA
Lobelia, Syst. Pl.
i. 476.
Fl. Zeyl.
313. Buglossum littoreum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 116. t. 54.
PSYCHOTRIA
Asiatica,
477.
Brown. Jam.
160. t. 17.
PSYCHOTRIA
serpens,
477.
Linn. Pflanz. Syst.
iii. p. 169.
PSYCHOTRIA
herbacea,
478. Karinta-kali,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 41. t. 21.
MORINDA
Umbeliata,
485.
Fl. Coch.
i. 173.
Fl. Zeyl.
81. Rancudus angustifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 157. t. 198.
Outlines,
i. p. 218.
MORINDA
citrifolia,
488.
Fl. Coch.
i. 174.
Fl. Zeyl.
82. Rancudus latifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 158. t. 99. Coda-pilaua,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 97. t. 52.
Rai. Hist.
1442.
MUSSAENDA
Frendosa,
489.
Fl. Coch.
i. 188.
Fl. Zeyl.
84. Folium principissae,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 111. t. 51. Belilla,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 27. t. 18.
Rai. Hist.
1493.
Outlines,
i. p. 219.
MIRABILIS
jalapa,
490.
Fl. Coch.
i. 123.
Fl. Zeyl.
85.
Bauh. Pin.
168.
Cius. Hist.
ii. p. 87.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 253. tab. 89.
Outlines,
i. p. 219.
DATURA
metel, Syst. Pl.
i. 498.
Fl. Coch.
i. 135.
Fl. Zeyl.
86. Dialba,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 242. t. 87. Hummatu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 47. t. 28.
Gerard,
348. fig. 1.
DATURA
ferox,
497.
Gerard,
348.
Rai. Hist.
748.
PHYSALIS
angulata,
509.
Fl. Coch.
i. 164.
Fl. Zeyl.
97.
Bauh. Pin.
166.
PHYSALIS
pubescens,
509.
Fl. Coch.
i. 164.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 527. f. 13. t. 3. f. 24.
PHYSALIS
minima,
509. Pee-inota, inodien,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 140. f. 71.
PHYSALIS
alkekengi,
508.
Fl. Coch.
i. 164.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 60. tab. 26.
. 1.
SOLANUM
Melongena,
515.
Fl. Coch.
i. 161.
Bauh. Pin.
167.
SOLANUM
ly
op
n,
513.
Fl. Coch.
i. 161.
Rumph.
v. p. 410. t. 154. f. 1.
SOLANUM
insanum, Syst. Pl.
i. 516.
Bauh. Pin.
167. Trongum hortense'
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 238. t. 85.
Outlines,
i. p. 219.
SOLANUM
ferox,
516. Ana Schunda,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 65. t. 35.
SOLANUM
Indicum,
518.
Fl. Coch.
i. 162.
Fl. Zeyl.
94.
Hort. Cliff.
61.
SOLANUM
nigrum,
514.
Fl. Coch.
i. 160. Nelen tsjunda,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 105. t. 75.
SOLANUM
album, Fl. Coch.
i. 159.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 241.
CAPSICUM
baccatum,
521.
Fl. Coch.
i. 157.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 247. t. 88. f. 2.
CAPSICUM
grossum,
522.
Bauh. Pin.
103.
CAPSICUM
frutescens,
522.
Fl. Coch.
i. 158. C. Indicum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 247. t. 88. f. 1, 3, 4.
Outlines,
i. p. 219.
STRYCHNOS
nux vomica,
522.
Fl. Zeyl.
91.
Bauh. Pin.
301.
Rai. Hist.
1814. Caniram,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 67. t. 37.
Fl. Coch.
i. 154.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 4.—The wood of this tree is very useful, and constitutes one of the cures for the bite of venomous snakes, but is not so powerful as the
Nagamusadie,
the true
Lignum colubrinum. Rai. Hist.
1661.
Outlines,
i. p. 219.
STRYCHNOS
potatorum, Lin. Sup.
148.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 5.—The ripe seeds of this plant are dried, and used for cleansing muddy water; being rubbed round the inside of the vessel, a sediment is soon deposited, and the fluid rendered clear and transparent.
STRYCHNOS
colubrina, Syst. Pl.
i. 523.
Bauh. Pin.
301. Modira caniram,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 10. t. 5.
Rai. Hist.
1807.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. c. 46. t. 37.
IGNATIA
amara, Lin. Suppl.
149.
CORDIA
myxa, Syst. Pl.
i. 529.
Rai. Hist.
1555. Vidi moram,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 77. t. 37.
CORDIA
spinescens,
530.
Mant.
206.
CORDIA
monoica, Pl. of Cor.
i. 58.
CORDIA
sebestena,
530. Nouella nigra,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 226. t. 75.
TECTONA
grandis, Lin. Sup.
151. Theka Tekka,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 57. t. 27.
Hort. Kew.
i. 260.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 81. tab. iv.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 6.
Satus, Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 34. tab. 18.
SIDEROXYLON
spinosum, Syst. Pl.
i. 538. Caro-moelli,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 77. t. 39.
Rai. Hist.
1634.
SIDEROXYLON
tomentosum, Pl. of Cor.
i. 28.
RHAMNUS
Lineatus, Syst. Pl.
i. 544.
Fl. Coch.
i. 197.
Burm. Zeyl.
188. t. 88.
Outlines,
i. p. 220.
RHAMNUS
napeca.
545.
Fl. Zeyl.
87. Vidara littorea,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 119. t. 37.
RHAMNUS
jujuba,
545.
Fl. Coch.
i. 195.
Fl. Zeyl.
89. Malus Indica,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 117. t. 36. Perim toddal,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. t. 41.
RHAMNUS
oenoplia,
545.
Fl. Zeyl.
88.
RHAMNUS
circumscissus, Lin. Suppl.
152.
RHAMNUS
soporifer, Fl. Coch.
i. 196.
ANTHERURA
rubra, Fl. Coch.
i. 178.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 211. tab. 136.
VENTILAGO
Maderaspatana, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 76.
BUTNERIA
herbacea, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 29.
CEANOTHUS
Asiaticus, Syst. Pl.
i. 550.
Fl. Zeyl.
98.
MANGIFERA
Indica,
563.
Fl. Coch.
i. 198.
Fl. Zeyl.
471. Manga domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 93. t. 25.
Rai. Hist.
1550 Mao, f. Mau, f. Manghos,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 1. t. 1, 2.
Outlines,
i. p. 220. —The unripe fruits are pickled; the ripe luscious, and highly fragrant.
MANGIFERA
piunata, Lin. Suppl.
156.
MANGIFERA
saetida, Fl. Coch.
i. 199.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 98. tab. 28.—A large tree, producing a bitter unwholesome fruit.
AQUILICIA
sambucina, Syst. Pl.
i. 568. Frutex aquosus femina,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 103. t. 44.
HEDERA
terebinthinacea. Linn. Zeyl.
624.
Burm. Zeyl.
28.
VITIS
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 569.
Fl. Coch.
i. 192.
Fl. Zeyl.
99. Scembra Valli,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. 11. t. 6.—From its berries is distilled an agreeable fermented liquor.
VITIS
trifolia,
570. Folium Caussonis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 450. t. 166. f. 2.
VITIS
heptaphylla,
570.
Mant.
212.
ACHYRANTHES
aspera,
574.
Fl. Zeyl.
105. Auricula canis, mas,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 17. t. 12. f. 1. Cadeli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 155. t. 78.
ACHYRANTHES
sanguinolenta, Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 60. t. 27. f. 2.
ACHYRANTHES
muricata, Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 235. t. 83. f. 2.
ACHYRANTHES
lappacea, Syst. Pl.
i. 575.
Fl. Zeyl.
103. Wellia Codiveli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 59.
ACHYRANTHES
hispida,
Cauda felis,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 82. t. 35.
ACHYRANTHES
spiciflora,
Cauda felis agrestis,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 84.
ACHYRANTHES
Corymbosa, Syst. Pl.
i. 576.
Fl. Zeyl.
100.
ACHYRANTHES
prostrata,
576. Auris canina, femina,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 26. t. 11.
ACHYRANTHES
alternifolia, Lin. Suppl.
159.
Burm. Zeyl.
xvii. t. 4. f. 2.
ACHYRANTHES
patula, Lin. Suppl.
160.
CELOSIA
margaritacea, Syst. Pl.
i. 577.
Fl. Coch.
i. 293.
Bauh. Pin.
121. Belutta adeca manian,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 77. t. 39.
CELOSIA
coccinea,
578.
Bauh. Pin.
121.
CELOSIA
castrensis,
578.
Fl. Coch.
i. 202. Amaranthus vulgaris,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 236. t. 84.
CELOSIA
lanata,
579.
Fl. Zeyl.
102.
CELOSIA
nodiflora,
579.
Fl. Zeyl.
101.
ILLECEBRUM
brachiatum,
580.
Mant.
213.
ILLECEBRUM
sanguinolentum, Syst. Pl.
i. 580. Verbena rubra,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 60. t. 27. f. 2.
ILLECEBRUM
lanatum,
580.
Fl. Coch.
i. 201. Scherubala,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 75. t. 29.
ILLECEBRUM
Benghalense,
582.
Mant.
213.
ILLECEBRUM
monsoniae, Lin. Suppl.
161.
Pluk. alm.
xi. t. 334. f. 2.
ILLECEBRUM
sessile, Syst. Pl.
i. 584.
Fl. Coch.
i. 202.
Fl. Zeyl.
116. Coluppa,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 21. t. 9. Olus squillarum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 37. t. 15. f. 1.
CINCHONA
excelsa, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 106.
PAEDERIA
foetida, Syst. Pl.
i. 589. Convolvulus foetidus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 436. t. 160.
CARISSA
carandas,
589.
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 57. t. 25.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 77.—The fruit much esteemed for conserves and pickles.
CARISSA
spmarum,
590. Spina spinarum,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 76. t. 19. f. 1.
CERBERA
manghas,
591.
Fl. Coch.
i. 168.
Flor. Zeyl.
106.
Bauh. Pin.
440.
Rai. Hist.
1552. Arbor lactaria,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 243. t. 81. Odollam,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 71. t. 39.
Outlines,
i. p. 220.
GARDENIA
florida,
592.
Fl. Coch.
i. 183. Cotsjopiri,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 26. t. 14. f. 2.
GARDENIA
gummifera, Linn. Suppl.
164.—From the bark and leaves distilling a gum very like the gum Elemi.
GARDENIA
Thunbergia, Linn. Suppl.
162. Berkius,
Sonnerat, N. Guinea,
48. tab. xvii.
VINCA
rosea, Syst. Pl.
i. 594.
Fl. Coch.
i. 196.
Mill. Dict.
n. 3.
pusilla, Linn. Suppl.
166.
ARDISIA
solanacea, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 27.
NERIUM
oleander, Syst. Pl.
i. 594.
Fl. Coch.
i. 141.
Fl. Zeyl.
108.
Bauh. Pin.
464. Areli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 1. t. 1, 2.
Outlines,
i. p. 221.
NERIUM
Zeylanicum, Syst. Pl.
i. 595.
Burm. Zeyl.
23. t. 12. f. 2.
NERIUM
divaricatum,
595.
Fl. Coch.
i. 142.
Fl. Zeyl.
109.
NERIUM
antidysentericum,
595.
Fl. Coch.
i. 142.
Fl. Zeyl.
107. Codaga pala,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 85. t. 47.
NERIUM
tinctorium, Oriental Repert.
39. tab. ibid.
Outlines,
ii. p. 319.—Discovered by Doctor
Wil. Roxburgh.
PLUMERIA
obtusa, Syst. Pl.
i. 599.
Fl. Coch.
i. 144.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 85. t. 38.
ECHITES
caudata,
597.
Burm. Ind.
68. t. 26.
ECHITES
scholaris,
597. Lignum scholare,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 246. t. 82.
ECHITES
spinosa,
Carandus,
Rumph.
vii. p. 57. t. 25.
EHRETIA
aspera, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 55.
EHRETIA
laevis, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 56.
EHRETIA
buxifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 57.
TABERNAEMONTANA
alternifolia, Syst. Pl.
i. 600. Curutu-pala,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 83. t. 43.
Rai. Hist.
1751.
TABERNAEMONTANA
bufulina, Fl. Coch.
i. 145.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 133. tab. 67.
CEROPEGIA
candelabrum, Syst. Pl.
i. 601.
Fl. Coch.
i. 140. Niota-niodem-valli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 27. t. 16.
CEROPEGIA
biflora,
601.
Fl. Zeyl.
46.
CEROPEGIA
bulbosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 7.
CEROPEGIA
acuminata, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 8.
CEROPEGIA
tuberosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 9.
CEROPEGIA
juncea, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 10.—The four preceding species are esculent.
PENTANDRIA DIGYNIA.
PERGULARIA
glabra, Syst. Pl.
i. 602. Flos pergulanus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 51. t. 29. f. 2.
PERIPLOCA
Indica,
603.
Fl. Zeyl.
412.
PERIPLOCA
esculenta, Linn. Suppl.
168.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 2.—Eaten by the
Cingalese;
by cattle only in the
Decan.
APOCYNUM
fruteseens, Syst. Pl.
i. 607.
Fl. Zeyl.
114.
APOCYNUM
reticulatum,
607.
Fl. Coch.
i. 208. Olus crudum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 75. t. 40.
ASCLEPIAS
gigantea,
608.
Fl. Zeyl.
112. Ericus,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 53. t. 31.
ASCLEPIAS
volubilis, Linn. Suppl.
170.
ASCLEPIAS
asthmatica, Linn. Suppl.
171.
Fl. Zeyl.
n. 490.
ASCLEPIAS
lactifera, Syst. Pl.
i. 611.
Fl. Zeyl.
111.
HERNIARIA
lenticulata,
616.
Bauh. Pin.
281.
STERIS
savana,
629.
STAPELIA
adscendens, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 30.
ULMUS
integrifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 78.—A large tree, grows in the mountains of the Circars. Its wood used for various purposes.
GOMPHRENA
globosa, Syst. Pl.
i. 630.
Fl. Coch.
i. 218.
Fl. Zeyl.
115. Flos globosus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 289. t. 100. f. 2. Wadapu,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 73. t. 37.
GOMPHRENA
hispida,
630. Nin-angani,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 141. t. 72.
NAMA
Zeylanica,
633.
Fl. Zeyl.
117. t. 2.
GENTIANA
heteroclita,
646.
Mant.
560.
GENTIANA
verticillata, Linn. Suppl.
174.
HYDROCOTYLE
Asiatica,
Pes equinus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 455. t. 169, f. 1.
SIUM
ninsi, Syst. Pl.
i. 694.
Kaempf. Amoen.
817. t. 818.
PENTANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
SEMECARPUS
anacardium, Linn. Suppl.
182.
Bauh. Pin.
571.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 12.—Called
marking nut
by the English, as being applied to that purpose.
RHUS
cominia, Syst. Pl.
i. 730. Malago maram,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 49. t. 25.
Cobbe,
730.
Fl. Zeyl.
441.
XYLOPHYLLA
longifolia,
740.
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 19. t. 12.
PHARNACEUM
mollugo,
744.
Burm. Ind.
31. t. 5. f. 4.
PHARNACEUM
depressum,
745.
Mant.
562.
PHARNACEUM
distichum,
746.
Mant.
221.
BASSELLA
rubra,
748.
Fl. Zeyl.
119.
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 45. t. 24. Gandola rubra,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 417. t. 154.
BASSELLA
lucida,
748.
BASSELLA
alba,
748. Gandola alba,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 417. t. 154. f. 2.
PENTANDRIA TETRAGYNIA.
EVOLVULUS
gangeticus, Syst. Pl.
i. 750.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 306. n. 121.
EVOLVULUS
alsinoides,
750.
Fl. Zeyl.
76. Vistnu-clandi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 131. t. 64.
EVOLVULUS
tridentatus,
751.
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 133. t. 65.
EVOLVULUS
emarginatus, Linn. Suppl.
186.
Burm. Ind.
77. t. 30.
ARALIA
Chinensis, Syst. Pl.
i. 752.
Fl. Coch.
i. 234. Frutex aquosus mas,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. 103. t. 45.
PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.
DROSERA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
i. 768.
Fl. Zeyl.
121. Araca-puda,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 20.
CRASSULA
scutellaria,
Scutellaria prima,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 75. t. 30.
GISEKIA
pharnacioides, Syst. Pl.
i. 768.
Murray, Com. Nou. G
tt.
t. 3. p. 67. t. 2. f. 1.
HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
BAMBOS
arundinacea, Pl. of Cor.
i. 79. See p. 247.
BAMBOS
stricta, Pl. of Cor.
i. 80.
BROMELIA
ananas, Syst. Pl.
ii. 6. Ananassa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 227. t. 81.
Outlines,
i. p. 221.
BROMELIA
sylvestris, Fl. Zeyl.
131. Pandanus verus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. 139. t. 74.
BURMANNIA
disticha,
B. spica gemina,
Burm. Zeyl.
50. t. 20. f. 1.
Fl. Zeyl.
128.
TRADESCANTIA
Malabarica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 11. Tali-pulli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 123. t. 63.
TRADESCANTIA
Axillaris,
11. Nir-pulli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 28. t. 13.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 107.
TRADESCANTIA
cristata,
12.
Fl. Zeyl.
32.
Rai. Hist.
566.
TRADESCANTIA
papilionacea,
12.
Burm. Ind.
17. t. 7. f. 11.
TRADESCANTIA
tuberosa, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 108.
TRADESCANTIA
paniculata, Pl. of Cor.
ii. 109.
PONTEDERIA
ovata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 13. Narnkilo,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 67. t. 34.
PONTEDERIA
vaginalis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 13. Olus palustre.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 178. t. 75. f. 1. Carimbola,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. t. 91. f. 4.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 110.
PONTEDERIA
hastata,
14.
Fl. Zeyl.
129. Carimgola,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 91. t. 44.
Lin. Suppl.
p. 192.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 111.
PANCRATIUM
zeylanicum,
21.
Fl. Zeyl.
126. Lilium Indicum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 161, t. 70. f. 2. Catulli-pola,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. t. 40.
Outlines,
i. p. 221.
PANCRATIUM
amboinense,
23. Cepa sylvestries,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 70. f. 1.
CRINUM
asiaticum,
23.
Fl. Coch.
i. 244.
Fl. Zeyl.
127. Radix toxicaria,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 155. t. 69. Belletta pola, taly,
Rheed Mal.
ii. p. 75. t. 38.
L'Heritier Sert. Angl.
8.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
CRINUM
nervosum, L'Heritier Sert. Angl.
8. Caepa Sylvestris,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 160. t. 70. f. 1.
AMARYLLIS
orientalis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 27.
Mill. Dict.
p. 11.
AMARYLLIS
latifolia, L'Heritier Sert. Ang.
14.
Rheed Mal.
xi. 77. t. 39.
AMARYLLIS
Zeylanica, L'Heritier Sert. Ang.
14.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 306. t. 105.
AMARYLLIS
sarniensis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 27.
Fl. Coch.
i. 247.
GLORIOSA
duperba,
49.
Fl. Zeyl.
122. Mendoni,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. t. 107. f. 57.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
LEONTICE
Leontopetaloides,
67.
Amoen. Act.
viii. p. 211. t. 113.
ASPARAGUS
falcatus,
69.
Fl. Zeyl.
123.
ASPARAGUS
sarmentosus,
71.
Fl. Zeyl.
124. Schadaueli Kelangu,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 19.
DRACAENA
Draco,
71.
Bauh. Pin.
503.
Clus. Hist.
i. p. 1.
DRACAENA
terminalis,
72. Terminalis alba,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 79. t. 34.
DRACAENA
ensifolia,
72.
Fl. Coch.
i. 243.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 145. t. 73.
DRACAENA
graminifolia,
72. Terminalis rubra sylvestris,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. 81. t. 34.
DRACAENA
ferrea.
72.
Fl. Coch.
i. 242.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 79. tab. 34. f. 2.
CURCULIGO
orchioides, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 13.
POLIANTHES
tuberosa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 76.
Fl. Coch.
i. 253.
Bauh. Pin.
47. Amica nocturna,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 285. t. 98.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
ALETRIS
hyacinthoides,
82.
Fl. Zeyl.
130. Katu kapel.
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 83. t. 42.
ALOE
perfoliata,
84.
Fl. Coch.
i. 252.
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 7. t. 3.
AGAVE
vivipara,
Aloe Americana,
Rumph.
v. p. 273. t. 94.
CALAMUS
rotang, Syst. Pl.
ii. 93.
Fl. Zeyl.
468.
Bauh. Pin.
405. Isieru. Isiurel,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 121. t. 64, 65.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 97. t. 51.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
CAPURA
purpurata,
107.
Mant.
225.
LORANTHUS
pentandrus,
109.
Mant.
63.
LITCHI
Chinensis, Sonnerat.
11. 23. tab. 129.—A native of
China;
cultivated in
Bengal;
esteemed a delicious fruit.
HEXANDRIA DIGYNIA.
ORYZA
sativa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 113.
Fl. Coch.
i. 266.
Bauh. Pin.
24.
HEXANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
FLAGELLARIA
indica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 124.
Fl. Coch.
i. 262.
Fl. Zeyl.
133. Palmijuncus brevis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 120. t. 59. f. 2.
Panambuvalli, Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 99. t. 53.
HEPTANDRIA TETRAGYNIA.
APONOGETON
monostachyon, Linn. Suppl.
214. Parva Kelanga,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 31. t. 15.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 81.—Roots taste like potatoes.
SAURURUS
natans, Syst. Pl.
ii. 138. Parya Kelanga,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 31. t. 15.
OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
OSBECKIA
Chinensis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 145.
Fl. Coch.
i. 181.
Rai. Suppl. App.
236.
OSBECKIA
zeylanica, Linn. Suppl.
215.
ALLOPHYLUS
zeylanicus,
155.
Fl. Zeyl.
140.
MIMUSOPS
elengi,
156.
Fl. Zeyl.
138.
Rai. Hist.
1564. Flos cuspidum,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 189. t. 63.
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 34. t. 20
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 14.
MIMUSOPS
Kauki,
156.
Fl. Zeyl.
137.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 19. tab. 8.
MIMUSOPS
hexandra, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 15.
JAMBOLIFERA
pedunculata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 156.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 283.
Fl. Zeyl.
139. Jambolana,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 131. t. 42.
Bauh. Pin.
460.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
GUAREA
trichilioides,
157.
Brown. Jam.
279.
AMYRIS
protium, Syst. Pl.
ii. 159. Tingulong,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 54. t. 23. f. 1.
AMYRIS
ambrosiaca, Linn. Suppl.
216.
Fl. Coch.
i. 283.
COMBRETUM
decandrum, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 59.
GRISLEA
tomentosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 31.
ROXBURGHIA
gloriosiodes, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 32.
MOLINAEA
canescens, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 60.
ORNITROPHE
serrata, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 61.
DODONAEA
viscosa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 162.
Fl. Zeyl.
141. Cariophyllaster litoreus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 110. t. 50.
LAWSONIA
inermis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 163.
Fl. Zeyl.
135. Pontaletsce,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 117. t. 57.
Bauh. Pin.
476.
LAWSONIA
spinosa,
163.
Fl. Coch.
i. 281.
Fl. Zeyl.
134. Mail. anschi,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 73. t. 40.
LAWSONIA
falcata, Fl. Coch.
i. 282.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 58. tab. 25. f. 1.
MEMECYLON
capitellatum, Syst. Pl.
ii. 163.
Fl. Zeyl.
136.
MEMECYLON
edule, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 82.—Its berries are eaten by the natives.
DAPHNE
pendula, Smith. Pl. Ic.
t. 34. Icapolia
composita, Lin. Suppl.
409.
OCTANDRIA DIGYNIA.
SCHMIEDELIA
racemosa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 201.
Burm. Ind.
81. t. 32. f. 1.
OCTANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
POLYGONUM
orientale, Syst. Pl.
ii. 208. Schouanna modela muccu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 147. t. 76. (non) 77.
POLYGONUM
Chinense,
211.
Fl. Coch.
i. 297.
Burm. Ind.
90. t. 30. f. 3.
POLYGONUM
perfoliatum,
212.
Fl. Coch.
i. 298.
Burm. Ind.
90. t. 31. f. 2.
PAULLINIA
asiatica,
216.
Fl. Zeyl.
143. Kaka-toddali,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 81. t. 41.
CARDIOSPERMUM
halicacabum,
220.
Fl. Coch.
i. 294.
Fl. Zeyl.
142.
Bauh. Pin.
743.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 60. t. 24. f. 2.
SAPINDUS
Saponaria,
220.
Fl. Coch.
i. 193.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 134.
SAPINDUS
trifoliatus,
221.
Fl. Zeyl.
603. Paerinsii. s. Vercaepaelongi,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 43. t. 1.
SAPINDUS
rubiginosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 62.
ENNEANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
LAURUS
cinnamomum, Syst. Pl.
ii. 225.
Fl. Coch.
i. 305.
Fl. Zeyl.
145.
Bauh. Pin.
408. Katou Karua,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 105. t. 53.
Outlines,
i. p. 222.
LAURUS
cassia,
225.
Fl. Zeyl.
146. Carna,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 107. t. 59.
Outlines,
i. p. 227.
LAURUS
camphora,
226.
Fl. Coch.
i. 306. Camphora officinarum,
Bauh. Pin.
500.
Outlines,
iii. p. 214.
LAURUS
culilaban,
226. Cortex Caryophylloides,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 65. t. 14.
LAURUS
malabratum,
Sindor,
Rumph.
ii. c. 23. p. 69.
LAURUS
indica,
227.
Fl. Coch.
i. 311.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 68. t. 42.
ANACARDIUM
occidentale, Fl. Zeyl.
165.
Fl. Coch.
i. 304.
Bauh. Pin.
512. Cassuirum,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 177. t. 69. Kapa-maua,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 65. t. 54.
Outlines,
i. p. 227.
CASSYTA
filiformis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 230. Cuscuta,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 491. t. 184. f. 4. Acatsia valli,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 83. t. 44.
CASSYTA
corniculata,
231. Cassutha cornea,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. c. 59. p. 52.
DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
RHEUM
undulatum, Hort. Kew.
ii. 21.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 148. c. 39.
Outlines,
iii. 171.
SOPHORA
tomentosa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 241.
Fl. Zeyl.
163.
Rai. Hist.
1720.
SOPHORA
heptaphylla,
242.
Fl. Zeyl.
164. Anticholeriea,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 60. t. 22.
Outlines,
i. p. 227.
BAUHINIA
scandens,
245. Folium linguae,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 1. t. 1. Naga-mu-valli,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 57. t. 29.—A tree about twenty-four feet high.
BAUHINIA
variegata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 246. Chouana mandaru,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 57. t. 32.
Rai. Hist.
1751.—A tall tree.
BAUHINIA
purpurea,
247,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 59. t. 33.
Rai. Hist.
p. 1751.
BAUHINIA
tomentosa,
247.
Fl. Zeyl.
147. Chanschena pou,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 63. t. 35.
Rai. Hist.
1752.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.—About twelve feet high.
BAUHINIA
acuminata,
247.
Fl. Zeyl.
148. Velutta mandaree,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 61. t. 34.
Rai. Hist.
1751.—A low tree. Rheed gives to two of this genus the name of
Flos St. Thomae,
as stained with the blood of the apostle.
Sonnerat,
ii. 228. tab. 128. has the figure of a tree with that title; he says that the flowers are very fragrant.
CASSIA
diphylla,
249.
CASSIA
absus,
249.
Fl. Zeyl.
153.
Bauh. Pin.
332.
CASSIA
tagera,
249.
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 103. t. 52.
Rai. Hist.
1743.
CASSIA
tora,
250.
Fl. Coch.
i. 322.
Fl. Zeyl.
152.
Rai. Hist.
1743.
CASSIA
bicapsularis,
250.
Mill. Dict.
n. 7.
CASSIA
obtusifolia,
251. Gallinaria rotundifolia, v. 283. t. 97. f. 2.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 283. t. 97. f. 2.
CASSIA
fistula,
252.
Woodvile.
iii. 449.
Fl. Zeyl.
149.
Bauh. Pin.
405.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 83. t. 21. Conna,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 37. t. 21.
CASSIA
planisiliqua,
252.
Flos flavus, Rumph. Amb.
iv. 63. t. 27.
CASSIA
alata, Lin. Suppl.
254.
Herpetica, Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 35. t. 18.
CASSIA
sophera, Syst. Pl.
ii. 255.
Fl. Coch.
i. 324.
Fl. Zeyl.
150.
Bauh. Pin.
352. Gallinaria acutifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 283. t. 97. f. 1. Ponnan Tongera,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 101. t. 52.
CASSIA
auriculata,
255.
Fl. Zeyl.
151.
CASSIA
javanica,
256.
Bauh. Pin.
403.
CASSIA
nictitans,
257. Amoena maesta,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 147. t. 67. f. 1.
CASSIA
mimosoides,
257.
Fl. Zeyl.
154.
CASSIA
precumbens,
257.
Fl. Coch.
i. 324. Gestreckte Cassie,
Linn. Pstanzensyst,
iii. 527.
MARSANA
buxifolia, Sonnerat,
ii. 245. tab. 131.—A shrub six or seven feet high.
POLNCIANA
bijuga, Syst. Pl.
ii. 258.
Fl. Coch.
i. 319. Crista pavonis,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 53. t. 20.
Jacq. Am.
123.
POINCIANA
pulcherrima,
258.
Fl. Coch.
i. 319.
Rai. Hist.
981. Tsietti mandaru,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 1. t. 1. Flos Pavonis,
Merian Surin.
45.
Jacq. Am.
122.—A thriving shrub of great beauty: its flowers large and of a fine red and yellow; common to
East
and
West-Indies.
POINCIANA
elata,
258.
Fl. Coch.
i. 320.
Fl. Zeyl.
159.
CAESALPINIA
sappan,
259.
Fl. Coch.
i. 320.
Fl. Zeyl.
158.
Bauh. Pin.
393. Lignum Sappan,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 56. t. 21. Tsiam pangam,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 3. t. 2.
Pl. Cor.
i. tab. 16.— A wood of the highest use in dying.
GUILANDINA
bonduc,
260.
Fl. Zeyl.
157. Frutex globulorum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 89. t. 48.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.
GUILANDINA
bonducella,
260.
Fl. Coch.
i. 325.
Fl. Zeyl.
156. Globuli majores,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 92. t. 49. f. 1. Caretti,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 35, t. 22.
GUILANDINA
nugae,
261. Nugae sylvarum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 94. t. 50.
GUILANDINA
moringa,
261.
Fl. Zeyl.
155.
Bauh. Pin.
416. Morungu,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 19.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 184. t. 74, 75.
SWIETENIA
febrifuga, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 17.
SWIETENIA
chloroxylon, Pl. of Cor.
i. 64.—The wood of both the above extremely useful for common purposes.
GOETNERA
racemosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 18.—A plant cultivated for its beauty.
CYNOMETRA
cauliflora, Syst. Pl.
ii. 263.
Fl. Zeyl.
166. Cynomorium,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 163. t. 42.
CYNOMETRA
ramiflora,
263.
Fl. Zeyl.
167. Cynomorium sylvestre,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 164. t. 63. Tripa,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 65. t. 31.
Rai. Hist.
1675.
PROSOPIS
spicigera, Syst. Pl.
ii. 267.
Burm. Ind.
102. t. 25. f. 3.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 63.
CHALCAS
paniculata,
268. Camunium,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 26. t. 17.
MURRAYA
exotica,
268.
Lin. Pfl. Syst.
iii. p. 541.
BERGERA
Kaenigii,
268.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 112.—A principal ingredient in
Curry.
ADENANTHERA
pavonina,
269.
Fl. Zeyl.
160. Coralaria parvifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 173. t. 109. Mandsiadi,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 25. t. 14.
Rai. Hist.
1752.
ADENANTHERA
falcata,
269. Clypearia alba,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 176. t. 111.
TURRAEA
virens,
271.
Smith. Pl. Ic. x. Lin. Mant.
ii. 237.
MELIA
azederach,
271.
Fl. Coch.
i. 329.
Fl. Zeyl.
162.
Rai. Hist.
1546.
Bauh. Pin.
415.
MELIA
azadirachta,
272.
Fl. Zeyl.
161.
Bauh. Pin.
416. Aria Bepou,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 107. t. 52.
TRIBULUS
lanuginosus,
277.
Fl. Zeyl.
168.
LIMONIA
monophylla,
279.
Fl. Coch.
i. 333.
Burm. Zeyl.
143. t. 65. f. 1.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 83.
LIMONIA
pentaphylla, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 84.
LIMONIA
arborea, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 85.
LIMONIA
crenulata, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 86.
LIMONIA
trifoliata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 279.
Burm. Ind.
103. t. 35. f. 1.
LIMONIA
acidissima,
279.
Fl. Zeyl.
175. Anisifolium,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. t. 43. Catu, Tsieru Naregam,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. t. 14.
GETONIA
floribunda, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 87.
JUSSIEVA
repens, Syst. Pl.
ii. 281.
Fl. Zeyl.
169. Nir Carambu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 99. t. 51.
Rai. Hist.
1510.
JUSSIEVA
erecta,
282.
Fl. Zeyl.
170. Herba vitiliginum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 49. t. 21. f. 1.
JUSSIEVA
tenella, Syst. Pl.
ii. 282.
Burm. Ind.
103. t. 34. f. 2.
JUSSIEVA
suffruticosa,
282.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 41. Carambu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 55. t. 49.
Rai. Hist.
1510.
QUISQUALIS
Indica,
283.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 71. t. 38.
DAIS
octandra,
284.
Burm. Ind.
t. 33. f. 2.
MELASTOMA
aspera,
286.
Fl. Zeyl.
172. Fragarius ruber.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 135. t. 71. Katou Kadali,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 91. t. 43.
Rai. Hist.
1493.
MELASTOMA
Malabathrica,
286.
Fl. Zeyl.
171. Kedali,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 87. 42. Fragrarius niger,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 137. t. 72.
MELASTOMA
octandra,
287.
Fl. Zeyl.
173.
MELASTOMA
crispata,
288. Funis muraenarum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 66. t. 35.
DECANDRIA DYGYNIA.
TRIANTHEMA
decandra, Syst. Pl.
ii. 307.
Burm. Ind.
110. t. 31. f. 3.
BANISTERIA
Benghalensis,
372.
Fl. Zeyl.
176.
BANISTERIA
tetraptora, Sonnerat,
ii. 238. tab. 135.—A small tree of the
Malabar
coast. Cultivated by the
Indians,
to adorn their idols with the flowers.
DECANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
ERYTHROXYLON
monogynum, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 88.
DECANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.
AVERRHOA
bilimbi, Syst. Pl.
ii. 325.
Fl. Coch.
i. 354.
Fl. Zeyl.
177. Bilinbingum teres,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 118. t. 36. Bilimbi,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 55. t. 45, 46.
Rai. Hist.
1449.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.
AVERRHOA
Carambola,
375.
Fl. Coch.
i. 354.
Fl. Zeyl.
178.
Bauh. Pin.
433. Prunum stellatum,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 115. t. 35.
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 51. t. 43, 44.
Rai. Hist.
1449.
AVERRHOA
acida, Syst. Pl.
ii. 375.
Fl. Zeyl.
179. Neli poli,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 57. t. 47, 48.
Rai. Hist.
1450. Cheramela,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 34. t. 33. f. 2.
SPONDIAS
mombin,
375.
Mill. Dict.
n. 1.
COTYLEDON
lasciniata,
378.
Fl. Coch.
i. 352. Planta anatis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 275. t. 95.
OXALIS
sensitiva,
390.
Fl. Coch.
i. 352.
Fl. Zeyl.
180. Herba sentiens,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 301. t. 104. f. 2.
Bauh. Pin.
259. Todda vaddi,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 33. t. 19.
OXALIS
corniculata, Fl. Coch.
i. 350. Oxys lutea Indica,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 277.
DECAGYNIA.
PHYTOLACCA
icosandra, Syst. Pl.
ii. 407.
Mill. Dict.
t. 207.
DODECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
BASSIA
longifolia, Syst. Pl.
ii. 412.
BASSIA
latifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 19.
RHIZOPHORA
conjugata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 413.
Fl. Zeyl.
181.
RHIZOPHORA
gymnorhiza,
413.
Fl. Coch.
i. 364. Mangium celsum,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 102. t. 68. Candel,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 57. t. 31, 32.
Rai. Hist.
1769.
RHIZOPHORA
candel,
413. Tsierou Kandel,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 63. t. 35.
Rai. Hist.
1770.
RHIZOPHORA
corniculata,
413.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 117. t. 77.
RHIZOPHORA
mangle,
414.
Bau. Hist.
i. p. 415. Mangium calendarium,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 108. t. 71, 72. Peekandel,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 91. t. 34.
Rai. Hist.
1770.
RHIZOPHORA
cylindrica,
414. Karil kandel,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 59. t. 33.
Rat. Hist.
1770. Mangium minus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 106. t. 69.
RHIZOPHORA
caseolaris,
414.
Fl. Coch.
i. 363.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 111. t. 73. 74.
RHIZOPHORA
corniculata, Syst. Pl.
ii. 413. Mangium fruticosum corniculatum,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 117. t. 77.
GARCINIA
mangostana,
416.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 132. t. 43.
Outlines,
iii. p. 40.
GARCINIA
cornea,
417. Lignum corneum,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 55. t. 30.
GARCINIA
celebica,
416. Mangostana celebica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 134. t. 44.
CRATAEVA
tapia,
419.
Fl. Zeyl.
211. Nurruala,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 49. t. 22.
Rai. Hist.
1644.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.
CRATAEVA
marmelos,
419.
Fl. Zeyl.
212.
Bauh. Pin.
425. Bilanus,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 197. t. 81. Coualam,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 37. t. 37.
TRIUMFETTA
Bartramia,
420.
Fl. Zeyl.
174. Lappago Amboinica,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 59. t. 25. f. 2.
TRIUMFETTA
annua,
421.
Mill. Ic.
199. t. 29.
PORTULACCA
meridiana, Linn. Suppl.
248.
LYTHRUM
pemphis, Linn. Suppl.
249.
Forst. Gen.
n. 34. t. 34.
DODECANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
EUPHORBIA
antiquorum, Syst. Pl.
ii. 435.
Fl. Coch.
i. 365.
Fl. Zeyl.
199. Schadidacalli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 81. t. 42.
Outlines,
i. 228.
EUPHORBIA
nereifolia,
437.
Fl. Coch.
i. 366.
Fl. Zeyl.
200. Ligularia,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 88. t. 40. Ela Calli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 83. t. 43.
EUPHORBIA
tiraculli,
438.
Fl. Coch.
i. 366.
Fl. Zeyl.
197. Ossifraga lactea,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 62. t. 29. Tiru Calli,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. t. 44.
EUPHORBIA
hypericifolia,
440.
Mill. Dict.
n. 31.
EUPHORBIA
hirta,
441.
Fl. Zeyl.
197. Esula esculenta,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 54. t. 23. f. 2.
EUPHORBIA
pilulifera,
441.
Amoen. Acad.
iii. p. 115.
EUPHORBIA
thymifolia,
441.
Fl. Zeyl.
198.
EUPHORBIA
parviflora, Syst. Pl.
ii. 442.
Burm. Zeyl.
224. t. 105. f. 2.
TACCA
pinnatisida, Lin. Suppl.
251.
Fl. Coch.
i. 368. Tacca sativa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 324. t. 112.
PENTAGYNIA.
GLINUS
dictamnoides, Syst. Pl.
i. 458.
Burm. Ind.
113.
ICOSANDRA MONOGYNIA.
PSIDIUM
pyriferum, Syst. Pl.
i. 473.
Fl. Coch.
i. 378.
Fl. Zeyl.
192. Cuiavus domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 140. t. 47. Pela,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 31. t. 34.
Outlines,
i. p. 228.
PSIDIUM
pomiferum,
474.
Fl. Coch.
i. 379.
Bauh. Pin.
437. Cuiavus agrestis,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 142. t. 4. Malacca-pela,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 33. t. 35.
PSIDIUM
cujavillus, Burm. Ind.
114.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 145. t. 49.
EUGENIA
Mallaccensis, Syst. Pl.
ii. 474.
Fl. Coch.
i. 374.
Bauh. Pin.
441.
Fl. Zeyl.
187. Jambosa domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 121. t. 37, 38. Nati Schanibu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 29. t. 18.
Rai. Hist.
1748.
Outlines,
i. p. 229.—
Rumphius
thinks the fruit of this species the best in
India
next to the
Mangostan,
and of the greatest use to the natives, and most refreshing. The tree grows to the size of an apple-tree, and the fruit cuts like an apple.
EUGENIA
jambos,
474.
Bauh. Pin.
441. Jambosa Sylvestris alba,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 127. t. 39. Malacca Schambu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 27. t. 17.
Rai. Hist.
1478.—The timber naturally grows crooked, is therefore much used in the isles for ribs for ships. The fruit seldom eaten.
EUGENIA
aquea, Rumph.
i. 126. tab. 38. fig. 2.—The fruit small, of a cherry redness, divided externally into rounded segments. Is very weak in flavor.
EUGENIA
uniflora, Syst. Pl.
ii. 475.
Fl. Zeyl.
189.
Mich. Gen.
226. tab. 108.
Pis.
117. t. 44.
EUGENIA
acutangu
a, Syst. Pl.
ii. 476.
Fl. Coch.
i. 375.
Fl. Zeyl.
190. Butonica terrestris rubra,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 181. t. 115. Tsiera samstravadi,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 51. t. 7.
EUGENIA
nigra, Rumph.
i. 125. tab. 38. fig. 1.—The fruit is pear shaped, and in color like a ripe mulberry, is so rich and juicy and vinous as to be preferred by some to the domestic kind. Grows to the size of our walnut trees.
EUGENIA
racemosa, Syst. Pl.
ii. 476.
Fl. Zeyl.
191.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 181. t. 116.
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 11. t. 16.
Rai. Hist.
1479.
MYRTUS
cumini,
478.
Fl. Zeyl.
185. Jambosa ceramica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 130. t. 41.
MYRTUS
Zeylanica,
479.
Fl. Coch.
i. 382.
Fl. Zeyl.
182.
Outlines,
i. p. 229.
MYRTUS
androsaemoides,
479.
Fl. Coch.
i. 382.
Fl. Zeyl.
184.
MYRTUS
caryophyllata,
480.
Fl. Zeyl.
183.
MYRTUS
leucadendra, Sp. Pl.
67. Arbor alba,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 72. t. 16.
MYRTUS
saligna,
Arbor alba minor,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 76. t. 17. f. 2.
MYRTUS
communis,
Myrtus amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 77. c. 27.
MYRTUS
angustifolia, Rumph. Amb.
iii. 74. c. 41.
PUNICA
granatum, Syst. Pl.
476.
Fl. Coch.
i. 383. Malum granatum,
Rumph.
ii. p. 94. t. 24. f. 1.
Outlines,
i. p. 229.
ICOSANDRIA DIGYNIA.
CRATAEGUS
indica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 494.
Fl. Coch.
i. 391.
Burm. Ind.
117.
ICOSANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
SESUVIUM
portucalastrum, Syst. Pl.
ii. 496. Halimus indicus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 165. t. 72. f. 1.
ICOSANDRIA POLYGYNIA.
RUBUS
parvifolius, Syst. Pl.
ii. 533.
Fl. Coch.
i. 398.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 88. t. 47. f. 1.
RUBUS
pyrifolius, Smith. Pl. Ic. Fas
.
iii. p. 61.
RUBUS
clongatus, Smith. Pl. Ic. Fas
.
iii. p. 62.
RUBUS
Moluccanus, Sp. Pl. 707. Rubus Moluccanus latifolius,
v. 88. t. 47. f. 2.
POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
CAPPARIS
Zeylanica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 564.
Fl. Coch.
i. 403.
Fl. Zeyl.
210.
CAPPARIS
sepiaria,
564.
Pluk. alm.
27. t. 338. f. 3.
CAPPARIS
baducca,
564.
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 105. t. 57.
CAPPARIS
grandis, Lin. Suppl.
263.
CAPPARIS
horrida, Lin. Suppl.
264.
CAMBOGIA
gutta, Syst. Pl.
ii. 576.
Fl. Coch.
i. 406.
Fl. Zeyl.
195. Coddam-pulli,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 41. t. 24. Carpapuli,
Bauh. Hist.
i. p. 137.
Rai. Hist.
1661.
Blackwal,
t. 392.
Outlines,
i. p. 229.
MYRISTICA
officinalis, Linn. Suppl.
265.
Sonnerat Voy.
t. 116, 117, 118.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 24. t. 5.
Outlines of the Globe,
iv. p. 161. Nux myristica,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. 14. c. 5.
Woodville Mel. Bet.
ii. 363.
NYMPHOEA
lotus, Syst. Pl.
ii. 579.
Fl. Zeyl.
194. Ambel,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 51. t. 26.
Outlines,
i. p. 230.
NYMPHOEA
nelumbo,
579.
Fl. Coch.
i. 416.
Fl. Zeyl.
193. Taratti,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 168. t. 73. Tamara,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 59. t. 30.
Outlines,
i. 24. 230.
TREWIA
nudiflora,
581. Canschi,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 76. t. 42.
MAMMEA
asiatica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 582.
Osb. It.
272.
OCHNA
squarrosa,
582.
Fl. Zeyl.
209.
Outlines,
i. p. 230.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 89.
CALOPHYLLUM
inophyllum,
583.
Fl. Zeyl.
101. Rintangor maritima,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 211. t. 71.
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 76. t. 38.
Rai. Hist.
1525.
Outlines,
i. p. 230.
CALOPHYLLUM
calaba,
583.
Fl. Zeyl.
202. Tsierou prima,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 81. t. 39.
ELAEOCARPUS
serrata,
586.
Fl. Zeyl.
206. Ganitrus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 60. t. 131. Perin-Kara,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 51. t. 24.
Rai. Hist.
1546.
Outlines,
i. p. 230.
DELIMA
sarmentosa,
587.
Fl. Zeyl.
205. Peripu,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. t. 34.
VATERIA
indica,
587.
Fl. Zeyl.
204. Poenoe,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 33 t. 15.
Outlines,
i. p. 231.
LAGERSTROEMIA
indica,
588.
Fl. Coch.
i. 415. Tsjikin,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 61. t. 28.
LAGERSTROEMIA
reginae, Pl. of Cor.
i. 65. Adamboe,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 45. tab. 20. 21.
LAGERSTROEMIA
parviflora, Pl. of Cor.
i. 66.
CARYOPHYLLUS
aromaticus, Syst. Pl.
ii. 590.
Fl. Coch.
i. 406.
Bauh. Pin.
410.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 3. t. 1, 2, 3.
Outlines,
iv. 170.
CORCHORUS
olitorius,
606.
Fl. Zeyl.
213.
Bauh. Hist.
317.
CORCHORUS
tridens,
606.
Burm. Ind.
123. t. 37. f. 2.
CORCHORUS
tapsularis,
607.
Fl. Coch.
i. 408.
Fl. Zeyl.
214. Gania sativa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 212. t. 78. f. 1.
Outlines,
i. p. 231.
MAHWAH
Hamiltonia, Asiatic Researches,
i. p. 300.
Outlines,
ii. p. 319.— A tree discovered in
Bahar
by Lieut.
Charles Hamilton,
in 1785. Its timber very useful in building. An excellent eating oil expressed from the fruit.
POLYANDRIA HEXAGYNIA.
STRATIOTES
alismoides, Syst. Pl.
ii. 623.
Fl. Zeyl.
223. Ottel-ambel,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 95. t. 46.
STRATIOTES
acoroides,
268. Acorus marinus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 191. t. 75. f. 2.
Outlines,
i. p. 231.
POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.
DILLENIA
indica, Syst. Pl
ii. 624. Songium,
Rumph.
ii. p. 14. t. 45. Syalita,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 39. t. 38, 39.
Rai. Hist.
1707.
DILLENIA
pentagyna, Pl. of Cor.
i. 20.
LIRIODENDRON
lillifera, Fl. Coch.
i. 424.
Sp. Pl.
755.
Sampacca montana,
ii. p. 204. t. 69.
MICHELIA
champaca, Syst. Pl.
ii. 627.
Fl. Coch.
i. 425.
Fl. Zeyl.
144. Sampacca,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 199. t. 67. 68.
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 31. t. 19.
Rai. Hist.
1641.
MICHELIA
Tsiampaca,
627. Sampaca sylvestris,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 202. t. 68.
UVARIA
Zeylanica,
627.
Fl. Coch.
i. 426.
Fl. Zeyl.
224. Funis musarius,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 78. t. 42. Narum-panel,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 11. t. 9.
Rai. Hist.
1636.
UVARIA
altissima, Uv. longifolia, L'Arbre de Nature, Sonnerat,
ii. 233. tab. 131.—Poon tree. Mast tree.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 83. tab. 5.
UVARIA
cerasoides, Pl. of Cor.
i. 33.—The wood useful for many purposes; its berries, though very astringent, are eaten by the natives.
UVARIA
suberosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. 34.—The wood of this species is of a chocolate color, durable, elastic, and much in use.
UVARIA
tomentosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. 35.
UVARIA
lutea, Pl. of Cor.
i. 36.
ANNONA
asiatica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 630.
Fl. Coch.
i. 428.
Fl. Zeyl.
225.
Outlines,
i. p. 231.
ANNONA
squamosa,
629.
Fl. Coch.
i. 427.
Brown. Jam.
256.
Anona tuberosa. Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 138. t. 46.
ANNONA
reticulata, Sp. Pl. 757. Amona, Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 136. t. 45.
ATRAGENE
Zeylanica, Syst. Pl.
ii. 641.
Fl. Zeyl.
226.
Amoen. Acad.
i. p. 105.
DIDYNAMIA GYMNOSPERMIA.
TEUCRIUM
asiaticum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 16.
Mant.
80.
NEPETA
Malabarica,
33.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 415.
NEPETA
Indica,
34. Katu-kurka,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 90.
MENTHA
auricularia,
41.
Flor. Zeyl.
411. Majorana foetida,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 41. t. 16.
MENTHA
perilloides,
47.
Flor. Zeyl.
225. Cottam,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 153. t. 77.
PERILLA
ocymoides,
47.
Sp. Pl.
ii. p. 832.
BALLOTA
disticha,
63.
Fl. Zeyl.
24.
Rai. Hist.
1872.
PHLOMIS
Zeylanica,
71.
Fl. Zeyl.
227. Herba admirationis,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 39. t. 16. f. 1.
PHLOMIS
Indica,
72.
PHLOMIS
nepetifolia,
72.
Lin. Suppl.
274.
MOLUCCELLA
spinosa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 74.
Bauh. Pin.
229.
OCYMUM
thyrsiflorum,
92.
Mant.
84.
OCYMUM
gratissimum,
93.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 448.
Burm. Zeyl.
174. t. 80. f. 1.
OCYMUM
album,
93.
Mant.
85.
OCYMUM
basilicum,
93.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 449.
Bauh. Pin.
226. Basilicum indicum hortense, v. 263. t. 92. f. 1.
OCYMUM
minimum,
93.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 449.
Bauh. Pin.
226. Ocymum citratum, v. 266. t. 92. f. 2.
OCYMUM
sanctum,
94.
Mant.
85.
Hort. Kew.
ii. 321.
OCYMUM
tenuiflorum,
94. Basilicum agreste,
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 92. f. 2.
OCYMUM
polystachion,
95.
Mant.
ii. p. 567.
Hort. Kew.
ii. 321.
OCYMUM
menthoides,
95.
Fl. Zeyl.
229. Mentha crispa, v. 267. t. 93. f. 2.
OCYMUM
scutellarioides,
95. Maiorana rubra,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 291. t. 101.
OCYMUM
capitellatum, Lin. Suppl.
276.
OCYMUM
prostratum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 96.
Mant.
566.
OCYMUM
molle, Hort. Kew,
ii. 352.
SCUTELLARIA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 100. Serratula amara, v. 459. t. 170. f. 1.
DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.
RHINANTHUS
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 108.
Fl. Zeyl.
238.
GERARDIA
delphinifolia,
121.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 318.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 90.
CELSIA
cretica,
281.
Moris. Hist.
ii. p. 488.
TORENIA
asiatica,
143. Kaka-pu,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 103. t. 53.
BIGNONIA
Indica,
159.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 460.
Fl. Zeyl.
236. Palega Paianelli,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 77. t. 43.
Outlines,
i. p. 232.
BIGNONIA
cheloncides, Lin. Suppl.
282. Padri,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 47. t. 26.
BIGNONIA
spathacea, Lin. Suppl.
283. Lignum equinum,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 73. t. 46. Niir Pongelion,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 53. t. 29.
GMELINA
Asiatica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 162.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 456.
Fl. Zeyl.
230.
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 127. t. 40.
PREMNA
integrifolia,
163. Folium hirci,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 208. t. 133.
PREMNA
serratifolia,
164.
Fl. Zeyl.
416.
CAPRARIA
crustacea,
169. Caranasci minus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 491. t. 170. f. 3.
CAPRARIA
humills, Hort. Kew.
ii. 354.
BUCHNERA
Asiatica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 179.
Syst. Veg.
478.
BUCHNERA
cordifolia, Lin. Suppl.
287.—Found at
Tanjore,
near the edges of gardens.
OROBANCHE
oeginetia, Syst. Pl.
iii. 185. Tsiam Cumuli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 97. t. 47. Aeginetia Indica,
Pl. of Cor.
i. 91.
THUNBERGIA
fragrans, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 67.
SESAMUM
orientale, Syst. Pl.
iii. 188.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 464.
Bauh. Pin.
27. Schit elu,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 105. t. 54.
Outlines,
i. p. 232.
SESAMUM
Indicum,
188.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 204. t. 76. f. 1.
RUELLIA
tentaculata,
191.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 320.
RUELLIA
ciliaris,
191.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 462.
Burm. Ind.
135. t. 42. f. 1.
RUELLIA
crispa,
192.
Osbeck. It.
240.
RUELLIA
repanda,
192. Prunella Molucca,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 30. t. 13. f. 13.
RUELLIA
alternata, Burm. Ind.
135. Prunella Molucca Silvestris,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 30.
RUELLIA
ringens,
192.
Fl. Zeyl.
234. Upudali,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 125. t. 64.
RUELLIA
antipoda,
192.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 462.
Fl. Zeyl.
235. Crusta ollae,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 460. t. 170. f. 2. Peetianga-pulpani,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 115. t. 59.
RUELLIA
difformis, Lin. Suppl.
289. Nir Schulli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 89. t. 46.
RUELLIA
balsamica, Lin. Suppl.
289.
RUELLIA
uliginosa, Lin. Suppl.
290.
RUELLIA
repens, Syst. Pl.
iii. 193.
Burm. Ind.
135. t. 41. f. 1.
BARLERIA
longifolia, Syst. Pl.
iii. 193.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 320.
BARLERIA
hystrix,
193. Hystrix frutex,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 22. t. 13.
BARLERIA
prionitis,
194.
Fl. Zeyl.
231. Coletta-veetla,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 77. t. 41.
BARLERIA
buxifolia,
194. Caraschulli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 91. t. 47.
BARLERIA
cristata,
194.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 429. f. 11. t. 23. f. 7.
BARLERIA
longiflora, Lin. Suppl.
290.
OVIEDA
mitis, Syst. Pl.
iii. 196.
Burm. Ind.
t. 43. f. 1.
VOLKAMERIA
inermis,
197.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 471.
Fl. Zeyl.
231. Jasminum litoreum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 86. t. 46. Nir-nolsiit,
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 97. t. 49.
VOLKAMERIA
scandens, Lin. Suppl.
292.
VOLKAMERIA
serrata, Syst. Pl.
iii. 197.
Mant.
90.
VOLKAMERIA
petasites, Fl. Coch.
li. 472. Petasites agrestis,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 108. t. 49.
CLERODENDRUM
infortunatum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 197.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 471.
Fl. Zeyl.
232. Peragu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 41. t. 25.
Rai. Hist.
1571.
CLERODENDRUM
fortunatum,
198.
Burm. Ind.
137.
CLERODENDRUM
calamitosum,
198.
Burm. Ind.
137. t. 44.
CLERODENDRUM
phlomidis, Linn. Suppl.
292.
CLERODENDRUM
paniculatum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 198.
Burm. Ind.
137. t. 45. f. 1.
VITEX
trifolia,
199.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 474.
Fl. Zeyl.
413. Lagondium vulgare,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 48. t. 18. Caranosi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 13. t. 10.
Rai. Hist.
1575.
VITEX
negundo,
199.
Fl. Zeyl.
414. Logondium litoreum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 50. t. 19. Bemnosi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 15. t. 11.
Rai. Hist.
1575.
VITEX
pinnata,
200.
Fl. Zeyl.
415.
VITEX
leucoxylon, Lin. Suppl.
293.
VITEX
altissima, Lin. Suppl.
294.
AVICENNIA
tomentosa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 200.
Fl. Zeyl.
57.
Bauh. Pin.
511. Oepta,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 95. t. 45.
COLUMNEA
longifolia,
202. Babel. Tsiuli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 169. t. 87.
ACANTHUS
ilicifolius,
203.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 455.
Rai. Hist.
1766. Aquifolium Indicum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 163. t. 71. Paina Schylli,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 93. t. 48.
ACANTHUS
maderaspatensis,
203.
Burm. Ind.
130. t. 42. f. 2.
PEDALIUM
murex,
203.
Fl. Zeyl.
440. Kaku-Taly,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. t. 72.
TETRADYNAMIA SILICULOSA.
ANASTATICA
Syriaca, Syst. Pl.
iii. 211.
Bauh. Pin.
484.
TETRADYNAMIA SILIQUOSA.
SISYMBRIUM
Indicum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 259.
Burm. Ind.
140.
CLEOME
fruitcosa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 291.
Burm. Ind.
t. 46. f. 3
CLEOME
heptaphylla,
291.
Burm. Zeyl.
215.
CLEOME
pentaphylla,
291.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 482.
Fl. Zeyl.
239.
Rai. Hist.
859.
Bauh. Pin.
326. Capa-veela,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 43. t. 24.
CLEOME
icosandra,
292.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 483.
Fl. Zeyl.
240.
CLEOME
viscosa,
293.
Fl. Zeyl.
241. Aria-veela,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 41. t. 23.
CLEOME
dodecandra,
293.
Fl. Zeyl.
242.
CLEOME
monophylla,
295.
Fl. Zeyl.
243. Tsieru-veela,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 63. t. 34.
CLEOME
capensis, Syst. Pl.
iii. 296.
CLEOME
felina, Lin. Suppl.
300.
CLEOME
tenella, Lin. Suppl.
300.
MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.
WALTHERIA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 302.
Burm. Zeyl.
149. t. 68.
Ind.
p. 142.
MELOCHIA
concatenata,
305.
Fl. Zeyl.
247.
MELOCHIA
corchorifolia,
305.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 494.
Fl. Zeyl.
246. Tsieru-uren,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 143. t. 73.
MELOCHIA
supina,
306.
Mill. Dict.
n. 5.
DECANDRIA.
CONNARUS
monocarpos, Syst. Pl.
iii. 306.
Fl. Zeyl.
248.
HUGONIA
mystax,
307.
Fl. Zeyl.
249.
Rai. Hist.
1570. Modira canni,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 29. t. 19.
MONADELPHIA DODECANDRIA.
PENTAPETES
phoenicea, Syst. Pl.
iii. 330.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 497. Flos impius,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 288. t. 100. f. 1. Siamin,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 1. t. 1.
PENTAPETES
suberifolia,
331.
Fl. Zeyl.
250.
PENTAPETES
acerifolia,
331.
Amoen. Acad.
i. p. 407.
MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.
BOMBAX
pentandrum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 332.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 504.
Fl. Zeyl.
220.
Bauh. Pin.
430. Eriophoros javana,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 194. t. 80. Pania. Paniala,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 59. t. 49, 50, 51.
Outlines,
i. p. 232.
BOMAX
gossipinum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 333.
Sonnerat,
ii. 235. tab. 133.
BOMAX
ceiba,
333.
Fl. Zeyl.
221.
Bauh. Pin.
430.
SIDA
spinosa,
334.
Fl. Zeyl.
254.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 18. f. 1.
SIDA
alba,
334.
Dill. Elth.
214. t. 171. f. 210.
SIDA
rhombifolia,
334.
Fl. Zeyl.
252.
SIDA
alnifolia,
335.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 502.
Fl. Zeyl.
253.
SIDA
retusa,
335. Silagurium,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 44. t. 19.
SIDA
scoparia, Fl. Coch.
ii. 504. Silagurium longifolium,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 44. t. 18. f. 2.
SIDA
cordifolia, Syst. Pl.
iii. 336.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 503.
Dill. Elth.
211. t. 171. f. 209.
SIDA
abutilon,
338.
Bauh. Pin.
316.
SIDA
asiatica,
338.
Fl. Zeyl.
520. Abutilon hirsutum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 29. t. 10. Beloeroe,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 2. t. 4.
SIDA
indica
339.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 503.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 31. t. 11.
Bauh. Pin.
316.
SIDA
unilocularis, L'Heretier Stirp.
117.
Pluckn. Phyt.
t. 132. f. 2.
MALVA
tomentosa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 343.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 514.
Fl. Zeyl.
255.
MALVA
gangetica,
343.
Pluk. Phyc.
74. f. 6.
MALVA
moschata,
349.
Bauh. Pin.
316.
URENA
sinuata,
354.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 507.
Fl. Zeyl.
257. Uren,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 3. t. z.
URENA
lobata,
354.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 507. Lappago amboinica, vi. p. 59. t. 25. f. 2.
GOSSYPIUM
arboreum,
356.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 506. Latifolium,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 37. t. 13. Cudupariti,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 55. t. 31.
Outlines,
i. 233.
GOSSYPIUM
religiosum,
356.
Pluk. Alm.
172. t. 188. f. 2.
GOSSYPIUM
herbaceum,
355.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 505.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 33. t. 12.
Outlines,
i. p. 233.
HIBISCUS
populneus, Syst. Pl.
iii. 358.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 509.
Fl. Zeyl.
258.
Rai. Hist.
1069. Novella litorea,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 224. t. 74. Bupariti,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 57. t. 29.
Outlines,
i. p. 232.
HIBISCUS
tiliaceus,
358.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 509.
Rai. Hist.
1070. Novella,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 218. t. 73.
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 53. t. 30.
HIBISCUS
rosa sinensis,
359.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 510.
Fl. Zeyl.
260. Flos oestivalis,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 24. t. 8. Scheru-pariti,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 25. t. 16.
HIBISCUS
hirtus,
359.
Pluk. Alm.
14. t. 254. f. 3.
HIBISCUS
mutabilis,
360.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 511. Flos hoarrius,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 27. t. 9. Hina pariti.
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 66. t. 38, 39, 40, 41.
HIBISCUS
ficulneus,
361.
Fl. Zeyl.
269.
HIBISCUS
sabdariffa,
361.
Fl. Zeyl.
262.
Rai. Hist.
1900.
Bauh. Pin.
317.
HIBISCUS
cannabinus,
362.
Burm. Zeyl.
134.
Ind.
152.
HIBISCUS
surattensis,
363.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 512.
Fl. Zeyl.
264. Herba crinium,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 46. t. 6. Narinam poulli,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 75. t. 44.
HIBISCUS
manihot,
363.
Burm. Fl. Ind.
p. 152.
Dill. Elth.
189. t. 156. f. 189.
HIBISCUS
abcimoschus,
363.
Fl. Zeyl.
261.
Bauh. Pin.
317. Granum moschatum,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 38. t. 15. Cattu gasturi,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 71. t. 38.
HIBISCUS
esculentus,
364.
Burm. Ind.
153.
HIBISCUS
vitifolius,
364.
Fl. Zeyl.
265. Katu Beloeren,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 79. t. 46.
Rai. Hist.
1880.
HIBISCUS
Zeylanicus,
365.
Fl. Zeyl.
266.
HIBISCUS
micranthus, Linn. Suppl.
308.
HIBISCUS
rigidus, Linn. Suppl.
310.
HIBISCUS
phoeniceus, Linn. Suppl.
310.
Jacq. Hist.
iii. p. 11. t. 14.
MESUA
ferrea,
369.
Fl. Zeyl.
203. Nagassarium,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 3. t. 2.
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 63. t. 53.
Rai. Hist.
1680.
Outlines,
i. p. 233.
BARRINGTONIA
speciosa, Linn. Suppl.
312. Butonica,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 179. t. 114. Commersona,
Sonnerat N. Guinea,
tab. 8, 9.
Outlines
i. 233.—Found in the
Moluccas
and thence to
Otaheite.
DIADELPHIA HEXANDRIA.
SARACA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 376.
Burm. Ind.
85. t. 25. f. 2.
DIADELPHIA OCTANDRIA.
POLYGALA
theezans, Syst. Pl.
iii. 387.
Burm. Ind.
154.
POLYGALA
Chinensis,
388.
Brown. Jam.
287.
POLYGALA
triflora,
391.
Fl. Zeyl.
269.
POLYGALA
glaucoides,
391.
Fl. Zeyl.
270.
POLYGALA
ciliata,
391.
Fl. Zeyl.
268.
DALBERGIA
lanceolaria, Linn. Suppl.
316.
DALBERGIA
latifolia, Pl. of Cor.
ii. t. 113.—Known in
India
under the name of
Black wood,
and is much used for furniture. Its color is a greyish black, elegantly diversified with light veins, and capable of receiving a high polish.
DALBERGIA
paniculata, Pl. of Cor.
ii. t. 114.—Grows to a large tree.
DALBERGIA
rubiginosa, Pl. of Cor.
ii. t. 115.
DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.
ABRUS
precatorius, Syst. Pl.
iii. 393.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 520.
Fl. Zeyl.
284.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 57. t. 32. Konni,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 71. t. 39.
PTEROCARPUS
draco,
394. Lingoum,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 205. t. 70.
Outlines,
i. p. 233.
PTEROCARPUS
santalinus, Linn. Suppl.
318. Santalum rubrum authorum,
Rumph.
ii. 47.
Woodville. Med. Bot.
iv. p. 109.
Outlines,
i. 141.
PTEROCARPUS
marsupium, Pl. of Cor.
ii. t. 116.—Its hard wood, approaching an orange color, is applied to many useful purposes.
ERYTHRINA
corallodendrum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 395.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 519.
Fl. Zeyl.
275. Mouricou,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 13. t. 7. Gelala litorea,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 239. t. 76.
Outlines,
i. p. 234.
ERYTHRINA
picta,
396. Gelala alba,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 234. t. 77.
ASPALATHUS
Indica,
414.
Fl. Zeyl.
271. Manelli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 69. t. 37.
CROTOLARIA
juncea,
420. Tandela-cotti,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 47. t. 36.
CROTOLARIA
retusa,
420.
Fl. Zeyl.
276. C. major,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 278. t. 96. f. 1. Tandale-cotti,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 54. t. 25.
CROTOLARIA
verrucosa,
421.
Fl. Zeyl.
277.
Rai. Hist.
1893. Pee-tandale-cotti,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 53. t. 29.
CROTOLARIA
luburnifolia,
422.
Fl. Zeyl.
278.
Rai. Hist.
1893. Nella-tendalecotti,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 49. t. 27.
CROTOLARIA
quinquefolia,
423. Wellia-tandale-cotti,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 51. t. 28.
CROTOLARIA
linifolia, Linn. Suppl.
322.
CROTOLARIA
heterophylla, Linn. Suppl.
323.
PHASEOLUS
vulgaris, Syst. Pl.
iii. 441.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 527.
Bauh. Pin.
339.
Outlines,
i. p. 234.
PHASEOLUS
farinosus,
442.
Mill. Dict.
n. 4.
PHASEOLUS
caraculla,
444.
Rai. Hist.
1890.
PHASEOLUS
nanus,
444.
Rai. Hist.
885.
Bauh. Pin.
339.
PHASEOLUS
radiatus,
444.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 529.
Fl. Zeyl.
281. P. minimus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 386. t. 139. f. 2.
PHASEOLUS
max,
444.
Fl. Zeyl.
280. Cadelium,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 388. t. 140.
PHASEOLUS
mungo,
445.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 530.
Pluk. Alm.
290.
PHASEOLUS
sphoerospermus,
445.
Brown. Jam.
392.
PHASEOLUS
marinus,
Phaseolus maritimus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 391. c. 34.
PHASEOLUS
aconitifolius, Linn. Suppl.
325.
PHASEOLUS
parana rubra, Rumph. Amb.
v. 9. c. 5.
PHASEOLUS
Lobus litoralis, Rumph. Amb.
v. 10. c. 6. Cacara pilosa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 392. c. 35.
DOLICHOS
sinenses, Syst. Pl.
iii. 446.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 530.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 375. t. 134.
DOLICHOS
unguiculatus,
446.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 531. Cacara nigra,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 381. t. 138.
DOLICHOS
tetragonolobus,
447.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 532. Lobus quadrangularis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 374. t. 133.
DOLICHOS
pruriens,
447.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 533. Cacara-pruritus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 393. t. 142. Naicorana,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 61.
Fl. Zeyl.
539.
Outlines,
i. p. 234.
DOLICHOS
scaraboeoides,
449.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 534.
Fl. Zeyl.
282.
DOLICHOS
bulbosus,
449. Cacara bulbosa,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 373. t. 132.
DOLICHOS
trilobus,
449.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 535.
Burm. Ind.
160. t. 50. f. 1. Phaseolus trilobus,
Hort. Kew.
iii. p. 30.
DOLICHOS
purpureus,
450.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 534.
DOLICHOS
lignosus,
450. Phaseolus perennis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 378.
DOLICHOS
ensiformis,
451.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 531. Lobus machoeroides,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 376. t. 135. f. 1.
DOLICHOS
soia,
451.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 537.
Fl. Zeyl.
534.
Kaempf. Amoen.
837. t. 838.
DOLICHOS
catiang,
451.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 538. Phaseolus minor,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 383. t. 139. Peru,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 75. t. 41.
DOLICHOS
biflorus,
451.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 537.
Pluk. Alm.
291. t. 213. f. 4.
DOLICHOS
albus, Fl. Coch.
ii. 534. Cacara alba,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 280. t. 137.
GLYCINE
triloba,
453.
Burm. Ind.
162. t. 50. f. 1.
GLYCINE
javanica, Syst. Pl.
iii. 453.
GLYCINE
labialis, Linn. Suppl.
325.
GLYCINE
suaveolens, Linn. Suppl.
326.
CLITORIA
ternatea, Syst. Pl.
iii. 456.
Fl. Zeyl.
283. Flos caeruleus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 56. t. 31. Schonga-cuspi,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 69. t. 38.
LATHYRUS
odoratus,
465.
Comm. Hort.
ii. p. 219. t. 80.
ARACHIS
hypogaea,
438.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 522. Chamoebalanus Japonica, iv. 426. t. 156.
CYTISUS
caian,
482.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 565.
Fl. Zeyl.
354. Thora paeru,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. t. 13. Phaseolus balicus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 377. t. 135. f. 2.
ROBINIA
mitis,
486.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 555.
Burm. Ind.
163.
AESCHYNOMENE
grandiflora,
498.
Rai. Hist.
1734. Turia,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 188. t. 76. Agaty,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 95. t. 51.
AESCHYNOMENE
arborea,
499.
Mill. Dict.
n. 3.
AESCHYNOMENE
aspera,
499.
Fl. Zeyl.
298.
Rai. Hist.
982.
AESCHYNOMENE
Indica,
499. Caiatus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 64. t. 24. Neli-tali,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 31. t. 18.
AESCHYNOMENE
pumila,
500.
Fl. Zeyl.
551. Niti-toda-valli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. t. 20.
AESCHYNOMENE
coccinea, Linn. Suppl.
330. Toeri Mera,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 190. t. 77.
HEDYSARUM
nummularifolium, Syst. Pl.
iii. 501.
Fl. Zeyl.
288.
HEDYSARUM
moniliferum,
501.
Burm. Ind.
t. 52. f. 3.
HEDYSARUM
styracifolium,
501.
HEDYSARUM
reniforme,
501.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 545.
Burm. Ind.
t. 52. f. 1.
HEDYSARUM
sororium,
501.
Burm. Ind.
161. t. 50. f. 2.
HEDYSARUM
gangeticum,
502.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 547. Phaseolus montanus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 146. t. 66.
HEDYSARUM
maculatum,
502.
Fl. Zeyl.
290.
HEDYSARUM
latebrosum,
502.
Mant.
270.
HEDYSARUM
vaginale,
503.
Fl. Zeyl.
287.
HEDYSARUM
triquetrum,
503.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 547.
Fl. Zeyl.
286. Phaseolatus montanus, 7.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 146.
HEDYSARUM
strobiliferum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 503.
Fl. Zeyl.
287. t. 3.
HEDYSARUM
diphyllum,
504.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 548.
Fl. Zeyl.
291. Nelam-mari,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 161. t. 82.
HEDYSARUM
pulchellum,
504.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 548.
Fl. Zeyl.
292.
Outlines,
i. p. 235.
HEDYSARUM
spartium,
504.
Burm. Ind.
166. t. 51.
HEDYSARUM
lineatum,
505.
Burm. Ind.
t. 53. f. 1.
HEDYSARUM
retroflexum,
505.
Mant.
103.
HEDYSARUM
umbellatum,
505.
Fl. Zeyl.
293. Folium crocodili,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 112. t. 52.
HEDYSARUM
gyrans, Linn. Suppl.
332.
HEDYSARUM
biarticulatum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 505.
Fl. Zeyl.
296.
HEDYSARUM
heterocarpon,
506.
Fl. Zeyl.
298.
HEDYSARUM
viscidum,
506.
Fl. Zeyl.
295.
HEDYSARUM
hamatum,
509.
Amoen. Acad.
v. p. 403.
HEDYSARUM
triflorum,
509.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 549.
Fl. Zeyl.
297.
HEDYSARUM
crinitum,
515.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 550.
Burm. Ind.
t. 53.
HEDYSARUM
linifolium, Linn. Suppl.
331.
INDIGOFERA
trifoliata, Syst. Pl.
iii. 516.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 327.
INDIGOFERA
enneaphylla,
517.
Burm. Ind.
168. t. 55. f. 1.
INDIGOFERA
glabra,
518.
Fl. Zeyl.
274. Nir-nulli,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. t. 67.
INDIGOFERA
hirsuta,
519.
Fl. Zeyl.
272. Kattu tagera,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 55. t. 30.
INDIGOFERA
anil,
520.
Mant.
272.
INDIGOFERA
tinctoria,
520.
Fl. Zeyl.
273. Indicum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 220. t. 80. Ameri,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 101. t. 54.
Outlines,
i. p. 235.
INDIGOFERA
disperma,
520.
Syst. Nat.
iii. p. 232.
INDIGOFERA
argentea,
521.
Mill. Dict.
i.
INDIGOFERA
trita, Linn. Suppl.
335.
BUTEA
frondosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 21.
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 29. tab. 16, 17. —This tree exudes a bright red gum, which Dr.
Roxburgh
concludes may be hereafter useful in medicine.
BUTEA
superba, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 22.—A climbing shrub, adorned with pendent flowers of the richest scarlet.
CYLISTA
scariosa, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 92.
CYLISTA
villosa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 522.
Fl. Zeyl.
299.
CYLISTA
maxima,
523.
Fl. Zeyl.
300.
CYLISTA
purpurea,
523.
Fl. Zeyl.
301.
CYLISTA
tinctoria,
523.
Fl. Zeyl.
302.
CYLISTA
senticosa,
523.
Fl. Zeyl.
303.
PSORALEA
corylifolia,
545.
Burm. Ind.
t. 49.
PSORALEA
pentaphylla,
545.
Hort. Ups.
225.
TRIFOLIUM
M. Indica,
546.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 541.
Fl. Zeyl.
552.
Rai. Hist.
951.
TRIGONELLA
Indica,
573.
Fl. Zeyl.
285.
POLYADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.
THEOBROMA
augusta, Syst. Pl.
iii. 583.
Syst. Nat.
iii. p. 233.
POLYADELPHIA ICOSANDRIA.
CITRUS
aurantium, Syst. Pl.
iii. 585.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 569.
Fl. Zeyl.
304.
Bauh. Pin.
436.
Outlines,
i. p. 235.
CITRUS
limon, Sp. Pl.
1100. Limonellus cum varietatibus,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 106. t. 29.
CITRUS
decumanus, Syst. Pl.
iii. 585.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 570. Limo decumanus,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 96. t. 24. f. 2.—The Shaddock.
CITRUS
trifoliata,
585.
Sp. Pl.
1101.
Kaempf. Amoen.
p. 801. t. 802.
POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.
GLABRARIA
tersa, Syst. Pl.
iii. 586.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 576. Lignum loeue minus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 71. t. 44.
DURIO
zibethinus, Syst. Pl.
iii. 587.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 99. t. 29.
MELALEUCA
leucadendra,
587.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 573. Arbor alba cayputi,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 172. t. 16.
MELALEUCA
virgata, Forst. Gen.
n. 36. Myrtus Amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 77. t. 18.
SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA AEQUALIS.
CARTHAMUS
tinctorius, Syst. Pl.
iii. 697.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 587. Cnicus Indicus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 215. t. 79.
SONCHUS
Indica, Mant.
278.
CAESULIA
axillaris, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 93.
SPILANTHUS
pseudo acmella, Syst. Pl.
iii. 701.
Fl. Zeyl.
308.
SPILANTHUS
acmella,
702.
Fl. Zeyl.
309. ABCdaria,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 145. t. 65.
BIDENS
pilosa,
705.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 596. Agrimonia Molucca,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 38. t. 15. f. 2.
CACALIA
sonchifolia,
709.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 59.
Fl. Zeyl.
305. Muel Schaui,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 135. t. 68. Sonchus Amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 297. t. 103. f. 1
CACALIA
incana,
710.
ETHULIA
conyzoides,
712.
ETHULIA
sparganophora,
712.
Vaill. Act.
368.
ETHULIA
divaricata,
713.
Burm. Ind.
176. t. 58. f. 1.
ETHULIA
bidentis,
713.
Mant.
110.
EUPATORIUM
Zeylanicum,
715.
Fl. Zeyl.
306.
SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA SUPERFLUA.
ARTEMISIA
maderaspatana, Syst. Pl.
iii. 746. Nelampala,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 97. t. 49.
ARTEMISIA
vulgaris, Syst. Pl.
iii. 744.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 602. Artemisia latifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 261. t. 91. f. 2.
BACCHARIS
Indica,
769. Sonchus javanicus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 297. c. 77.
CONYZA
scabra,
772.
Mant.
113.
CONYZA
bifoliata,
773.
Pluk. Alm.
140. t. 177. f. 1.
CONYZA
pubigera,
773.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 604. Sonchus volubilis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 299. t. 103. f. 2.
CONYZA
anthelmintica,
774.
Fl. Zeyl.
418. Cattu Schiragam,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 39. t. 24.
Rai. Hist.
1443.
CONYZA
balsamifera,
774. C. odorata,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 24. f. 1.
CONYZA
cinerea,
775.
Fl. Zeyl.
419. Olus scrophinum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 14. f. 1.
CONYZA
decurrens,
777.
CONYZA
aurita, Linn. Suppl.
367.
ERIGERON
obliquum, Syst. Pl.
iii. 784.
Mant.
573.
SENECIO
pseudo China,
789.
Dill. Elth.
345. t. 258. f. 335.
Mill. Dict.
n. 2.
INULA
Indica,
826.
Burm. Zeyl.
124. t. 55. f. 2.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
Indicum,
848.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 616. Matricaria sinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 259. t. 91. f. 1. Tsiettil pu,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 44.
Fl. Zeyl.
421.
ECLIPTA
Prostrata,
874.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 618.
Dill. Elth.
139. t. 113. f. 138.
ECLIPTA
latifolia, Linn. Suppl.
378.
VERBESINA
lauenia, Syst. Pl.
iii. 877.
Fl. Zeyl.
310. Putumba,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 125. t. 63.
VERBESINA
bislora,
877. Eclipta,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 43. t. 13. f. 1. Valliamanga mati,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 79.
VERBESINA
aquatilis.
Seruaneum aquatile,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 423. c. 53.
calendulacca, Syst. Pl.
iii. 877.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 619.
Fl. Zeyl.
311. Pee caioni,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 83. t. 42.
VERBESINA
bosvallea, Linn. Suppl.
379.
SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA NECESSARIA.
HIPPIA
integrifolia, Linn. Suppl.
389.
SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA SEGREGATA.
ELEPHANTOPHUS
scaber, Syst. Pl.
iii. 943. Anaschouadi,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 13. t. 7.
SPHAERANTHUS
Indicus,
944.
Fl. Zeyl.
312. Adaca manien,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 85. t. 43.
SPHAERANTHUS
Africanus,
945.
Burm. Ind.
t. 60. f. 2.
SPHAERANTHUS
Chinensis,
945.
Mant.
119.
SYNGENESIA MONOGAMIA.
VIOLA
enneasperma, Syst. Pl.
iii. 969.
Fl. Zeyl.
317. Nelam-parenda,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 117. t. 60.
IMPATIENS
latifolia,
971. Valli-onapu,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 91. t. 48.
IMPATIENS
oppositifolia,
971.
Fl. Zeyl.
314. Kondam-pallu,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 57. t. 31.
IMPATIENS
cornuta,
971.
Fl. Zeyl.
316.
IMPATIENS
balsamina,
971.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 626. Lacca herba,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 274. t. 90.
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 101. t. 52.
IMPATIENS
tristora,
972.
Fl. Zeyl.
315.
GYNANDRIA DIANDRIA.
ORCHIS
susannae, Syst. Pl.
iv. 5.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 638.
Rai. Suppl.
558. Flos susannae,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 286. t. 99. f. 2.
ORCHIS
cubitalis,
8.
Fl. Zeyl.
320. Flos triplicatus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. 115. c. 13.
ORCHIS
strateumatica,
15.
Fl. Zeyl.
319.
ORCHIS
plantaginea, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 37.
EPIDENDRUM
vanilla, Syst. Pl.
iv. 35.
Bauh. Pin.
404.
EPIDENDRUM
flos äeris,
35.
Kaempf. Amoen,
868. t. 869. f. 1.
EPIDENDRUM
tesselatum, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 42.
EPIDENDRUM
tenuifolium, Syst. Pl.
iv. 35.
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 11. t. 5.
EPIDENDRUM
spatulatum,
35. Ponnampou marauara,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 7. t. 3. Angraecum album minus,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 941. t. 44. f. 1.
EPIDENDRUM
furvum,
36.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 104. t. 46. f. 1. Thalia marauara,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. t. 4. Ep. praemorsum,
Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 43.
EPIDENDRUM
ovatum,
37.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 111. t. 51. f. 2. Anantali, marauara,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 15. t. 7.
EPIDENDRUM
articulatum.
Herba supplex quinta,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 111. t. 51. f. 2.
EPIDENDRUM
caninum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 38. Angraecum caninam,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 105. t. 47. f. 1.
EPIDENDRUM
aloifolium,
38. Kansuram, marauara,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 17. t. 8.
EPIDENDRUM
pendulum, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 44.
EPIDENDRUM
scriptum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 39. Angraecum scriptum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 95. t. 42.
EPIDENDRUM
retusum,
39. Ansieli marauara,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 1. t. 1.
EPIDENDRUM
amabile,
39. Angraecum album maius,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 99. t. 43.
EPIDENDRUM
tuberosum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 40.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 639. Angraecum terrestre primum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 112. t. 52. f. 1.
LIMODORUM
virens, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 38.
LIMODORUM
recurvum, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 39.
LIMODORUM
nutans, Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 40.
GYNANDRIA TRIANDRIA.
STILAGO
bunius, Syst. Pl.
iv. 44. Bunius sativus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 204. t. 151.
GYNANDRIA TETRANDRIA.
NEPENTHES
destillatoria, Syst. Pl.
iv. 45.
Fl. Zeyl.
321. Cantharifera,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 121. t. 59. f. 2.
Outlines,
i. p. 236. t. ix.
GYNANDRIA PENTANDRIA.
GLUTA
Benghas, Syst. Pl.
iv. 46.
Linn. Pl. Syst.
iv. p. 446.
GYNANDRIA HEXANDRIA.
ARISTOLOCHIA
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iv. 59.
Fl. Coch.
i. 646.
Fl. Zeyl.
323. Catelae-vegon,
Rheed. Mal,
viii. p. 48. t. 25. Radix puloronica,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 476. t. 177.
PISTIA
stratiotes, Syst. Pl.
iv. 62.
Fl. Zeyl.
322. Kodda-pail,
Rheed Mal.
xi. p. 63. t. 32. Plantago aquatica,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 74.
Rai. Hist.
1324.
GYNANDRIA OCTANDRIA.
SCOPOLIA
composita, Linn. Suppl.
409.
GYNANDRIA DECANDRIA.
KLEINHOVIA
hospita, Syst. Pl.
iv. 63. Cati-marus,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 177. t. 113.
Outlines,
ii. p. 131.
HELICTERES
baruensis,
63.
Pluk. Alm.
181. t. 245.
HELICTERES
Isora,
64. Fructus regis,
Rumph. Auct. Amb.
32. t. 17. f. 1. Isora murri,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 55. t. 30.
GYNANDRIA POLYANDRIA.
GREWIA
orientalis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 67.
Fl. Zeyl.
324.
Rheed. Mal.
v. p. 91. t. 46.
Rai. Hist.
1624. Frutex ceramicus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 124. t. 60.
GREWIA
microcos,
67.
Fl. Zeyl.
207. Schageri-cottam,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 105. t. 56.
GREWIA
asiatica,
67.
Fl. Zeyl.
208.
Sonnerat,
ii. 244. tab. 138.—A shrab grows near
Surat.
Cultivated about
Pondicherri.
The berries well tasted and refreshing.
GREWIA
salvifolia, Linn. Suppl.
409.
ARUM
pentaphyllum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 69.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 652.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 540. f. 13. t. 5. f. 27.
ARUM
macrorrhizum,
70.
Fl. Zeyl.
327.
ARUM
colocasia,
69.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 653. Atum aegyptiacum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 313. t. 109.
ARUM
esculentum,
70.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 654. Caladium aquatile,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 818. t. 110. f. 1.
ARUM
divaricatum,
70.
Fl. Zeyl.
325. Nienschena major,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 39. t. 20.
ARUM
indicum, Fl. Coch.
ii. 655. Arum Indicum sativum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 308. c. 81.
ARUM
sagittifolium, Syst. Pl.
iv. 70.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 653. Arum silvestre,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 310. c. 82.
ARUM
trilobatum,
70.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 652.
Fl. Zeyl.
326. Arisarum amboinicum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 320. t. 110. fig. 2.
ARUM
ovatum,
72. A. aquaticum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 312. t. 108. Karinpola,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 45. t. 23.
DRACONTIUM
spinosum,
74.
Fl. Zeyl.
328.
Mill. Dict.
3.
POTHOS
scandens,
76.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 650.
Fl. Zeyl.
329.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 483. t. 181. f. 1, 2, 3. Ana-parua,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. t. 40.
POTHOS
pinnata,
77. Adpendix laciniata,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 489. t. 183. fig. 2.
MONOECIA MONANDRIA.
CASUARINA
equisetafolia, Linn. Suppl.
412.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 671. Casuarina littorea,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 86. t. 57.
ARTOCARPOS
incisa, Linn. Suppl.
412.
J. R. Forster, Gen.
51. tab. 5. 52.
G. Forster, Fl. Ins. Aust.
No. 332.
Pl. Esc.
43. Le Rima ou Fruit de Pain.
Sonnerat Voy.
t. 57, 58, 59, 60.
Outlines,
i. 239.
ARTOCARPOS
Soccus lanosus, Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 110. t. 32.
ARTOCARPOS
Soccus granosus, Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 112. t. 33.
ARTOCARPOS
sylvestris, Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 114. t. 34.
ARTOCARPOS
integrifolia, Linn. Suppl.
412.
Outlines,
i. 237. ii. 321.
ARTOCARPOS
Soccus arboreus major, Rumph. Amb.
i. 104. t. 30.
ARTOCARPOS
arboreus minor, Rumph Amb.
i. p. 107. t. 31.
MONOECIA TRIANDRIA.
COIX
lachryma, Syst. Pl.
iv. 97.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 673.
Bauh. Pin.
258.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 191, t. 75. Catriconda,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 133. t. 70.
Outlines,
i. p. 240.
CAREX
Indica,
105.
Mant,
574.
CAREX
lithosperma,
115. Calamagrostis,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 16. t. 6. f. 2. Kaden-pullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 89.
t.
48.
TRAGIA
volubilis,
118. Funis urens,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 13. t. 9.
TRAGIA
involucrata,
119.
Fl. Zeyl.
34. Schorigeram,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 72. t. 39.
Rai. Hist.
160.
TRAGIA
mercurialis,
119.
Fl. Zeyl.
334. Pee-cupameni,
Rheed. Mal.
x. t. 82.
TRAGIA
chamaelea,
120.
Fl. Zeyl.
335. Codi avanacu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 63. t. 34.
Rai. Hist.
1170.
HERNANDIA
sonora,
120.
Fl. Zeyl.
423. Arbor regis,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 257. t. 85.
Outlines,
i. p. 240.
HERNANDIA
ovigera,
121. Arbor ovigera,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 193. t. 123.
PHYLANTHUS
niruri,
121.
Fl. Zeyl.
331. Herba moeroris alba,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 41. t. 17.
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 29. t. 15.
Outlines,
i. p. 240.
PHYLANTHUS
urinaria,
122.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 677.
Fl. Zeyl.
332.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 41. t. 17. f. 2. Tsieru Kirganeli,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 8. t. 16.
PHYLANTHUS
maderaspatensis,
123.
Forskaehl. Aegypt.
vi. p. 159.
PHYLANTHUS
emblica,
123.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 677.
Bauh. Pin.
445.
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 1. t. 1. Nelli-camarum,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 69. t. 38.
Rai. Hist.
1156.
PHYLANTHUS
racemosus, Linn. Suppl.
415.
PHYLANTHUS
bacciformis, Linn. Suppl.
415.
MONOECIA TETRANDRIA.
SERPICULA
verticultata, Linn. Suppl.
416.
CICCA
disticha, Syst. Pl.
iv. 125.
Mant.
124.
Linn. Suppl.
416.
URTICA
balearica,
129.
Blackw.
t. 321. f. 1.
URTICA
alienata,
131.
Fl. Zeyl.
371.
URTICA
interrupta,
133.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 682.
Fl. Zeyl.
336.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 20. Batti Schorigeram,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 75. t. 40.
URTICA
nivea,
133.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 683. Rameum majus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 214. t. 79. f. 1.
URTICA
fruticosa, Linn. Suppl.
417.
URTICA
stimulans, Linn. Suppl.
418.
MORUS
Indica, Syst. Pl.
iv. 135.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 679.
Fl. Zeyl.
337.
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 8. t. 5. Tinda, parua,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 87. t. 49.
Outlines,
i. p. 140.
MONOECIA PENTANDRIA.
NEPHELIUM
lappaceum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 136.
Mant.
125.
XANTHIUM
orientale,
137.
Mill. Dict.
n. 2.
AMARANTHUS
melancholicus,
143.
Mill. Dict.
n. 2.
AMARANTHUS
tricolor,
143.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 685.
Bauh. Pin.
121.
AMARANTHUS
polygamus,
143.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 685. Blitum indicum album,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 23
. tab. 82. f. 1.
AMARANTHUS
gangeticus,
144.
AMARANTHUS
mangostanus,
144.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 294.
AMARANTHUS
oleraceus,
145.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 686.
AMARANTHUS
polygonoides, Syst. Pl.
iv. 146.
Brown. Jam.
184.
AMARANTHUS
flavus,
147.
AMARANTHUS
candatus,
148.
Fl. Zeyl.
563.
Bauh. Pin.
120.
AMARANTHUS
tristis,
144.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 686. Blitum indicum secundum,
Rumph.
v. 231. t. 82. f. 2.
AMARANTHUS
spinosus,
148.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 687.
Fl. Zeyl.
338. Blitum spinosum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 231. t. 83. f. 1.
LEEA
quata,
149.
Mant.
124.
MONOECIA HEXANDRIA.
ZIZANIA
terrestris, Syst. Pl.
iv. 151. Katou-Tsjolam,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 113. t. 60.
MONOECIA HEPTANDRIA.
GUDTTARDA
speciosa, Syst. Pl.
iv. 152.
Brown. Jam.
205. t. 20. f. 1.
MONOECIA DECANDRIA.
AILANTHUS
excelfa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 23.—An immense tree. The wood light, and chiefly used for the purpose of making rasts.
MONOECIA POLYANDRIA.
SACITTARIA
obtusifolia, Syst. Pl.
iv. 155. Culitimara,
Rheed. Mal.
xi. p. 93. t. 45.
BEGONIA
obliqua, Syst. Pl.
iv. 156. Empetrum acetosum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 457. t. 169. f. 2.
BEGONIA
isopetra, Smith. Pl. Ic.
xliii.
QUERCUS
molucca, Syst. Pl.
iv. 160.
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 85. t. 56.
MONOECIA MONADELPHIA.
CUPRESSUS
pendula, L'Heretier Stirp.
15.
Mill. Dict.
n. 3.
PLUKENETIA
volubilis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 181. Sajor volubilis fructibus corniculatis,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 194. t. 79. f. 2.
ACALYPHA
Virginica,
182.
Fl. Zeyl.
342.
ACALYPHA
Indica,
181.
Fl. Zeyl.
341.
Rai. Hist.
1854. Cupameni,
Rheed. Mal.
x. p. 161. t. 18.
CROTON
variegatum,
183.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 65. t. 25.
CROTON
benzoe,
184.
Mant.
297.
CROTON
tiglium,
186.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 714.
Fl. Zeyl.
343. Granum-moluccum,
Rumphh. Amb.
iv. p. 98. t. 42. Cadel. auanacu,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 61. t. 75.
Rai. Hist.
167. 1855.
CROTON
lacciferum,
187.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 714.
Fl. Zeyl.
344. Halecus terrestris,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 197. t. 127.
Outlines,
1. p. 241.
CROTON
aromaticum,
187.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 715.
Fl. Zeyl.
345. Halecus littorea,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 197. t. 126.
CROTON
moluccanum,
188.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 716.
Fl. Zeyl.
346.
CROTON
hastatum,
189.
Burm. Ind.
p. 305. t. 63. f. 2.
CROTON
spinosum,
189.
Fl. Zeyl.
p. 238.
CROTON
urens,
189.
Pluk. Alm.
320. t. 120. f. 6.
IATROPHA
moluccana,
191.
Fl. Zeyl.
348.
RICINUS
communis,
194.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 716.
Fl. Zeyl.
339. R. albus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 92.
RICINUS
tanarius, Syst. Pl.
iv. 194.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 717. Tanarius miner,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 190. t. 121.
RICINUS
mappa,
194. Folium mappae,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 190. t. 121.
STERCULIA,
Balanghas,
195.
Fl. Zeyl.
350. Clompanus minor,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 169. t. 107. Cavalam,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 89. t. 49.
Rai. Hist.
1754.
Outlines,
i. p. 241.
STERCULIA,
foetida,
195.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 719.
Fl. Zeyl.
349. Clompanus major,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 168. t. 107. Karil,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 75. t. 36.
Rai. Hist.
1564.
Sonnerat,
ii. 234. tab. 132.
Outlines,
i. p. 241.
STERCULIA,
plantanifolia, Linn. Suppl.
423.
STERCULIA,
urens, Pl. of Cor.
i. 24.
STERCULIA,
colorata, Pl. of Cor.
i. 25.
GNETUM
gnemon, Syst. Pl.
iv. 197. Gnemon domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 181. t. 71.
MONOECIA SYNGENESIA.
TRIGOSANTHES
nervifolia, Syst. Pl.
iv. 199. Tota piui,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 33. t. 17.
TRIGOSANTHES
cucumerina,
199.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 722. Pacta valam,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 39. t. 15.
MOMORDICA
balsamina,
200.
Bauh. Pin.
306.
MOMORDICA
charantia,
200.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 724.
Fl. Zeyl.
351. Amara Indica,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 410. t. 151. Pandipauel,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 18. t. 10.
MOMORDICA
luffa,
201.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 724.
Fl. Zeyl.
352. Perola,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 405. t. 148.
MOMORDICA
cylindrica,
201.
Fl. Coch.
ii.
Rai. Suppl.
332.
MOMORDICA
trifoliata,
201. Poppya sylvestris,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 414. t. 152. f. 2.
CUCURBITA
lagenaria,
202.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 728.
Rumph. Amb.
v. 397. t. 144.
CUCURBITA
pepo, Syst. Pl.
iv. 203.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 728. Pepo Indicus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 398. t. 45.
CUCURBITA
Citrullus,
204.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 730. Anguria Indica,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 400. t. 146.
CUCUMIS
acutangulus,
205.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 727. Petola,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 408. t. 149.
CUCUMIS
anguinus,
207. Petola anguina,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 407. t. 148.
CUCUMIS
melo,
205.
Fl. Coch.
726. M. vulgaris,
Bauh. Pin.
p. 310. No. 1.
CUCUMIS
flexuosus,
207.
Bauh. Pin.
310.
CUCUMIS
maderaspatanus,
207.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 727.
Fl. Zeyl.
356.
BRYONIA
palmata,
208.
Fl. Zeyl.
353.
BRYONIA
grandis,
208.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 731. Vitis alba Indica,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 448. t. 166. f. 1.
BRYONIA
cordifolia,
208.
Fl. Zeyl.
354.
BRYONIA
laciniosa,
208.
Fl. Zeyl.
355.
BRYONIA
scabrella, Linn. Suppl.
424.
SICYOS
garcini, Syst. Pl.
iv. 210.
Burm. Ind.
311. t. 57. f. 3.
MONOECIA GYNANDRIA.
ANDRACHNE
fruticosa, Syst. Pl.
iv. 211.
Mant.
128.
DIOECIA MONANDRIA.
PANDANUS
odoratissimus, Linn. Suppl.
424. Kaida,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 1. t. 1. ad 8. Pandanus,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 139. t. 74. ad 81.
Fl. Zeyl.
p. 54.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 241.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 94, 95, 96.—The white petals of this elegant plant produce the sweetest and most powerful of perfumes.
PANDANUS
humilis. Fl. Coch.
ii. 740.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 143. t. 76.
PANDANUS
loevis, Fl. Coch.
ii. 741.
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 147.
DIOECIA DIANDRIA.
SALIX
tetrasperma, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 97.
DIOECIA TRIANDRIA.
CATURUS,
spicistorus, Syst. Pl.
iv. 239. Watta Taly,
Rheed. Mal.
v. t. 62. Cauda felis agrestis alba,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 84. t. 37.
DIOECIA PENTANDRIA.
CANARIUM
commune, Syst. Pl.
iv. 248. Canarium,
Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 145. t. 47.
CANARIUM
sylvestre, Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 155. t. 49.
CANARIUM
decumanum, Rumph. Amb.
ii. p. 166. t. 55.
ANTIDESMA
alexiteria, Syst. Pl.
iv. 249.
Fl. Zeyl.
357. Neolietali,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 19. t. 56.
Rai. Hist.
1616.
ANTIDESMA
acida, Retz. Obs.
v. p. 30. n. 87.
CANNABIS
sativa,
251.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 756.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 208. t. 77.
ZANONIA
Indica,
252. Penar-valli-mascula,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 39. t. 49.
FEUILLEA
trilobata,
253.
Amoen. Acad.
iii. p. 423.
DIOECIA HEXANDRIA.
SMILAX
zeylanica, Syst. Pl.
iv. 255.
Fl. Zeyl.
364. China amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 457. t. 161.
SMILAX
China, Syst. Pl.
iv. 256. China radix,
Bauh. Pin.
896.
Rumph. Amb.
p. 72. t. 30.
FERREOLA
hexifolia, Pl of Cor.
i. 45.—A hard and useful wood. Its berries edible.
DIOSCOREA
pentaphylla, Syst. Pl.
iv. 260.
Fl. Zeyl.
363.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 127. Nureni-kelenga,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 67. t. 35.
DIOSCOREA
triphylla,
260.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 128. Tsiageri nuren,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 63. t. 33.
DIOSCOREA
aculeata,
260.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 768.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 126. Kattukalengu,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 71. t. 37.
DIOSCOREA
alata,
260.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 765. Ubium digitatum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 350. t. 121.
DIOSCOREA
bulbifera,
261.
Fl. Zeyl.
359.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 124.
Katukatsül, Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 69. t. 36.
DIOSCOREA
sativa,
261.
Fl. Zeyl.
358.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 180. Mu-kelengu,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 97. t. 51.
Outlines,
i. p. 242.
DIOSCOREA
oppositifolia,
261.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 765.
Fl. Zeyl.
361.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 120.
DIOSCOREA
villosa,
261. Ubium nummularium,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 444. c. 63.
DIOECIA DECANDRIA.
CARICA
papaya, Syst. Pl.
iv. 267.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 772.
Fl. Zeyl.
365.
Rumph. Amb.
i. t. 50, 51. Papaya maram,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 23. t. 13. f. 1.
Outlines,
i. p. 242.
DIOECIA DODECANDRIA.
MENISPERMUM
cocculus, Syst. Pl.
iv. 273.
Bauh. Pin.
511. Tuba baccifera,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 35. t. 22. Natsiatam,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 1. t. 1.
MENISPERMUM
crispum,
273. Funis quadrangularis,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 83. t. 44. f. 2.
MENISPERMUM
hirsutum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 273.
Pluk. Amalth.
61. t. 384.
MENISPERMUM
flavum, Sp. Pl.
1468. Tuba flava,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 38. c. 20.
MENISPERMUM
myosotoides, Syst. Pl.
iv. 273.
Burm. Ind.
316.
DIOECIA POLYANDRIA.
ACOURTIA
sepiaria, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 68.
ACOURTIA
sapida, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 69.
EMBRYOPTERIS
glutinifera, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 70.
DIOECIA GYNANDRIA.
CLUTIA
retusa, Syst. Pl.
iv. 287.
Fl. Zeyl.
967. Scherunam-cottam,
Rheed. Mal.
ii. p. 23. t. 18.
Rai. Hist.
1623.
CLUTIA
eluteria,
287.
Fl. Zeyl.
366.
CLUTIA
stipularis,
288.
Mant.
127.
POLYGAMIA MONOECIA.
MUSA
paradisiaca, Syst. Pl.
iv. 295.
Fl. Zeyl.
368.
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 125. t. 60.
Bauh. Pin.
508. Bata,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 17. t. 12, 13, 14.
Outlines,
i. p. 242.
MUSA
sapientum,
295.
Bauh. Pin.
580.
Trew Ehret.
iv. tab. 21, 22, 23.
MUSA
troglodytarum,
296.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 792. M. uranoscopus,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 137. t. 61.
SPINIFEX
squarrosus,
298.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 794. Ilu-mullu,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 75.
ANDROPOGON
caricosum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 299. Gramen caricosum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 17. t. 17.
ANDROPOGON
contortum,
299.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 180. f. 8. t. 4.
Linn. Sup. Pl.
p. 432.
ANDROPOGON
cymbarium,
301.
Mant.
303.
ANDROPOGON
prostratum,
301.
Mant,
304.
ANDROPOGON
schoenanthus,
302.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 793.
Fl. Zeyl.
465. Schaenanthum amboinicum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. 181. t. 72.
ANDROPOGON
barbatum,
304.
Mant.
302, 588.
ANDROPOGON
nardus,
304.
Fl. Zeyl.
45. Arundo farcta,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 22. t. 6.
ANDROPOGON
fasciculatum,
305.
Brown. Jam.
365.
ANDROPOGON
squarrosum, Linn. Suppl.
433.
HOLCUS
spicatus, Syst. Pl.
iv. 306.
Bauh. Pin.
vii.
Theatr.
522.
Rai. Hist.
1908.
HOLCUS
sorghum,
307.
Bauh. Hist.
ii. p. 447. Sorgum,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 194. t. 75. f. 1.
HOLCUS
saccharatus,
308.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 792.
Rumph. Amb.
v. t. 75.
HOLCUS
latifolius,
310.
HOLCUS
pertusus,
310.
Mant.
301.
APLUDA
mutica,
311.
APLUDA
aristata,
311.
Amoen. Acad.
iv. p. 303.
APLUDA
digitata, Linn. Suppl.
434.
ISCHAEMUM
muticum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 312. Tagadi,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 91. t. 49.
CENCHRUS
lappaceus,
313.
CENCHRUS
muricatus,
313.
Mant.
302.
CENCHRUS
granularis,
315.
Mant.
575. Manisurus granularis,
Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 118.
AEGILOPS
exaltata, Syst. Pl.
iv. 317.
Mant.
575.
MANISURIS
myurus,
318.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 117.
PARIETARIA
Indica,
321. Crataeogonum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. t. 10. f. 1.
TERMINALIA
catappa,
326.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 174. t. 68. Adamaram,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. t. 5.
Rai. Hist.
1521.
TERMINALIA
benzoin, Linn. Suppl.
434.
OPHIOXYLON
serpentinum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 329.
Flor. Zeyl.
398. Radix mustelae,
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 129. t. 16. Tiouanna,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 87. t. 7.
Outlines,
i. p. 244.
GOUANIA
tiliaefolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. 98.
CELTIS
orientalis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 334.
Fl. Zeyl.
369. Mallam toddali,
Rheed. Mal.
iv. p. 83. t. 40.
Outlines,
i. p. 244.
MIMOSA
nodosa,
338.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 798.
Burm. Zeyl.
192.
Ind.
222.
Outlines,
i. p. 244.
MIMOSA
bigemina,
339.
Fl. Zeyl.
218. Katou-conna,
Rheed. Mal.
vi. p. 21.
Rai. Hist.
1746.
MIMOSA
cineraria,
341.
Brown. Jam.
252.
MIMOSA
casta,
342.
Burm. Ind.
222.
MIMOSA
entada,
343.
Flor. Zeyl.
219. Entada,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 151. t. 67.
MIMOSA
procera, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 121.
MIMOSA
amara, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 122.
MIMOSA
dulcis, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 99.—Its pods are eaten by the natives.
MIMOSA
xylocarpa, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 100.
MIMOSA
scandens, Syst. Pl.
iv. 343.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 788. Faba marina,
Rumph. Amb.
v. p. 5. t. 4.
Fl. Zeyl.
644. Perim Kaku-Valli,
Rheed. Mal.
viii. p. 59. t. 32, 33, 34.
MIMOSA
virgata,
344.
Fl. Zeyl.
505. Nitu todda,
Rheed. Mal.
ix. p. 35. t. 20.
MIMOSA
vaga, Syst. Pl.
iv. 346.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 799.
Hort. Cliff.
209.
MIMOSA
cinerea,
348.
Fl. Zeyl.
215.
MIMOSA
horrida,
349.
Pluk. Alm.
iii. tab. 121. fig. 4.
MIMOSA
latronum, Linn. Suppl.
438.
MIMOSA
cornigera, Linn. Suppl.
438.
Syst. Pl.
iv. 348.
MIMOSA
caesia, Syst. Pl.
iv. 352.
Fl. Zeyl.
217.
MIMOSA
pennata,
352.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 802.
Fl. Zeyl.
216.
MIMOSA
intsia,
352.
Rheed. Mal.
iv. t. 122.
MIMOSA
tenuifolia, Syst. Veg.
p. 771.
MIMOSA
grandiflora, L'Heritier Sert. Angl.
p. 30. tab. 42.
MIMOSA
odoratissima, Linn. Suppl.
437.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 120.
MIMOSA
eburnea, Linn. Suppl.
437.
MIMOSA
cornigera, Linn. Suppl.
438.
MIMOSA
natans, Linn. Suppl.
439.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 654.
Pl. of Cor.
ii. 119.
MIMOSA
catechu, Linn. Suppl.
439.
Woodville, Med. Bot.
101. t. 66.
POLYGAMIA DIOECIA.
GLEDITSCHIA
inermis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 355.
Duhamel, Arb.
i. p. 266.
DIOSPYROS
hirsuta, Linn. Suppl.
440.
DIOSPYROS
ebenum, Linn. Suppl.
440. D. melanoxylon,
Pl. of Cor.
i. t. 46.—The true ebony.
DIOSPYROS
montana, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 48.
DIOSPYROS
sylvatica, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 47.
DIOSPYROS
chloroxylon, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 49.
DIOSPYROS
cordifolia, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 50.
DIOSPYROS
hebenaster, Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 78. t. 33.
PANAX
fruticosum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 363.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 806. Scutellaria tertia,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. p. 78. t. 33.
PISONIA
inermis,
361. Katu-kava-walli,
Rheed. Mal.
vii. p. 33. t. 17.
POLYGAMIA TRIOECIA.
FICUS
nymphoeifolia, Syst. Pl.
iv. 365.
Mill. Dict.
9.
FICUS
religiosa,
365.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 817.
Fl. Zeyl.
372. Arbor conciliorum,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 142. t. 91. Arealu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 47. t. 27.
Outlines,
i. 244.
FICUS
benjamina,
366. Itty-alu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 45. t. 26. Varinga parviflora,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 139. t. 90.
FICUS
benghalensis,
366.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 817. Caprificus amboinensis,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. 145. c. 7. Peralu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 49. t. 28.
FICUS
indica,
366.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 818. Katou alou,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 73. t. 57.
Rai. Hist.
1347. Varinga latifolia,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 127. t. 84.
Outlines of the Globe,
i. p. 207. 244.
FICUS
racemosa,
367. Grostularia domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 136. t. 87, 88. Altyalu,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 43. t. 25.
Rai. Hist.
1434.
FICUS
glomerata, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 123.
FICUS
oppositifolia, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 124.
FICUS
comosa, Pl. of Cor.
ii. tab. 125.
FICUS
falcata, Thunberg,
p. 5.
FICUS
punctata, Thunberg,
p. 5.
FICUS
reflexa, Thunberg,
p. 5.
FICUS
drupacea, Thunberg,
p. 6.
FICUS
reticulata, Thunberg,
p. 6.
FICUS
sinuata, Thunberg,
p. 6.
FICUS
hispida, Linn. Suppl.
442.
FICUS
heterophylla, Linn. Suppl.
442.
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 83. tab. 62.
FICUS
microcarpa, Linn. Suppl.
442.
FICUS
carica, Syst. Pl.
iv. 364.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 816.—The common fig was probably introduced from
Europe.
FICUS
toxicaria.
368.
Burm. Ind.
226.
FICUS
pumila,
368.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 819. Varinga repens,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. p. 134. t. 85.
FICUS
septica, Fl. Coch.
ii. 819. Ficus septica,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. 153. t. 96.
FICUS
ampelos, Syst. Pl.
iv. 367. Folium politorium,
Rumph. Amb.
iv. 128. t. 63.
FICUS
retusa,
367.
Mant.
129.
FICUS
teregam.
Caprificus aspera,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. 150. c. 9.
FICUS
pertusa, Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 69. tab. 56.
FICUS
peru teregam,
Caprificus viridis,
Rumph. Amb.
iii. 152. c. 10.
CRYPTOGAMIA FILICES.
CYCAS
circinalis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 374.
Fl. Zeyl.
393.
Rai. Hist.
1360. Olus Calappoides,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 86. t. 22, 23.
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 9. t. 13, 21. Sago,
Outlines,
i. p. 245. iv. p. 194.
OPHIOGLOSSUM
pendulum,
377. Scolopendra major,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 84. t. 37. f. 3.
OPHIOGLOSSUM
scandens,
378.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 825.
Fl. Zeyl.
374. Adiantum volubile,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 75. t. 32. f. 2. Tsieru-valli-panna,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 65. t. 33.
Outlines,
i. p. 247.
OPHIOGLOSSUM
flexuosum,
378.
Fl. Zeyl.
375. Adiantum volubile majus.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 75. t. 32. Valli-panna,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 6. t. 32.
OPHIOGLOSSUM
circinatum, Burm. Ind.
228. Adiantum volubile polypoides,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 76. t. 33.
OPHIOGLOSSUM
vulgatum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 377. Ophioglossum simplex,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 152. t. 68. f. 2.
OSMUNDA
Zeylanica,
378.
Fl. Zeyl.
373. Ophioglossum laciniatum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 153. t. 68. f. 3.
ACROSTICHUM
lanceolatum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 384.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 826.
Fl. Zeyl.
380. Tiri-panna.
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 141. t. 33.
ACROSTICHUM
heterophyllum,
384.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 826.
Fl. Zeyl.
378.
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 87. t. 29.
ACROSTICHUM
digitatum,
386.
Fl. Zeyl.
379.
ACROSTICHUM
siliquosum,
389.
Fl. Zeyl.
376. Millefolium aquaticum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 17. t. 74. f. 1.
ACROSTICHUM
thalictroides,
389.
Fl. Zeyl.
377. t. 4.
PTERIS
piloselloides,
392.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 833.
ASPLENIUM
nidus,
402.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 558. f. 14. t. 1. f. 15.
POLYPODIUM
phymatodes,
411.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 827.
Burm. Zeyl.
196. t. 86.
POLYPODIUM
quercisolium,
414.
Fl. Zeyl.
382.
Bauh. Pin.
359.
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 78. t. 36. Panna kelengo-maraua,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 23. t. 11.
Outlines,
i. p. 247.
POLYPODIUM
auriculatum,
416.
Fl. Zeyl.
383.
POLYPODIUM
unitum,
416.
Burm. Zeyl.
98. t. 44. f. 1.
POLYPODIUM
parasiticum,
419. Kari-welli-panna,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 35. t. 17.
POLYPODIUM
decussatum,
427.
POLYPODIUM
speluncae,
428.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 831.
Fl. Zeyl.
384.
POLYPODIUM
simplex, Burm. Ind.
235. Lonchitis amboinica rubra,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 70. t. 30. f. 1.
ADIANTUM
philippense, Syst. Pl.
iv. 429.
Pet. Gaz.
viii. t. 4. f. 4.
ADIANTUM
caudatum,
430.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 823.
Burm. Zeyl.
viii. t. 5. f. 1.
TRICHOMANES
polypodioides,
435.
ARICHOMANES
adiantoides, Syst. Pl.
iv. 436.
Fl. Zeyl.
385.
ARICHOMANES
tenuifolia, Burm. Ind.
237. Dryopteris campestris,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 77. t. 34. f. 2.
MARSILEA
minuta, Syst. Pl.
iv. 438.
Burm. Ind.
237. t. 62. f. 3.
CRYPTOGAMIA MUSCI.
YCOPODIUM
nudum, Syst. Pl.
iv. 440.
Dill. Musc.
468. t. 64. f. 4.
YCOPODIUM
phlegmaria,
440.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 837. Equisetum arboreum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 91. c. 63.
Fl. Zeyl.
386.
Rai. Hist.
1582.
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 27. t. 14.
YCOPODIUM
cernuum,
444.
Fl. Zeyl.
387. Bellon-patsia,
Rheed. Mal.
xii. p. 73. t. 39.
YCOPODIUM
bryopteris,
444.
Moris. Hist.
iii. p. 62. 8. f. 15. t. 7. f. 51.
YCOPODIUM
plumosum,
447.
Dill. Musc.
p. 171. t. 66. f. 10.
YCOPODIUM
ornithopodioides,
447.
Fl. Zeyl.
388.
YCOPODIUM
canaliculatum,
447. Cingulum terrae,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 87. t. 40. f. 1.
CRYPTOGAMIA ALGAE.
JUNGERMANNIA
asplenioides, Syst. Pl.
iv. 503.
Dill. Musc.
483. t. 69. f. 6.
LICHEN
suciformis,
540.
Bauh. Pin.
365.
LICHEN
capillaris,
Muscus capillaris,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 89. t. 40. f. 2.
LICHEN
crocatus, Syst. Pl.
iv. 540.
LICHEN
usnea,
559.
Dill. Musc.
71. t. 14. f. 31. and t. 54. f. 10.
LICHEN
rocella
558.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 843.
Rumph. Amb.
vii. p. 181. t. 76. f. 3.
FUCUS
flavus, Linn. Suppl.
452.
FUCUS
pinnatus, Linn. Suppl.
452.
FUCUS
natans, Syst. Pl.
iv. 564.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 845. Sargassum pelagium amboinicum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 188. t. 76. f. 1.
FUCUS
granulatus,
572.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 846. Sargassum littoreum,
Rumph. Amb.
vi. p. 190. t. 76. f. 2.
CRYPTOGAMIA FUNGI.
LYCOPERDON
pistillare, Syst. Pl.
iv. 625.
Mant.
313.
PALMAE.
BORASSUS
flabelliformis, Syst. Pl.
iv. 632.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 758.
Fl. Zeyl.
395.
Rai. Hist.
1366. Ampana,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 13. t. 10. Lontarus domestica,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 45. t. 10.
Outlines,
i. 247.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 71, 72.
CORYPHA
umbraculifera,
633.
Fl. Zeyl.
394.
Rai. Hist.
1368. Coddapana,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 1. t. 1. f. 2. Saribus,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 42. t. 8.
Outlines,
i. p. 248.
CORYPHA
nypa, Fl. Coch.
ii. 694.
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 69. t. 16.
COCOS
nucifera, Syst. Pl.
iv. 633.
Fl. Zeyl.
391. Calappa,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 1. t. 1, 2. Tenga,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 1. t. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Outlines,
i. p. 247.
Pl. of Cor.
i. 73.
PHOENIX
daclylifera,
634.
Fl. Zeyl.
390.
Bauh. Pin.
506.
Rai. Hist.
1352.
Outlines,
i. p. 248.
PHOENIX
farinifera, Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 74.
ARECA
catechu, Syst. Pl.
iv. 636.
Fl. Coch.
ii. 695.
Fl. Zeyl.
392.
Rai. Hist.
1363.
Bauh. Pin.
510. Pinanga,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 26. t. 4.
Pl. of Cor.
i. tab. 75.
ARECA
sylvestris, Fl. Coch.
ii. 568. Pinanga oryzaeformis,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 40. t. 5. f. 6.
ELATE
sylvestris, Syst. Pl.
iv. 636.
Fl. Zeyl.
397.
Rai. Hist.
1364. Katou indel,
Rheed. Mal.
iii. p. 15. t. 22, 23, 24, 25.
Outlines,
i. p. 249.
CARYOTA
urens,
637.
Fl. Zeyl.
396.
Rai. Hist.
1365. Seguaster major,
Rumph. Amb.
i. p. 64. t. 14. Schunda-panna,
Rheed. Mal.
i. p. 15. t. 11.
Outlines,
i. p. 249.
APRIL 15, 1793.
INDEX OF GENERA TO THE
FLORA INDICA.
A.
ABRUS
Page 287
Acalypha
Page 303
Acanthus
Page 283
Achryranthes
Page 257
Acrostichum
Page 314
Adenanthera
Page 270
Adiantum
Page 314
Aegilops
Page 310
Aeschynomene
Page 290
Agave
Page 264
Agrostis
Page 247
Ailanthus
Page 302
Aletris
Page 264
Allophyllus
Page 265
Aloe
Page 264
Alopecurus
Page 247
Amaranthus
Page 301
Amaryllis
Page 203
Ammannia
Page 251
Amomum
Page 237
Amyris
Page 265
Anacardium
Page 267
Anastatica
Page 283
Andrachne
Page 305
Andropogon
Page 309
Annona
Page 279
Antherura
Page 256
Anthisteria
Page 248
Antidesma
Page 306
Apluda
Page 309
Apocynum
Page 260
Aponogeton
Page 264
Aquilicia
Page 257
Arachis
Page 290
Aralia
Page 262
Ardisia
Page 258
Areca
Page 316
Aristida
Page 248
Aristolochia
Page 297
Artemisia
Page 293
Artocarpus
Page 299
Arum
Page 298
Arundo
Page 247
Asclepias
Page 260
Aspalathus
Page 288
Asparagus
Page 263
Asplenium
Page 314
Atragene
Page 279
Averrhoa
Page 271
Avicennia
Page 283
Azalca
Page 252
B.
Baccharis
Page 294
Ballota
Page 279
Bambos
Page 262
Banisteria
Page 271
Barleria
Page 282
Barringtonia
Page 287
Basella
Page 261
Bassia
Page 272
Bauhinia
Page 267
Begonia
Page 303
Bergera
Page 270
Bidens
Page 293
Bignonia
Page 280
Bobartia
Page 245
Boerhavia
Page 239
Bombax
Page 284
Borago
Page 251
Borassus
Page 316
Bromelia
Page 262
Bryonia
Page 305
Buchnera
Page 281
Burmannia
Page 262
Butea
Page 292
Butneria
Page 256
C.
Cacalia
Page 293
Caesalpinia
Page 269
Caesulia
Page 293
Calamus
Page 264
Callicarpa
Page 250
Calophyllum
Page 277
Cambogia
Page 276
Canarium
Page 306
Canna
Page 237
Cannabis
Page 306
Cansiera
Page 250
Canthium
Page 251
Capparis
Page 276
Capraria
Page 281
Capsicum
Page 255
Capura
Page 264
Cardiospermum
Page 266
Carex
Page 300
Carica
Page 307
Carissa
Page 258
Carthamus
Page 293
Caryophyllus
Page 277
Caryota
Page 317
Cassia
Page 268
Cassyta
Page 267
Casuarina
Page 299
Caturus
Page 306
Ceanothus
Page 256
Celosia
Page 257
Celsia
Page 280
Celtis
Page 310
Cenchrus
Page 309
Cerbera
Page 258
Ceropegia
Page 259
Chalcas
Page 270
Chionanthus
Page 240
Chrysanthemum
Page 294
Cicca
Page 301
Cinchona
Page 258
Cissus
Page 250
Citrus
Page 292
Cleome
Page 283
Clerodendrum
Page 282
Clitoria
Page 290
Clutia
Page 308
Cocos
Page 316
Coix
Page 300
Coldenia
Page 251
Columnea
Page 283
Combretum
Page 265
Commelina
Page 243
Conna
us
Page 284
Convolvulus
Page 252
Conyza
Page 294
Corchorus
Page 277
Cordia
Page 255
Corypha
Page 316
Costus
Page 238
Cotyledon
Page 272
Crassula
Page 262
Crataegus
Page 275
Crataeva
Page 273
Crinum
Page 263
Crotolaria
Page 288
Croton
Page 303
Cucumis
Page 305
Cucurbita
Page 304
Cupressus
Page 303
Curcuma
Page 238
Curenligo
Page 264
Cuscuta
Page 252
Cycas
Page 313
Cyclamen
Page 251
Cylista
Page 292
Cynometra
Page 269
Cynosurus
Page 247
Cyperus
Page 244
Cytisus
Page 290
D.
Dactylis
Page 247
Dais
Page 271
Dalbergia
Page 287
Daphne
Page 266
Datura
Page 254
Delima
Page 277
Dialium
Page 240
Dianthera
Page 241
Dillenia
Page 278
Dioscorea
Page 307
Diospyros
Page 311
Dodonaea
Page 265
Dolichos
Page 289
Dracaena
Page 263
Dracontium
Page 299
Drosera
Page 262
Durio
Page 293
E.
Echites
Page 259
Eclipta
Page 294
Ehretia
Page 259
Elate
Page 317
Eleagnus
Page 251
Elephantophus
Page 295
Elaeocarpus
Page 277
Embryopteris
Page 308
Epidendrum
Page 296
Erigeron
Page 294
Eriocaulon
Page 249
Erythrina
Page 288
Erythroxylon
Page 271
Ethulia
Page 293
Eugenia
Page 274
Evolvulus
Page 261
Eupatorium
Page 293
Euphorbia
Page 273
Exacum
Page 250
F.
Ferreola
Page 307
Feuillea
Page 306
Ficus
Page 312
Flacourtia
Page 308
Flagellaria
Page 264
Fucus
Page 316
G.
Gaertnera
Page 269
Galega
Page 292
Garcinia
Page 273
Gardenia
Page 258
Gentiana
Page 260
Gerardia
Page 280
Getonia
Page 270
Gisekia
Page 262
Glabraria
Page 292
Gleditschia
Page 311
Glinus
Page 274
Globba
Page 242
Gloriosa
Page 263
Gluta
Page 297
Glycine
Page 289
Gmelina
Page 281
Gnetum
Page 304
Gomphrena
Page 260
Gossypium
Page 285
Gouania
Page 310
Gratiola
Page 241
Grewia
Page 298
Grislea
Page 265
Guarea
ibid.
Guettarda
Page 302
Guilandina
Page 269
Gyrocarpus
Page 251
H.
Hedera
Page 257
Hedyotis
Page 249
Hedysarum
Page 290
Helicteres
Page 298
Heliotropium
Page 251
Hernandia
Page 300
Herniaria
Page 260
Hibiscus
Page 286
Hippia
Page 295
Hippocratea
Page 244
Holcus
Page 309
Holosteum
Page 249
Hordeum
Page 248
Hottonia
Page 252
Hugonia
Page 284
Hydrocotele
Page 261
I.
Jambolifera
Page 265
Jasminum
Page 240
Jatropha
Page 303
Ignatia
Page 255
Ilex
Page 251
Illecebrum
Page 257
Impanens
Page 295
Indigosera
Page 291
Inula
Page 294
Ipomoea
Page 253
Isenaemum
Page 309
Jungermannia
Page 315
Jussicua
Page 270
Justicia
Page 240
Ixia
Page 243
Ixora
Page 250
K.
Kaempferia
Page 239
Kleinhovia
Page 298
Knoxia
Page 250
Kyllinga
Page 245
L.
Lagerstroemia
Page 277
Lathyrus
Page 290
Laurus
Page 267
Lawsonia
Page 266
Leca
Page 302
Leontice
Page 263
Lichen
Page 315
Limodorum
Page 297
Limonia
Page 270
Liriodendrum
Page 278
Litchi
Page 264
Lolium
Page 248
Loranthus
Page 264
Ludwigia
Page 250
Lycoperdon
Page 316
Lycopodium
Page 315
Lythrum
Page 273
M.
Mahwah
Page 278
Malva
Page 285
Mammea
Page 277
Mangisera
Page 256
Manisuris
Page 310
Maranta
Page 238
Marsana
Page 269
Marsilea
Page 315
Melaleuca
Page 293
Melastoma
Page 271
Melia
Page 270
Melochia
Page 284
Memecylon
Page 266
Men
spermum
Page 307
Mentha
Page 279
Menyanthes
Page 252
Mesua
Page 286
Michelia
Page 278
Milium
Page 247
Mimosa
Page 310
Mimusops
Page 265
Mirabilis
Page 254
Molinaea
Page 265
Mollugo
Page 249
Molucella
Page 280
Momordica
Page 304
Monetia
Page 249
Morinda
Page 254
Morus
Page 301
Murraya
Page 270
Musa
Page 308
Mussaenda
Page 254
Myristica
Page 276
Myrosma
Page 237
Myrtus
Page 275
N.
Nama
Page 260
Nardus
Page 245
Nauclea
Page 253
Nepenthes
Page 297
Nepeta
Page 279
Nephelium
Page 301
Nerium
Page 258
Nyctanthes
Page 239
Nymphaea
Page 276
O.
Ochna
Page 277
Ocymun
Page 280
Olax
Page 243
Oldenlandia
Page 250
Ophioglossum
Page 313
Ophiorhiza
Page 252
Ophioxylon
Page 310
Orchis
Page 296
Ornitrophe
Page 265
Orobanche
Page 281
Oryza
Page 264
Osbeckia
Page 265
Osmunda
Page 314
Ovieda
Page 282
Oxalis
Page 272
P.
Paederia
Page 258
Panax
Page 312
Pancratium
Page 263
Pandanus
Page 305
Panicum
Page 246
Parietaria
Page 310
Paspalum
Page 246
Pavetta
Page 250
Paullinia
Page 266
Pedalium
Page 283
Pentapetes
Page 284
Pergularia
Page 260
Perilla
Page 279
Periploca
Page 260
Phalaris
Page 24
Pharnaccum
Page 261
Phaseolus
Page 283
Phlomis
Page 279
Phoenix
Page 316
Phylanthus
Page 300
Physalis
Page 254
Phytolacca
Page 272
Piper
Page 242
Pisonia
Page 312
Pisia
Page 29
Plukenetia
Page 303
Plumb
go
Page 252
Plumeria
Page 250
Poa
Page 247
Poinciana
Page 269
Polianthes
Page 264
Polygala
Page 287
Polygonum
Page 266
Polypodium
Page 314
Pomereulta
Page 245
Pontederia
Page 262
Porana
Page 252
Portulacca
Page 273
Pothos
Page 299
Premna
Page 281
Prosopis
Page 270
Psidium
Page 274
Psoralea
Page 292
Psychotria
Page 254
Pteris
Page 314
Pterecarpus
Page 287
Punica
Page 275
Q.
Quercus
Page 303
Quisqualis
Page 271
R.
Renealmia
Page 237
Rhamnas
Page 256
Rheum
Page 267
Rhinanthus
Page 280
Rhizophora
Page 272
Rhus
Page 261
Ricinus
Page 303
Robinia
Page 290
Rondeletia
Page 253
Rottbolla
Page 248
Rotala
Page 243
Roxburghia
Page 265
Rubus
Page 276
Ruellia
Page 281
Rumphia
Page 243
S.
Saccharum
Page 245
Sagittaria
Page 302
Salix
Page 306
Salvadora
Page 251
Salvia
Page 242
Samara
Page 250
Santalum
Page 251
Sapindus
Page 266
Saraca
Page 287
Saururus
Page 265
Scabiosa
Page 249
Scabrita
ibid.
Scaevola
Page 254
Schmiedelia
Page 266
Schoenus
Page 244
Schrebera
Page 240
Scirpus
Page 244
Scopolia
Page 297
Scutellaria
Page 280
Semecarpus
Page 261
Senecio
Page 29
Serpicula
Page 301
Ses
mum
Page 281
Sesa
ium
Page 275
Sicyos
Page 305
Sida
Page 285
Sideroxylon
Page
6
Sirium
Page 250
Sisymbrium
Page 283
Sium
Page 261
Smilax
Page 306
Selanum
Page 254
Sonchus
Page 293
Sophora
Page 267
Spermacoce
Page 249
Sphaeranthus
Page 295
Spilanthus
Page 293
Spinifex
Page 308
Spondias
Page 272
Stap
lia
Page 260
Sterculia
Page 304
Steris
Page 260
Stilago
Page 297
Stipa
Page 247
Stratiotes
Page 278
Strychnos
Page 255
Swietenia
Page 269
T.
Tabernaemontana
Page 259
Tacca
Page 274
Tamarindus
Page 243
Tectona
Page 256
Terminalia
Page 310
Teucrium
Page 279
Theobroma
Page 292
Thouinia
Page 242
Thunbergia
Page 281
Torenia
Page 280
Tournesortia
Page 251
Tradescantia
Page 262
Tragia
Page 300
Trewia
Page 276
Trianthema
Page 271
Tribulus
Page 270
Trichomanes
Page 314
Trifolium
Page 292
Trigonella
ibid.
Trigosanthes
Page 304
Triumfetta
Page 273
Turraea
Page 270
U.
Vallaris
Page 254
Vateria
Page 277
Ventilago
Page 256
Verbena
Page 242
Verbesina
Page 294
Viola
Page 295
Vinca
Page 258
Vitis
Page 257
Vitex
Page 282
Ulmus
Page 260
Uniola
Page 247
Volkameria
Page 282
Urena
Page 285
Urtica
Page 301
Utricularia
Page 241
Uvaria
Page 278
W.
Waltheria
Page 284
X.
Xanthium
Page 301
Xylophylla
Page 261
Xyris
Page 244
Z.
Zanonia
Page 306
Zizania
Page 302
ERRATA.
Page 244. line 1. for
cucultata
read
cucullata.
Page 251. line 16. for
sacquini
read
saequini.
Page 263. line 19. for
duperba
read
superba.
Page 266. line 8. dela
Jeapolia, &c.
Page 269. line 25. for
Goetnera
read
Goertnera.
Page 285. line 1. for
Bomax
read
Bomlax.
Page 202. line 7. for
vilosa
read GALEGA
villosa.
INDEX TO QUADRUPEDS.
A.
ANT-EATER, spiny
Page 120
Ape, Gibbon
Page 6
Ape, pig-tailed baboon
Page 7
B.
Bat, Ternate
Page 7, 120, 187
Bat, cordated
ibid.
Bat, Molucca
ibid.
Bear, black
Page 7
Boar, wild
ibid.
Buffalo
Page 5, 72
D.
Deer, axis
Page 6, 35
Deer, hog
ibid.
Deer, ribbed face
ibid.
Deer, Indian musk
ibid.
Dog, New Holland
Page 119
Dugung
Page 76
E.
Elephant
Page 6
G.
Goat
Page 5
H.
Hog, ugly
Page 75
Hog, wild
Page 72
Hog, Babyroussa
Page 174
Horse
Page 5
K.
Kangaroo
Page 100
Kangaroo gigantic
Page 119
Kangaroo spotted
ibid.
Kangaroo rat
ibid.
M.
Maucauco, flying
Page 36
Monkey, ourang outang
ibid.
Monkey, egret
ibid.
Monkey, monea
ibid.
Q.
Opossum, savan
ibid.
Opossum, phalanger
ibid.
Opossum, vulpine
Page 119
Opossum, flying
Page 120
Opossum, Molucca
Page 186
Otter
Page 7
Ourang Outang
Page 7, 36, 56
Ox, Indian
Page 35, 72
P.
Porcupine, crested
Page 7
Porcupine, long-tailed
Page 37
R.
Rat
Page 114
Rhinoceros, one-horned
Page 6, 38
S.
Sheep, African
Page 55
Shrew, perfuming
Page 37
Sloth, two-toed
Page 7
Squirrel
Page 7
Squirrel Javan
Page 37
Squirrel plantane
ibid.
Squirrel palm
ibid.
Squirrel sailing
ibid.
Squirrel flying
Page 114
Succotyro
Page 35
T.
Tiger
Page 7, 36
W.
Weesel, four-toed
Page 36
Weesel, civet
Page 76
Weesel, fossane
ibid.
Weesel, spotted
Page 120
INDEX TO BIRDS.
A.
AVOSETTA, American
Page 128
B.
Bee-eater, carunculated
Page 124
Bee-eater, horned
Page 125
Bee-eater, Molucca
Page 191
Bustard, New Holland
Page 125
C.
Cassowary
Page 8
Cassowary New Holland
Page 127
Coliou
Page 77
Coliou crested
ibid.
Creeper, black
Page 125
Creeper, Amboina
Page 191
Crow, South-Sea raven
Page 123
Crow, carrion
ibid.
Crow, white-vented
Page 124
Crow, New Guinea
Page 216
D.
Duck, Parkinson's
Page 129
Duck, semi-palmated
ibid.
Duck, lobated
Page 130
E.
Eagle, white
Page 121
Eagle, brown
ibid.
F.
Falcon, white
Page 121
Fly catcher, red-bellied
Page 113, 126
Fly catcher, New Holland
Page 126
Fly catcher, soft-tailed
ibid.
Frigate birds
Page 220
G.
Gallinule, white
Page 113
Gannet
Page 114
Goat-sucker, crested
Page 127
Grakle, yellow-faced
Page 124
Grosbeak, Molucca
Page 192
Gull, black-backed
Page 129
H.
Hawk, pied
Page 121
Heron, white-fronted
Page 128
Heron, New Guinea
Page 218
Hornbill
Page 78
Hornbill Philippine
ibid.
Hornbill, Manilla
Page 78
Hornbill, New Holland
Page 123
Hornbill, Molucca
Page 190
I. J.
Jacana
Page 76
Jackdaw, barred
Page 216
Jackdaw, grey
ibid.
Ibis, wood
Page 128
K.
King's-fisher, great brown
Page 124, 217
King's-fisher, sacred
Page 124
King's-fisher, Ternate
Page 190
King's-fisher, green-headed
Page 191
King's-fisher, spotted
Page 217
M.
Manakin, stripe headed
Page 126
Manakin, spotted
Page 127
O.
Oyster-catcher
Page 128
Owl, New Holland
Page 122
P.
Paradise, birds of
Page 148
Paradise, common
Page 150
Paradise, king of
Page 153
Paradise, shague
Page 210
Paradise, magnificent
Page 211
Paradise, crested
ibid.
Paradise, gorget
Page 212
Paradise, superb
ibid.
Paradise, surcated
ibid.
Paradise, six-wired
ibid.
Paradise, damasked blue-green
ibid.
Paradise, golden
Page 213
Paradise, white
ibid.
Paradise, white-winged
Page 213
Parrot, cockatoo
Page 122
Parrot, yellow
ibid.
Parrot, blue-bellied
ibid.
Parrot, Tabuan
ibid.
Parrot, Pennantian
ibid.
Parrot, crested parakeet
ibid.
Parrot, pacific
ibid.
Parrot, Pusillus
ibid.
Parrot, Banksian cockatoo
ibid.
Parrot, ground
Page 123
Parrot, red-crested cockatoo
Page 187
Parrot, lesser white cockatoo
ibid.
Parrot, gramineous loeri
ibid.
Parrot, red Amboina loeri
Page 188
Parrot, red-breasted
ibid.
Parrot, blue-headed
ibid.
Parrot, black-crowned
ibid.
Parrot, violet Indian
Page 189
Parrot, Gilolo loeri
Page 215, ibid.
Parrot, crimson L.
ibid.
Parrot, scarlet L.
ibid.
Parrot, grand L.
ibid.
Parrot, green and red L.
ibid.
Parrot, New Guinea
Page 214
Parrot, Papuan Loeri
ibid.
Parrot, great-billed L.
ibid.
Parrot, black L.
Page 215
Parrot, Gueby L.
ibid.
Partridge, quail
Page 125
Partridge, wattled
ibid.
Pelecan
Page 129, 220
Petrel
Page 114
Petrel grey
ibid.
Petrel white-breasted
ibid.
Petrel Pintado
ibid.
Petrel shearwater
ibid.
Petrel diving
ibid.
Petrels, broad-billed
Page 114
Pheasant, argus
Page 8
Pie, short-tailed
Page 190
Pigeon, bronze-winged
Page 113, 125
Pigeon, nutmeg
Page 165
Pigeon, white turtle
Page 76
Pigeon, green turtle
Page 192
Pigeon, great-crowned
Page 217
Pigeon, Papuan
Page 218
Pinguin, fin-winged
Page 220
Pinguin, crested
Page 129
Pinguin, Patagonian
Page 218
Pinguin, collared
Page 219
Pinguin, Papuan
ibid.
Plover, red-necked
Page 128
Promerops, crested
Page 191
Promerops, grand
Page 213
Promerops, rayed
ibid.
Q.
Quail, Luconia
Page 76
Quail, New Guinea
Page 217
R.
Roller, noisy
Page 113
Roller, pied
Page 216
Scythrops, psittaceous hornbill
Page 123
S.
Shrike
Page 76
Shrike Antiguan
ibid.
Spoonbill, crested
Page 77
Swan, black
Page 130
T.
Tanagre, Amboina
Page 192
Tern, Caspian
Page 129
Tern, noddy
ibid.
Tern, Dampier's noddy
ibid.
Thrush, musician
Page 77
Thrush, New Holland
Page 126
Thrush, Amboina
Page 192
Todus, flavigaster
Page 124
Tropic bird
Page 219
Turtle, white
Page 76
V.
Vulture, le secretaire
Page 77
W.
Warbler, long-legged
Page 126
Warbler, superb
ibid.
Warbler, swallow
ibid.
Warbler, Van Diemen's
ibid.
Woodpecker, brown
Page 190
INDEX.
A.
ABDON
Page 206
Acapulco ships
Page 62
Acheen
Page 19
Acheen head
Page 2
Admiralty Isles
Page 227
Amboina
Page 166
Amboina when discovered
Page 167
Amboina conquered by the Portuguese,
ibid.
Amboina massacre of the English at,
Page 168
Amphibious fish
Page 133
Amphisboena
Page 40
Ant eater
Page 120
Arabs of New Guinea
Page 234
Arfak, mountains of
Page 207
Arrou Islands
Page 148
B.
Babyroussa hog
Page 174
Badjoos, a people
Page 89
Balambangan, island of
Page 59
Balimbuan, prince of, his tragical story
Page 32
Balli island
Page 92
Balli slaves at
ibid.
Bally, island of
Page 180
Banda Islands
Page 154
Banda conquered by the Chinese
ibid.
Banda conquered by the Portuguese
ibid.
Banda visited by the Dutch
Page 155
Banda visited by the English
Page 157
Banguey, island of
Page 59
Bantam
Page 24
Bashee Islands
Page 68
Bashee produce of
Page 69
Bashee natives of
ibid.
Bashee government
ibid.
Bashee boats of
Page 70
Bashee arms
ibid.
Batavia
Page 26
Batavia once Jacatra
Page 27
Batavia founded in 1620
ibid.
Batavia a sickly climate
ibid.
Batavia massacre of the Chinese at
Page 28
Batchian
Page 178
Bats, vast
Page 7
Battas, nation of the
Page 21
Bears
Page 7
Bee
Page 8
Bencoolen
Page 18
Birds of Sumatra
Page 8
Birds of Manilla Islands
Page 76
Birds of Nerfolk Islands
Page 113
Birds of New Holland
Page 121
Birds of Paradise
Page 148, 210
Birds of the Moluccas
Page 187
Birds of New Guinea
Page 210
Bissory Harbour
Page 181
Bo
Page 177
Boas, serpent at Java
Page 40
Bohon Upas
Page 42
Bohon a dreadful poison
ibid.
Bohon strange account of
ibid.
Bontius, James
Page 33
Borneo
Page 52
Borneo inhabitants of
Page 53
Borneo productions of
Page 54
Borneo city of
Page 58
Botany Bay
Page 106
Botany natives of
ibid.
Botany our convicts sent there
Page 108
Bougainville, M
Page 231
Boutan Island
Page 91
Bread fruit
Page 79
Britain, New
Page 223
Broken Bay
Page 139
Buero
Page 174
Bustard Bay
Page 141
Byajos, people
Page 57
C.
Calamianes isles
Page 71
Cape Bedford and Flattery
Page 144
Cape Good Hope
Page 207
Cape Hicks
Page 105
Cape Orford
Page 224
Cape Saint George
ibid.
Cape Stephens
Page 2
5
Cape Waelche
Page 233
Carpentaria
Page 147
Castle Victoria
Page 169
Cavite Port
Page 62
Celebes or Ma
assar
Page 85
Celebes volcanoes, at
Page 86
Celebes city of
Page 89
Celebes natives
Page 90
Ceram
Page 172
Chamae, vast
Page 204
Chinese, massacre of, at Batavia
Page 28
Chinese, massacre of, at Manilla
Page 65
Cloves first introduced into Europe
Page 170
Coal
Page 4
Cocoa tree
Page 79
Cockle Isle
Page 204
Commerce of the Papuans
Page 209
Copper
Page 4
Coral reefs
Page 145
Coral wonderous
ibid.
Cracatoa, island of
Page 24
Crocodiles of Java, of a vast size
Page 40
Curcul
o palmarium, insect
Page 197
D.
Dampier's Bay
Page 98
Darwin, quoted
Page 40
De Witt's Land
Page 99
Dory harbour
Page 221
Dutch cruelty
Page 30
E.
Earthquakes, tremendous
Page 65
Edel's land
Page 102
Edible nests
Page 56
Ef-be harbour
Page 177
Endeavour river
Page 143
Endeavour streights
Page 146
Endrachts land
Page 100
Enganho Island
Page 22
English, massacre of, at Amboina
Page 168
Escape, providential
Page 141
F.
Fire arms of Torres's streights
Page 232
Fishes of Java
Page 38
Fishes of N. Holland
Page 132
Fishes amphibious
Page 133
Fishes of the Moluccas
Page 193
Flax
Page 116
Formation of the isles
Page 1
Forest, captaih
Page 222
G.
Gag
Page 199
Gardens of Nutmegs
Page 164
George, St. Cape
Page 224
George, Channel
Page 226
Gerard Dennis's Island
Page 229
Giaritchas
Page 181
Gibby
Page 198
Gibby visited by the French
ibid.
Gilolo
Page 193
Goat, Sumatran
Page 5
Goenong-api
Page 159
Gold
Page 4, 61
Good Hope, Cape of
Page 207
Governor Philip
Page 109
Gum tree, red
Page 135
H.
Haraforas, a people
Page 74, 208
Harbour, Bissory
Page 181
Harbour, Malaleo
ibid.
Hawkesbury river
Page 140
Hibiscus biliaceus
Page 135
Hick's cape
Page 105
Hogs, water chace of
Page 202
Hogs, horned
Page 174
Holland, New
Page 97
Howe, L. Island
Page 117
J.
Jamna
Page 222
Java
Page 23
Java visited by the Portuguese
Page 25
Java Dutch
ibid.
Java Pepper, great commodity of
Page 31
Java extent of
Page 33
Java volcanoes at
ibid.
Java natives of
Page 34
Java quadrupeds
ibid.
Java birds of
Page 37
Java fishes of
Page 38
Java reptiles of
Page 40
Indian head
Page 141
Indians, curled headed
Page 66
Indigo
Page 61
Insulae satyrorum
Page 60
John, St. Island
Page 228
Ireland, New
Page 225
K.
Kanari Islands
Page 177
Kangaroo
Page 100
Kangaroo the gigantic
Page 119
Keppel's Bay
Page 141
Keylan and Manipa
Page 173
L.
Lalaletta
Page 181
Lancaster, sir James
Page 17
Lano Lake
Page 75
Linty, village of
Page 177
Lizard, horrible
Page 101
Long Island
Page 222
Lontoir
Page 160
Lord Howe Island
Page 117
Louisiade, La
Page 231
Luconia, island of
Page 60
Lyong
Page 176
M.
Macassar, or Celebes
Page 85
Mackerel Bay
Page 233
Mactan
Page 73
Mactan Magellan killed there
ibid.
Madura, prince of, his tragical story
Page 31
Mala
co harbour of
Page 181
Manchi
eel tree
Page 12
Manilia Islands
Page 60
Manilia when discovered
ibid.
Manilia city of
Page 62
Manilia taken in 1762
Page 64
Manilia earthquakes at
Page 65
Manilia Chinese, massacre of at
ibid.
Manilia natives of
Page 66
Manilia great central bay in the midst of the
Page 71
Manilia quadrupeds of the
Page 72, 75
Manilia birds of the
Page 76
Manilia Plants of the
Page 78
Manipa and K
ylan
Page 173
Mansingham port
Page 222
M
tara
Page 32
Matchian
Page 181
Menangecabow, empire of
Page 19
Mindanao, isle
Page 73
Mindanao, extent of
Page 74
Mindanao, natives of
ibid.
Mixaol
Page 177
Moa
Page 222
Molucca Islands
Page 178
Molucca Islands, inhabitants of, converted to Christianity
Page 179
Molucca Islands, shipping of
Page 185
Molucca Islands, quadrupeds of
Page 186
Molucca Islands, birds of
Page 187
Molucca Islands, reptiles of
Page 192
Molucca Islands, fishes of
Page 193
Montague port
Page 223
Morty
Page 197
Motir
Page 182
Mount Ophir
Page 3
Mountains of Arfak
Page 207
Myo
Page 184
N.
Natal
Page 18
Negro, or a
headed race in the Manilla isles
Page 66
Negro, in the Papuan
Page 202
Nepean river
Page 140
New Britain
Page 223
New Guinea, see Papuas Land.
Holland
Page 97
Holland vast extent of
ibid.
Holland discovered in 1618
Page 98
Holland sea snakes at
Page 100
Holland visited by Pilstaert in 1629
Page 102
Holland by Van de Leuwin in 1622
ibid.
Holland by Peter Nuyts in 1627,
ibid.
Holland by Tasman in 1642
ibid.
Holland by Captain Furneaux in 17
3
Page 103
Holland by Captain Cook in 1777
ibid.
Holland soil of
ibid.
Holland natives of
Page 98, 104
Holland habitations of the natives,
Page 104
Holland quadrupeds of
Page 119
Holland fish of
Page 132
New Holland, faunula of
Page 118
New Holland, birds of
Page 121
New Holland, reptiles of
Page 131
New Holland, plants of
Page 133
New Ireland
Page 225
New Ireland natives of
Page 227
New Ireland canoes of
ibid.
Norfolk Island
Page 112
Norfolk Island colonized
ibid.
Norfolk Island birds of
Page 113
Norfolk Island trees of
Page 115
Norfolk Island climate
Page 117
Nutmegs
Page 161
Nutmegs gardens of
Page 164
Nutmegs food of birds
Page 165
Nutmegs pigeon
ibid.
Nutmegs plenty of at New Guinea
Page 234
Nuts, exotic, cast on shore
Page 139
O.
Offak
Page 206
Ophir Mount, in Sumatra
Page 3
Orange, minute
Page 81
Orford, Cape
Page 224
Ouby
Page 176
Ourang Outang
Page 56
P.
Palambang city
Page 16
Panay
Page 71
Papuan islands
Page 197
Papuan people
Page 201
sorm of the
Page 202
Papuas Land, or New Guinea
Page 206
Papuas Land, when discovered
ibid.
Papuas Land, houses of the natives
Page 208
Papuas Land, tombs of
Page 209
Papuas Land, birds of
Page 210
Paradise, birds of
Page 148, 210
Patanta
Page 203
Patany hook
Page 193
Pearls
Page 83
Pepper
Page 31
Peppermint tree
Page 135
Philip, governor
Page 109
Pigeon, nutmeg
Page 165
Pigeon, great, crowned
Page 217
Plants of Sumatra
Page 9
Plants strange, of Purchas
Page 14
Plants of the Manillas
Page 78
Plants of New Holland
Page 133
Plants observed by Dampier
Page 137
Poloroon
Page 161
Popo
Page 177
Port Jackson
Page 110
Port Mansingham
Page 222
Port Montagu
Page 223
Prince's Island
Page 23
Prince of Wales's islands
Page 232
Promerops, grand
Page 213
Providential escape
Page 141
Providential inlet
Page 145
Pulo aya
Page 161
Pulo Pisang
Page 176
Pulo Sabuda
Page 233
Q.
Quadrupeds of Sumatra
Page 5
Quadrupeds of Java
Page 34
Quadrupeds of the Manillas
Page 72
Quadrupeds of New Holland
Page 119
Quadrupeds of the Moluccas
Page 186
R.
Red gum tree
Page 135
Rhinoceros, one-horned
Page 35
River Hawkesbury
Page 140
River Nepean
ibid.
River Endeavour
Page 143
Rooke, Sir George's, Island
Page 223
Rotang, or Rattan, history of
Page 9
Ruib, Isle
Page 199
Rumphius
Page 170
S.
Sabadibae of Ptolemy
Page 15
Sago tree
Page 194
Sago oven
Page 196
St. George's Channel
Page 226
St. George's Channel length of
ibid.
Salt and Banca Islands
Page 58
Salwatty
Page 200
Sambaar Point
Page 58
Sangir Isle
Page 85
Schouten's Island
Page 222
Selang, Isle of
Page 178
Serpents
Page 131
Serpents sea
Page 100
Sharks Bay
ibid.
Shipping of the Moluccas
Page 185
Slaves, trade in
Page 87, 209
Slinger's Bay
Page 229
Slinger's Bay natives of
Page 230
Slinger's Bay prows of
ibid.
Spicy Islands
Page 148
Spicy Sea, upper part of the
Page 176
Soolo isles
Page 82
Soolo pearls sound at
Page 83
Soolo animals of
Page 84
Soolo length of
ibid.
Soolo natives of
Page 85
Streights of Endeavour
Page 146
Streights Torres's
Page 232
Sualloo, what
Page 89
Succadana and Sambas Islands
Page 58
Succotyro animal
Page 35
Sumatra
Page 2
Sumatra bad climate
Page 3
Sumatra volcanoes at
ibid.
Sumatra minerals of
Page 4
Sumatra quadrupeds of
Page 5
Sumatra birds of
Page 8
Sumatra plants of
Page 9
Sumatra trees of
Page 11
Sumatra Dammer, pitch at
Page 13
Sumatra discovered by the Portuguese
Page 15
by the Dutch
Page 16
by the English
ibid.
Sumatra feudal custom at
Page 20
Sumatra furious surf at
Page 22
Supple jack
Page 115
Swan black
Page 130
Syang
Page 199
Sydney Cove
Page 110
T.
Tappa, island of
Page 181
Tappanooli
Page 14
Tea shrub, sweet
Page 135
Tea tree
ibid.
Teek tree
Page 12
Termes ants
Page 143
Ternate
Page 183
Ternate Sultan of
Page 184
Tidor
Page 182
Tigers
Page 36, 54
Timorian chain
Page 93
Timorian length of
Page 94
Timorian natives of
ibid.
Timorian animals of
Page 95
Tin
Page 4
Tombs of the Papuans
Page 209
Tomoguy
Page 199
Torres's Streights
Page 232
Trees of Norfolk Island
Page 115
Tropic bird
Page 106
Tyfory
Page 184
U. V.
Van de Leuwin's Land
Page 102
Van Diemen's Land
ibid.
Victoria Castle
Page 169
Village of Linty
Page 177
Villages, singular
Page 68
Upas tree, in Java
Page 42
Upas tree, poisonous effect of it
Page 90
Upas tree, in Macassar
ibid.
Volcanoes at Sumatra
Page 3
Volcanoes at Java
Page 33
Volcanoes at Bandu Isles
Page 159
Volcanoes at the Moluccas
Page 186
Volcanoes at Celebes
Page 86
Volcanoes at New Guinea
Page 222
Volcanoes at New Britain
Page 226
W.
Waelche, Cape
Page 233
Waygiou
Page 205
Waglol
Page 199
Wales, Prince of, Island
Page 232
Wallis's Isle
Page 225
Water spouts
Page 220
William, King, Isle of
Page 204
Wishart's Island
Page 229
Women, hideous, in the Papuan Islands,
Page 203
Y.
Yellow gum tree
Page 134
Yowl, Isle of
Page 206
Yowry, Isle of
Page 207
Z.
Zoophytes
Page 38
END OF THE FOURTH VOLUME.
Printed by Luke Hansard, Great Turnstile, Lincoln's-Inn Fields.